UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number 1-38143
Baker Hughes, a GE company
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
 
81-4403168
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
 
17021 Aldine Westfield Road, Houston, Texas
 
77073-5101
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (713) 439-8600
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 Par Value per Share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Class B Common Stock, $0.0001 Par Value per Share
 
-
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES [X] NO [ ]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES [ ] NO [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES [X] NO [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). YES [X] NO [ ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o
Smaller reporting company o
Emerging growth company o
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES [ ] NO [X]

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (based on the closing price on June 30, 2018 reported by the New York Stock Exchange) was approximately $12,108,399,000 .
As of February 8,  2019 , the registrant had outstanding 514,871,270 shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share and 521,543,095 shares of Class B Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.



Baker Hughes, a GE company
Table of Contents

 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | i



PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Baker Hughes, a GE company (the Company, BHGE, we, us, or our), a Delaware corporation, was formed on October 28, 2016, for the purpose of facilitating the combination of Baker Hughes Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (Baker Hughes or BHI), and the oil and gas business (GE O&G) of General Electric Company (GE).
On July 3, 2017, we closed our business combination (the Transactions) to combine GE O&G and Baker Hughes creating a fullstream oilfield technology provider that has a unique mix of integrated equipment and service capabilities. As a result of the Transactions, substantially all of the business of GE O&G and of Baker Hughes was transferred to a subsidiary of the Company, Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC (BHGE LLC) with GE having an economic interest of approximately 62.5% and the Company having an economic interest of approximately 37.5% of BHGE LLC. The Transactions were treated as a “reverse acquisition” for accounting purposes and, as such, the historical financial statements of the accounting acquirer, GE O&G, are the historical financial statements of the Company. The historical financial results in the combined financial statements presented may not be indicative of the results that would have been achieved had GE O&G operated as a separate, stand-alone entity during those periods.
As of December 31, 2018 , GE held approximately 50.4% of the economic interest and the Company held approximately 49.6% of the economic interest in BHGE LLC. Although we hold a minority economic interest in BHGE LLC, we conduct and exercise full control over all its activities, without the approval of any other member. Accordingly, we consolidate the financial results of BHGE LLC and report a noncontrolling interest in our consolidated and combined financial statements for the economic interest in BHGE LLC not held by us. We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership interest in BHGE LLC and certain intercompany and tax related balances. BHGE LLC is a Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Registrant with separate filing requirements with the SEC and its separate financial information can be obtained from www.sec.gov.

In June 2018, GE announced their intention to pursue an orderly separation from BHGE over time. On November 13, 2018, we entered into a Master Agreement and a series of related ancillary agreements and binding term sheets with GE (collectively, the Master Agreement Framework) designed to further solidify the commercial and technological collaborations between us and GE and to facilitate our ability to transition from operating as a controlled company. In particular, the Master Agreement Framework contemplates long-term agreements between us and GE on technology, fulfillment and other key areas to provide greater clarity to customers, employees and shareholders. For a discussion of certain risks associated with the separation, including risks related to our business, financial condition and results of operations, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors-Risks Factors Related to the Transactions and Separation from GE.” For further details on the Master Agreement Framework, see "Note 18. Related Party Disclosures" of the Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements in Item 8 herein.
Secondary Offering and LLC Units Repurchase

In November 2018, we also completed an underwritten secondary public offering in which GE and its affiliates (together, the selling stockholders) sold 101.2 million shares of our Class A common stock. We did not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by the selling stockholders in this offering. The offering included the exchange by the selling stockholders of common units of BHGE LLC (Units) (together with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) for our Class A common stock, which resulted in increases in capital in excess of par value, with offsetting reductions in noncontrolling interests and other comprehensive income.

Also, in November 2018, we repurchased 65 million BHGE LLC Units (together with the corresponding shares of our Class B common stock) from GE and its affiliates for $1.5 billion, or $22.48 per unit, which is the same per share price, net of discounts and commissions, paid by the underwriters to the selling stockholders in the offering (the repurchase). In connection with the repurchase, the corresponding shares of Class B common stock held by GE and its affiliates were canceled. As a result of the secondary offering and the repurchase, GE's economic interest in BHGE LLC was reduced from approximately 62.5% to approximately 50.4%. If GE's economic interest in BHGE LLC falls below 50%, they would not have a controlling interest. Any future declines in their ownership would be accounted for by us as equity transactions reducing their noncontrolling interests.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 1



OUR VISION
We are the industry’s only fullstream oilfield services company with an offering that spans the entire oil and gas value chain. In 2018, we generated revenue of $22.9 billion and conducted business in more than 120 countries. With the breadth of our portfolio, innovative technology solutions and unique business and partnership models, we are positioned to deliver outcome-based solutions across the industry. By integrating Health, Safety & Environment (HSE) into everything we do, we protect our people, our customers, and the environment. We believe in doing the right thing every time, and delivering the best quality and safest products, services, processes, solutions, and technologies in the industry.

The oil and gas macroeconomic environment continues to be dynamic, and we believe the industry is going through a transformation that requires a change in how we work. Irrespective of commodity prices, our customers are focused on reducing both capital and operating expenditures. Our customers expect new models and solutions to deliver sustainable productivity improvements and leverage economies of scale, with a lower carbon footprint. We have developed a comprehensive growth strategy to deliver the productivity improvements the industry needs for the next decade and beyond. Our strategy is based on three growth pillars:

We have market-leading product companies focused on reducing product and service costs, while improving equipment efficiency and reliability to reduce total project spend.

We strive to create value through integrated offerings by reducing the number of interfaces as we deliver projects and services. This reduces complexity, drives speed , and increases execution efficiency, and

We plan to continue to develop fullstream opportunities that drive value creation through improvements in total cost reduction and productivity increases for the industry.
Additionally, managing carbon emissions is an important strategic focus for our business. We believe we have an important role to play in society as an industry leader and partner. BHGE has a long legacy of pushing the boundaries of technology and operating efficiency. In January 2019, we made a commitment to reduce CO2 equivalent (eq.) emissions 50 percent by 2030, achieving net-zero CO2 eq. emissions by 2050.  We will also invest in our portfolio of advanced technologies to assist customers with reducing their carbon footprint. 
We have already achieved a 26% reduction in its emissions since 2012 through a commitment to new technology and operational efficiencies. We will continue to employ a broad range of emissions reduction initiatives across manufacturing, supply chain, logistics, energy sourcing and generation. We have established a global additive manufacturing technology network with a mission to bring commercial-scale production closer to customers, reducing transportation impact and associated emissions.
We expect to benefit from the following:
Complete fullstream portfolio . Leading portfolio of products, services and expertise capable of serving upstream, midstream/liquefied natural gas (LNG) and downstream sectors of the oil and gas industry, matching oilfield service and equipment leaders in many areas. We deliver across the value chain through our four product companies: Oilfield Services; Oilfield Equipment; Turbomachinery & Process Solutions; and Digital Solutions as discussed below under "Products and Services, and each are among the top four providers in their respective segments.

Technology . We have a culture built on a heritage of innovation and invention in research and development, with complementary capabilities. Technology remains a differentiator for us, and a key enabler to drive the efficiency and productivity gains our customers need. We also have a range of technologies that support our customers efforts to reduce their carbon footprint. We remain committed to investing in our products and services to maintain our leadership position across our offerings, including $700 million research & development spend in 2018.

Digital capabilities . We expect to be able to continue to develop software offerings on any operating platform, for new and extended applications in the oil and gas and other industrial ecosystems, such as machine and equipment health, reliability management and maintenance optimization.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 2




We believe our strategy coupled with our capabilities will help us compete and win in the current environment, while positioning us for the future.
ORDERS AND REMAINING PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS
We are a global business and generate revenue and orders from a combination of equipment sales and services. In 2018 , 40% of revenue was generated from equipment sales and 60% from services, while 42% of orders were for equipment and 58% for services. In 2017 and 2016 , 42% and 47% of revenue was generated from equipment sales, and 58% and 53% of revenue was from services, respectively. We recognized orders of $23,904 million , $17,159 million , and $11,066 million in 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. As of December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , the aggregate amount of transaction price allocated to unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) performance obligations totaled $21.0 billion , $21.0 billion , and $21.8 billion , respectively.
Our statement of income (loss) displays sales and costs of sales in accordance with SEC regulations under which “goods” is required to include all sales of tangible products and “services” must include all other sales, including other services activities. For the amounts shown above, as well as in the orders included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in Item 7 in this Form 10-K, we distinguish between “equipment” and “product services,” where product services refers to sales under product services agreements, including sales of both goods (such as spare parts and equipment upgrades) and related services (such as monitoring, maintenance and repairs), which is an important part of its operations. We refer to “product services” simply as “services” within this Business section and the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in Item 7 in this Form 10-K.
Remaining performance obligations (RPO), a defined term under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), are unfilled customer orders for products and product services excluding any purchase order that provides the customer with the ability to cancel or terminate without incurring a substantive penalty, even if the likelihood of cancellation is remote based on historical experience. For product services, an amount is included for the expected life of the contract.
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES     
We are a fullstream provider of oilfield products, services and digital solutions. Our reportable segments, which are the same as our operating segments, are organized based on the nature of our markets and customers. We report our operating results through our four operating segments that consist of similar products and services within each segment as described below.
Oilfield Services
The Oilfield Services (OFS) segment provides products and services for on and offshore operations across the lifecycle of a well, ranging from drilling, evaluation, completion, production, and intervention. The segment includes product lines that design and manufacture products and services to help operators find, evaluate, drill, and produce hydrocarbons.
Products and services include diamond and tri-cone drill bits, drilling services, including directional drilling technology, measurement while drilling and logging while drilling, wireline services, drilling and completions fluids, completions tools and systems, wellbore intervention tools and services, artificial lift systems, and oilfield and industrial chemicals. 
OFS’ core evaluation and drilling technologies provide greater understanding of the subsurface to enable smoother, faster drilling and precise wellbore placement, leading to improved recovery and project economics. With the industry’s broadest completions portfolio, OFS can provide tailored well integrity solutions for all well types. Drawing from a wide range of artificial lift technology, coupled with enterprise optimization software, OFS can help lower the cost per barrel for the life of an asset. 
Our customers include the large integrated major and super-major oil and natural gas companies, U.S. and international independent oil and natural gas companies and the national or state-owned oil companies as well as oilfield service companies.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 3



Oilfield Equipment
The Oilfield Equipment (OFE) segment provides a broad portfolio of products and services required to facilitate the safe and reliable flow of hydrocarbons from the subsea wellhead to the surface production facilities. The OFE operation designs and manufactures onshore and offshore drilling and production systems and equipment for floating production platforms and provides a full range of services related to onshore and offshore drilling activities.
The OFE segment includes deepwater drilling equipment, subsea production systems (SPS), flexible pipe systems, onshore wellheads, and related service solutions. The OFE drilling and production systems product line offers blowout preventers, control systems, marine drilling risers, wellhead connectors, diverters, and related services. OFE offers SPS, including trees, control systems, manifolds, connections, wellheads, specialty connectors & pipes, installation and decommissioning solutions, and related services. OFE also provides advanced flexible pipe products including risers, flowlines, fluid transfer lines and jumpers, for both subsea and FPSO (floating production storage & offloading) based production across a range of operating environments. Investment in composite technology is enabling BHGE to extend the capabilities of BHGE’s flexibles even further. In addition, OFE offers a full range of onshore wellhead products, flow equipment, valves, actuators, as well as related services. OFE also offers a range of comprehensive, worldwide services for installation, technical support, well access through subsea intervention systems, operating resources and tools, offshore products and brownfield asset integrity solutions.
OFE customers are oil and gas field developers, drilling and oil companies seeking to undertake new subsea projects, mid-life upgrades and maintenance, well interventions and workover campaigns. OFE differentiates itself in SPS and deepwater drilling systems. The key competitive areas in OFE are large-bore gas fields, deepwater oilfields and fields with long tieback distances. In addition to a robust presence in other subsea areas, including high-pressure high-temperature (HPHT) fields, OFE’s product lines’ production systems are among the industry’s most reliable, with uptime of the critical control system exceeding 99.8%.
Turbomachinery & Process Solutions
The Turbomachinery & Process Solutions (TPS) segment provides equipment and related services for mechanical-drive, compression and power-generation applications across the oil and gas industry as well as products and services to serve the downstream segments of the industry including refining, petrochemical, distributed gas, flow and process control, and other industrial applications. The TPS segment is a leader in designing, manufacturing, maintaining and upgrading rotating equipment across the oil and gas, petrochemical, and industrial sectors.
The TPS segment includes drivers, driven equipment, flow control, and turnkey solutions. Drivers are comprised of aero-derivative gas turbines, heavy-duty gas turbines, small- to medium-sized steam turbines, slow speed and integrated gas engines, hot gas and turbo expanders, and synchronous, and induction electric motors. TPS’ driven equipment consists of electric generators, reciprocating, centrifugal, axial, direct-drive high speed, integrated and subsea compressors, and turbo-expanders. TPS’ flow control includes pumps, valves, regulators, control systems, and other flow and process control technologies. As part of its turnkey solutions, TPS offers power generation modules, waste heat/energy recovery, energy storage, modularized small and large liquefaction plants, carbon capture, and storage/use facilities. TPS also offers a variety of system upgrades and conversion solutions, from a single machine to full plant debottlenecking and modernization.
TPS’ products enable customers to increase upstream oil and gas production, liquefy natural gas, compress gas for transport via pipelines, generate electricity, store gas and energy, refine oil and gas and produce petrochemicals, while minimizing both operational and environmental risks in the most extreme service conditions. TPS’ customers are upstream, midstream and downstream, onshore and offshore, and small to large scale. Midstream and downstream customers include LNG plants, pipelines, storage facilities, refineries, and a wide range of industrial and engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) companies.
TPS’ value proposition is founded on its turbomachinery and flow control technology, a unique competence to integrate gas turbines and compressors in the most critical natural gas applications, best-in-class manufacturing and testing capabilities, reliable maintenance and service operations, and innovative real-time diagnostics and control systems, enabling condition-based maintenance and increasing overall productivity, availability, efficiency, and reliability for oil and gas assets. TPS differentiates itself from competitors with its expertise in technology and


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 4



project management, local presence and partnerships, as well as the deep industry know-how of its teams to provide fully integrated equipment and services solutions with state-of-art technology from design and manufacture through to operations.
Digital Solutions
The Digital Solutions (DS) segment provides operating technologies helping to improve the health, productivity, and safety of asset intensive industries and enable the Industrial Internet of Things. DS includes the measurement & controls business for industry-leading hardware technologies as well as our software businesses that leverage best-of-class cloud services, including GE's Predix application development platform.
The DS segment includes condition monitoring, inspection technologies, measurement, sensing, and pipeline solutions. Condition monitoring technologies include the Bently Nevada® and System 1® brands, providing rack-based vibration monitoring equipment, sensors, software cybersecurity solutions, and industrial controls primarily for power generation and oil and gas operations. The DS inspection technologies product line includes non-destructive testing technology, software, and services, including industrial radiography, ultrasonic sensors, testing machines and gauges, NDT film, and remote visual inspection.
The DS process and pipeline services product line (PPS) provides pre-commissioning and maintenance services to improve throughput and asset integrity for process facilities and pipelines while achieving the highest returns possible. In addition, the PPS product line provides inline inspection solutions to support pipeline integrity and includes nitrogen, bolting, torqueing and leak detection services, as well as the world’s largest fleet of air compressors to dry pipelines after hydrotesting. The DS measurement and sensing product line provides instrumentation to better detect and analyze pressure, flow, gas, and moisture conditions.
The DS segment helps companies monitor and optimize industrial assets while mitigating risk and boosting safety, by providing performance management, and condition and asset health monitoring. It also provides customers the technical capabilities to drive enterprise wide digital transformation of business processes and to focus on better production outcomes along the entire oil & gas value chain, using sensors, services and inspections to connect industrial assets to the Industrial Internet. The DS software business is built to handle data at an industrial scale, giving customers the power to innovate, and make faster, more confident decisions to maximize performance.
MARKETS AND COMPETITION
We sell to our customers through direct and indirect channels. Our primary sales channel is through our direct sales force, which has a strong regional focus with local teams close to the customer, who are able to draw support from centers of excellence in each of our major product lines. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of our revenue in the current year.
Our products and services are sold in highly competitive markets and the competitive environment varies by product line, as discussed below:
Oilfield Services
Our OFS segment believes that the principal competitive factors in the industries and markets it serves are product and service quality, reliability and availability, health, safety and environmental standards, technical proficiency, and price. Our products and services are sold in highly competitive markets and revenue and earnings are affected by changes in commodity prices, fluctuations in the level of drilling, workover and completion activity in major markets, general economic conditions, foreign currency exchange fluctuations and governmental regulations. While we may have contracts with customers that include multiple well projects and that may extend over a period of time ranging from two to four years, our services and products are generally provided on a well-by-well basis. Most contracts cover our pricing of the products and services, but do not necessarily establish an obligation to use our products and services. OFS segment competitors include Schlumberger, Halliburton, and Weatherford International.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 5



Oilfield Equipment
Our OFE segment believes that the principal competitive factors in the industries and markets it serves are product and service quality, reliability and on time delivery, health, safety and environmental standards, technical proficiency, availability of spare parts, and price. Its strong track record of innovation enables OFE to enter into long-term, performance-based service agreements with our customers. In the SPS product line, the primary competitors of OFE include Schlumberger, TechnipFMC, Aker Solutions ASA, Proserv, and Dril-Quip Inc. In the flexible pipe product line, competitors include TechnipFMC, National Oilwell Varco (NOV), Airborne, and Magma. In the drilling product line, competitors include NOV, Schlumberger, and Horn Equipment. In the surface pressure control product line the primary competitors include Cactus Wellhead, TechnipFMC, and Schlumberger.
Turbomachinery & Process Solutions
Our TPS segment believes that the principal competitive factors in the industries and markets it serves are product range (or power range measured in megawatts) coverage, efficiency, product reliability and availability, service capabilities, packages, references, emissions, and price. In upstream and midstream applications, our primary equipment competitors include Siemens (Power and Gas business unit), Solar (a Caterpillar company), MAN Turbo, and Mitsubishi Heavy Industries. In downstream applications, TPS primarily competes with original equipment manufacturers and independent service providers, including Flowserve, Siemens, Elliott Ebara, and Mitsubishi Heavy Industries. Our aftermarket equipment product line competes with smaller, independent local providers such as Masaood John Brown, Sulzer, MTU, and Chromalloy.
Digital Solutions
Our DS segment believes that the principal competitive factors in the industries and markets it serves are superior product technology, service, quality, and reliability. Our DS segment competes across a wide range of industries, including oil & gas, power generation, aerospace, and light and heavy industrials. The products and services are sold in a diversified, fragmented arena with a broad range of competitors. Although no single company competes directly with DS across all its product lines, various companies compete in one or more products. Competitors include Emerson, Honeywell Process Solutions, Olympus, Schneider Electric, and Siemens.
CONTRACTS
We conduct our business under various types of contracts in the upstream, midstream, and downstream segments, including fixed-fee or turnkey contracts, transactional agreements for products and services, and long-term aftermarket service agreements.
We enjoy stable relationships with many of our customers based on long-term project contracts and master service agreements. Several of those contracts require us to commit to a fixed price based on the customer’s technical specifications with little or no legal relief available due to changes in circumstances, such as changes in local laws or industry or geopolitical events. In some cases, failure to deliver products or perform services within contractual commitments may lead to liquidated damages claims. We seek to mitigate these exposures through close collaboration with our customers.
We strive to negotiate the terms of our customer contracts consistent with what we consider to be industry best practices. Our customers typically indemnify us for certain claims arising from: the injury or death of their employees and often their other contractors; the loss of or damage to their equipment and often that of their other contractors; pollution originating from their equipment or facility; and all liabilities related to the well and subsurface operations, including loss or damage to the well or reservoir, loss of well control, fire, explosion, or any uncontrolled flow of oil or gas. Conversely, we typically indemnify our customers for certain claims arising from: the injury or death of our employees and sometimes that of our subcontractors; the loss of or damage to our equipment (other than equipment lost in the hole); and pollution originating from our equipment above the surface of the earth while in our care, custody, and control. Where the above indemnities do not apply or are not consistent with industry best practices, we typically provide a capped indemnity for damages caused to the customer by our negligence or the negligence of our contractors, and include an overall limitation of liability clause. It is also our general practice to include a limitation of liability for consequential loss, including loss of profits and loss of revenue, in all customer contracts.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 6



Our indemnity structure may not protect us in every case. Certain U.S. states such as Texas, Louisiana, Wyoming, and New Mexico have enacted oil and natural gas specific anti-indemnity statutes. These statutes can void the allocation of liability agreed to in a contract, however, both the Texas and Louisiana anti-indemnity statutes include important exclusions. The Louisiana statute does not apply to property damage, and the Texas statute allows mutual indemnity agreements that are supported by insurance and has exclusions, which include, among other things, loss or liability for property damage that results from pollution and the cost of well control events. State law, laws or public policy in countries outside the U.S., or the negotiated terms of a customer contract may also limit indemnity obligations in the event of the gross negligence or willful misconduct. We sometimes contract with customers that are not the end user of our products. It is our practice to seek to obtain an indemnity from our customer for any end-user claims, but this is not always possible. Similarly, government agencies and other third parties, including in some cases other contractors of our customers, may make claims in respect of which we are not indemnified and for which responsibility is assessed proportionate to fault. In all cases, deviations from our standard contracting practices are examined through an established risk deviation process.
The Company maintains a commercial general liability insurance policy program that covers against certain operating hazards, including product liability claims and personal injury claims, as well as certain limited environmental pollution claims for damage to a third party or its property arising out of contact with pollution for which the Company is liable, however, clean up and well control costs are not covered by such program. All of the insurance policies purchased by the Company are subject to deductible and/or self-insured retention amounts for which we are responsible for payment, specific terms, conditions, limitations, and exclusions. There can be no assurance that the nature and amount of Company insurance will be sufficient to fully indemnify us against liabilities related to our business.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
We engage in research and development activities directed primarily toward the development of new products, services, technology, and other solutions, as well as the improvement of existing products and services and the design of specialized products to meet specific customer needs. We continue to invest across all operating segments in products to develop capability, improve performance, and reduce costs. In OFS, we invested in a range of formation evaluation capabilities as well as drilling, completions, and production hardware. This included the introduction of Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESP’s) with permanent magnet motors for higher efficiency through reduced power consumption. In OFE, the recent focus has been to expand capability into deeper water, longer offsets and at higher pressures as well as modular designs that allow for simpler and more integrated subsea systems. Additionally, subsea power and processing is also an area in which we are investing, covering both pumping and compression. In TPS, we continue to invest in continuous product improvement of reciprocating and centrifugal compressors, using advanced fluid dynamic simulation and advanced aeromechanics to improve capability, operability and efficiency of its centrifugal compressors family. Further, we continue to invest in our latest generation of gas turbines for energy efficiency and reduced carbon footprint. DS continues to invest in advanced digital solutions designed to improve the efficiency, reliability and safety of oil and gas production operations. These systems integrate operational data and provide analytics from producing oil and gas facilities helping to prevent unplanned downtime and improve facility reliability. In addition, DS invests in a broad range of measurement and control solutions spanning multiple industries, including methane detection systems for oil and gas operations and inspection technology for consumer electronics.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Our technology, brands and other intellectual property (IP) rights are important elements of our business. We rely on patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret laws, as well as non-disclosure and employee invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. Many patents and patent applications comprise the BHGE portfolio and are owned by us. Other patents and patent applications applicable to our products and services are licensed to us by GE and, in some cases, third parties. We do not consider any individual patent to be material to our business operations.
In connection with the Master Agreement Framework, GE has now entered into an amended and restated IP cross-license agreement (the IP Cross-License Agreement) with BHGE LLC. GE has agreed to perpetually license to BHGE LLC the right to use certain intellectual property owned or controlled by GE pursuant to the terms of the IP Cross-License Agreement. BHGE LLC has in return also agreed to perpetually license to GE the right to use certain intellectual property rights pursuant to the terms of the IP Cross-License Agreement. This


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 7



license allows BHGE LLC to have continued and permanent rights to commercially utilize some GE intellectual property pursuant to the terms of the IP Cross-License Agreement.
We follow a policy of seeking patent and trademark protection in numerous countries and regions throughout the world for products and methods that appear to have commercial significance. We believe that protection of our patents, trademarks, and related intellectual property rights is central to the conduct of our business, and aggressively pursue protection of our intellectual property rights against infringement worldwide as we deem appropriate to protect our business. Additionally, we consider the quality and timely delivery of our products, the service we provide to our customers, and the technical knowledge and skills of our personnel to be other important components of the portfolio of capabilities and assets supporting our ability to compete.
SEASONALITY
Our operations can be affected by seasonal weather, which can temporarily affect the delivery and performance of our products and services, and our customers' budgetary cycles. Examples of seasonal events that can impact our business are set forth below:
The severity and duration of both the summer and the winter in North America can have a significant impact on activity levels. In Canada, the timing and duration of the spring thaw directly affects activity levels, which reach seasonal lows during the second quarter and build through the third and fourth quarters to a seasonal high in the first quarter.
Adverse weather conditions, such as hurricanes in the Gulf of Mexico, may interrupt or curtail our coastal and offshore drilling, or our customers’ operations, cause supply disruptions and result in a loss of revenue and damage to our equipment and facilities, which may or may not be insured.
Severe weather during the winter months normally results in reduced activity levels in the North Sea and Russia generally in the first quarter and may interrupt or curtail our operations, or our customers’ operations, in those areas and result in a loss of revenue.
Scheduled repair and maintenance of offshore facilities in the North Sea can reduce activity in the second and third quarters.
Many of our international oilfield customers increase orders for certain products and services in the fourth quarter.
Our process & pipeline business in the DS segment typically experiences lower sales during the first and fourth quarters of the year due to the Northern Hemisphere winter.
Our broader DS business typically experiences higher customer activity as a result of spending patterns in the second half of the year.
RAW MATERIALS
We purchase various raw materials and component parts for use in manufacturing our products and delivering our services.  The principal raw materials we use include steel alloys, chromium, nickel, titanium, barite, beryllium, copper, lead, tungsten carbide, synthetic and natural diamonds, gels, sand and other proppants, printed circuit boards and other electronic components, and hydrocarbon-based chemical feed stocks.  Raw materials that are essential to our business are normally readily available from multiple sources, but may be subject to price volatility.  Market conditions can trigger constraints in the supply of certain raw materials, and we are always seeking ways to ensure the availability and manage the cost of raw materials.  Our procurement department uses its size and buying power to enhance its access to key materials at competitive prices.
In addition to raw materials and component parts, we also use the products and services of metal fabricators, machine shops, foundries, forge shops, assembly operations, contract manufacturers, logistics providers, packagers, indirect material providers, and others in order to produce and deliver products to customers.  These materials and services are generally available from multiple sources.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 8



EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 2018 , we had approximately 66,000 employees, of which the majority are outside the U.S. Approximately 11% of these employees are represented under collective bargaining agreements or similar-type labor arrangements.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
We are committed to the health and safety of people, protection of the environment and compliance with environmental laws, regulations and our policies. Our past and present operations include activities that are subject to extensive domestic (including U.S. federal, state and local) and international regulations with regard to air, land and water quality and other environmental matters. Regulations continue to evolve, and changes in standards of enforcement of existing regulations, as well as the enactment of new legislation, may require us and our customers to modify, supplement or replace equipment or facilities or to change or discontinue present methods of operation. Our environmental compliance expenditures and our capital costs for environmental control equipment may change accordingly.
We are, and may in the future be, involved in voluntary remediation projects at current and former properties. On rare occasions, our remediation activities are conducted as specified by a government agency-issued consent decree or agreed order. Remediation costs at these properties are accrued using currently available facts, existing environmental permits, technology and presently enacted laws and regulations. For sites where we are primarily responsible for the remediation, our cost estimates are developed based on internal evaluations and are not discounted. We record accruals when it is probable that we will be obligated to pay amounts for environmental site evaluation, remediation or related activities, and such amounts can be reasonably estimated. Accruals are recorded even if significant uncertainties exist over the ultimate cost of the remediation. Ongoing environmental compliance costs, such as obtaining environmental permits, installation and maintenance of pollution control equipment and waste disposal, are expensed as incurred.
The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (known as "Superfund") imposes liability for the release of a "hazardous substance" into the environment. Superfund liability is imposed without regard to fault, even if the waste disposal was in compliance with laws and regulations. We have been identified as a potentially responsible party (PRP) at various Superfund sites, and we accrue our share of the estimated remediation costs for the site. PRPs in Superfund actions have joint and several liability and may be required to pay more than their proportional share of such costs.
In some cases, it is not possible to quantify our ultimate exposure because the projects are either in the investigative or early remediation stage, or superfund allocation information is not yet available. Based upon current information, we believe that our overall compliance with environmental regulations, including remediation obligations, environmental compliance costs and capital expenditures for environmental control equipment, will not have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position because we have either established adequate reserves or our compliance cost, based on available information, is not expected to be material to our consolidated and combined financial statements. Our total accrual for environmental remediation was $84 million and $82 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively. We continue to focus on reducing future environmental liabilities by maintaining appropriate Company standards and by improving our assurance programs.
AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION FOR STOCKHOLDERS
Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), are made available free of charge on our Internet website at www.bhge.com as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports have been electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and should not be considered part of this annual report or any other filing we make with the SEC.
We have a Code of Conduct (The Spirit and The Letter) to provide guidance to our directors, officers and employees on matters of business conduct and ethics, including compliance standards and procedures. We have also required our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer to sign a Code of Ethical Conduct Certification.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 9



The Spirit and The Letter and Code of Ethical Conduct Certifications are available on the Investor section of our website at www.bhge.com . We will disclose on a current report on Form 8-K or on our website information about any amendment or waiver of these codes for our executive officers and directors. Waiver information disclosed on our website will remain on the website for at least 12 months after the initial disclosure of a waiver. Our Governance Principles and the charters of our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Conflicts Committee and Governance and Nominating Committee are also available on the Investor section of our website at www.bhge.com . In addition, a copy of The Spirit and The Letter, Code of Ethical Conduct Certifications, Governance Principles, and the charters of the committees referenced above are available in print at no cost to any stockholder who requests them.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
The following table shows, as of February 19, 2019 , the name of each of our executive officers, together with his or her age and office presently or previously held. There are no family relationships among our executive officers.
Name
 
Age
 
Position and Background
Lorenzo Simonelli
 
45
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Lorenzo Simonelli has been the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company since October 2017, and a Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since July 2017. Before joining the Company in July 2017, Mr. Simonelli was Senior Vice President, GE and President and Chief Executive Officer, GE Oil & Gas from October 2013 to July 2017. Before joining GE Oil & Gas, he was the President and Chief Executive Officer of GE Transportation from July 2008 to October 2013. Mr. Simonelli joined GE in 1994 and held various finance and leadership roles from 1994 to 2008.
Brian Worrell
 
49
 
Chief Financial Officer
Brian Worrell is the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Prior to joining the Company in July 2017, he served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GE Oil & Gas from January 2014 to July 2017. He previously held the position of Vice President, Financial Planning & Analysis for GE from 2010 to January 2014 and Vice President Corporate Audit Staff for GE from 2006 to 2010.
Maria Claudia Borras

 
50
 
President, Oilfield Services
Maria Claudia Borras is the President and Chief Executive Officer, Oilfield Services of the Company. Before joining the Company in July 2017, she served as the Chief Commercial Officer of GE Oil & Gas from December 2014 to July 2017. Prior to joining GE Oil & Gas, she held various leadership positions at Baker Hughes Incorporated including President, Latin America from October 2013 to January 2015, President Europe Region from August 2011 to October 2013, Vice President, Global Marketing from May 2009 to July 2011 and other leadership roles at Baker Hughes Incorporated from 1994 to April 2009.
Kurt Camilleri

 
44
 
Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
Kurt Camilleri is the Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of the Company. Prior to joining the Company in July 2017, he served as the Global Controller for GE Oil & Gas from July 2013 to July 2017. Mr. Camilleri served as the Global Controller for GE Transportation from January 2013 to June 2013 and the Controller for Europe and Eastern and African Growth Markets for GE Healthcare from 2010 to January 2013. He began his career in 1996 with Pricewaterhouse in London, which subsequently became PricewaterhouseCoopers.
Roderick Christie

 
56
 
President, Turbomachinery and Process Solutions
Rod Christie is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Turbomachinery & Process Solutions of the Company.  Prior to joining the Company in July 2017, he served as the Chief Executive Officer of Turbomachinery & Process Solutions at GE Oil & Gas from January 2016 to July 2017. He served as the Chief Executive Officer of GE Oil & Gas’ Subsea Systems & Drilling Business from August 2011 to 2016 and held various other leadership positions within GE between 1999 to 2011.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 10



Name
 
Age
 
Position and Background
Matthias Heilmann
 
50
 
President, Digital Solutions
Matthias Heilmann is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Digital Solutions of the Company. Prior to joining the Company in July 2017, he served as the Chief Digital Officer, President & Chief Executive Officer of Digital Solutions within GE Oil & Gas from 2016 through July 2017. Prior to joining GE Oil & Gas, he led ABB’s Global Product Group Enterprise Software business from June 2014 to January 2016. He served as the Chief Operating Officer of Ryerson Holding Corporation from March 2010 until January 2012 and served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Ryerson Inc. from January 2009 to January 2012.
William D. Marsh

 
56
 
Chief Legal Officer
William D. Marsh is the Chief Legal Officer of the Company. Prior to joining the Company in July 2017, he served as the Vice President and General Counsel of Baker Hughes Incorporated from February 2013 to July 2017. He previously served as the Vice President-Legal for Western Hemisphere at Baker Hughes Incorporated from May 2009 to February 2013 and held various executive, legal and corporate roles within Baker Hughes Incorporated from 1998 to 2009.
Derek Mathieson
 
48
 
Chief Marketing and Technology Officer
Derek Mathieson is the Chief Marketing and Technology Officer of the Company. Prior to joining the Company in July 2017, he served in various leadership roles at Baker Hughes Incorporated including Chief Integration Officer from October 2016 to July 2017; Chief Commercial Officer from May 2016 to October 2016; Chief Technology and Marketing Officer from September 2015 to May 2016; Chief Strategy Officer from October 2013 to September 2015; President Western Hemisphere Operations from 2012 to 2013; President, Products and Technology from May 2009 to January 2012; and Chief Technology and Marketing Officer from December 2008 to May 2009.
Neil Saunders

 
49
 
President, Oilfield Equipment
Neil Saunders is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Oilfield Equipment of the Company. Prior to joining the Company in July 2017, he served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Subsea Systems & Drilling business at GE Oil & Gas from July 2016 to July 2017 and the Senior Vice President for Subsea Production Systems from August 2011 to July 2016. He served in various leadership roles within GE Oil & Gas from 2007 to August 2011.
Uwem Ukpong

 
47
 
Chief Global Operations Officer
Uwem Ukpong is the Chief Global Operations Officer of the Company. Prior to this role, he served as the Chief Integration Officer of the Company from July 2017 to January 2018. He served as Vice President, Baker Hughes Integration for GE Oil & Gas from October 2016 to July 2017 and President and CEO of the GE Oil & Gas Surface Business from January 2016 to October 2016. He held various technical and leadership roles at Schlumberger from 1993 to 2015.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
An investment in our common stock involves various risks. When considering an investment in the Company, one should carefully consider all of the risk factors described below, as well as other information included and incorporated by reference in this annual report. There may be additional risks, uncertainties and matters not listed below, that we are unaware of, or that we currently consider immaterial. Any of these may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and, thus, the value of an investment in the Company.
Risk Factors Related to Our Business
We operate in a highly competitive environment, which may adversely affect our ability to succeed.
We operate in a highly competitive environment for marketing oilfield products and services and securing equipment and trained personnel. Our ability to continually provide competitive products and services can impact our ability to defend, maintain or increase prices for our products and services, maintain market share, and negotiate acceptable contract terms with our customers. In order to be competitive, we must provide new


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 11



technologies, reliable products and services that perform as expected and that create value for our customers, and successfully recruit, train and retain competent personnel.
In addition, our investments in new technologies and properties, plants and equipment may not provide competitive returns. Our ability to defend, maintain or increase prices for our products and services is in part dependent on the industry’s capacity relative to customer demand, and on our ability to differentiate the value delivered by our products and services from our competitors’ products and services. Managing development of competitive technology and new product introductions on a forecasted schedule and at a forecasted cost can impact our financial results. If we are unable to continue to develop and produce competitive technology or deliver it to our clients in a timely and cost-competitive manner in various markets in which we operate, or if competing technology accelerates the obsolescence of any of our products or services, any competitive advantage that we may hold, and in turn, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
The high cost or unavailability of infrastructure, materials, equipment, supplies and personnel, particularly in periods of rapid growth, could adversely affect our ability to execute our operations on a timely basis.
Our manufacturing operations are dependent on having sufficient raw materials, component parts and manufacturing capacity available to meet our manufacturing plans at a reasonable cost while minimizing inventories. Our ability to effectively manage our manufacturing operations and meet these goals can have an impact on our business, including our ability to meet our manufacturing plans and revenue goals, control costs, and avoid shortages or over-supply of raw materials and component parts. Raw materials and components of particular concern include steel alloys (including chromium and nickel), titanium, barite, beryllium, copper, lead, tungsten carbide, synthetic and natural diamonds, gels, sand and other proppants, printed circuit boards and other electronic components and hydrocarbon-based chemical feed stocks. Our ability to repair or replace equipment damaged or lost in the well can also impact our ability to service our customers. A lack of manufacturing capacity could result in increased backlog, which may limit our ability to respond to orders with short lead times.
People are a key resource to developing, manufacturing and delivering our products and services to our customers around the world. Our ability to manage the recruiting, training, retention and efficient usage of the highly skilled workforce required by our plans and to manage the associated costs could impact our business. A well-trained, motivated workforce has a positive impact on our ability to attract and retain business. Periods of rapid growth present a challenge to us and our industry to recruit, train and retain our employees, while also managing the impact of wage inflation and the limited available qualified labor in the markets where we operate.
Likewise, if the economy or markets decline or other changes occur, we may have to reduce utilization of our assets or adjust our workforce to control costs, which may cause us to lose some of our skilled employees. Labor-related actions, including strikes, slowdowns and facility occupations can also have a negative impact on our business.
Our business could be impacted by geopolitical and terrorism threats in countries where we or our customers do business and our business operations may be impacted by civil unrest, government expropriations and/or epidemic outbreaks.
Geopolitical and terrorism risks continue to grow in a number of key countries where we currently or may in the future do business. Geopolitical and terrorism risks could lead to, among other things, a loss of our investment in the country, impairment of the safety of our employees and impairment of our or our customers’ ability to conduct operations.
In addition to other geopolitical and terrorism risks, civil unrest continues to grow in a number of key countries where we do business. Our ability to conduct business operations may be impacted by that civil unrest and our assets in these countries may also be subject to expropriation by governments or other parties involved in civil unrest. Epidemic outbreaks may also impact our business operations by, among other things, restricting travel to protect the health and welfare of our employees and decisions by our customers to curtail or stop operations in impacted areas.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 12



Compliance with and changes in laws could be costly and could affect operating results. In addition, government disruptions could negatively impact our ability to conduct our business.
We have operations in the United States and in more than 120 countries that can be impacted by expected and unexpected changes in the legal and business environments in which we operate. Compliance-related issues could also limit our ability to do business in certain countries and impact our earnings. Changes that could impact the legal environment include new legislation, new regulations, new policies, investigations and legal proceedings and new interpretations of existing legal rules and regulations, in particular, changes in export control laws or exchange control laws, additional restrictions on doing business in countries subject to sanctions, and changes in laws in countries where we operate. In addition, changes and uncertainty in the political environments in which our businesses operate can have a material effect on the laws, rules, and regulations that affect our operations. Government disruptions may also delay or halt the granting and renewal of permits, licenses and other items required by us and our customers to conduct our business. The continued success of our global business and operations depends, in part, on our ability to continue to anticipate and effectively manage these and other political, legal and regulatory risks.
Increased cybersecurity requirements, vulnerabilities, threats and more sophisticated and targeted computer crime could pose risks to our systems, networks, products, solutions, services and data.
Increased global cybersecurity vulnerabilities, threats and more sophisticated and targeted cyber-related attacks pose risks to our systems, networks, products, solutions, services and data. Cybersecurity attacks also pose risks to our customers’, partners’, suppliers’ and third-party service providers’ products, systems and networks and the confidentiality, availability and integrity of our and our customers’ data. While we attempt to mitigate these risks, we remain vulnerable to additional known or unknown threats. Given our global footprint, the large number of customers with which we do business, and the increasing sophistication of cyber attacks, a cyber attack could occur and persist for an extended period of time without detection. We expect that any investigation of a cyber attack would be inherently unpredictable and that it would take time before the completion of any investigation and before there is availability of full and reliable information. During such time we would not necessarily know the extent of the harm or how best to remediate it, and certain errors or actions could be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and remediated, all or any of which would further increase the costs and consequences of a cyber attack.
We also may have access to sensitive, confidential or personal data or information in certain of our businesses that is subject to privacy and security laws, regulations and customer-imposed controls. Despite our efforts to protect sensitive, confidential or personal data or information, we may be vulnerable to material security breaches, theft, misplaced or lost data, programming errors, employee errors and/or malfeasance that could potentially lead to the compromising of sensitive, confidential or personal data or information, improper use of our systems, software solutions or networks, unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification or destruction of information, defective products, production downtimes and operational disruptions. In addition, a cyber-related attack could adversely impact our operating results and result in other negative consequences, including damage to our reputation or competitiveness, remediation or increased protection costs, litigation or regulatory action, fines and penalties.
Our failure to comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) and other similar laws could have a negative impact on our ongoing operations.
Our ability to comply with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act and various other anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws depends on the success of our ongoing compliance program, including our ability to successfully manage our agents, distributors and other business partners, and supervise, train and retain competent employees. Our compliance program depends on the efforts of our employees, agents, distributors and other business partners to comply with applicable law and our internal policies. We could be subject to sanctions and civil and criminal prosecution, as well as fines and penalties, in the event of a finding of a violation of any of these laws by us or any of our employees.
Anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws could have significant adverse consequences for us.
We maintain an enterprise-wide program designed to enable us to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws and regulations, including the Bank Secrecy Act and the Patriot Act. This program includes policies, procedures, processes and other internal controls designed to identify, monitor, manage and mitigate the risk of money laundering or terrorist financing posed by our products, services, customers


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 13



and geographic locale. These controls establish procedures and processes to detect and report suspicious transactions, perform customer due diligence, respond to requests from law enforcement, and meet all recordkeeping and reporting requirements related to particular transactions involving currency or monetary instruments. We cannot be sure our programs and controls are or will remain effective to ensure our compliance with all applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws and regulations, and our failure to comply could subject us to significant sanctions, fines, penalties and reputational harm, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Changes in tax laws, tax rates, tariffs, adverse positions taken by taxing authorities, and tax audits could impact operating results.
Changes in tax laws, tax rates, tariffs, changes in interpretation of tax laws, the resolution of tax assessments or audits by various tax authorities, and the ability to fully utilize tax loss carryforwards and tax credits could impact our operating results, including additional valuation allowances for deferred tax assets. In addition, we may periodically restructure our legal entity organization. If taxing authorities were to disagree with our tax positions in connection with any such restructurings, our effective tax rate could be materially impacted.
Our operations involve a variety of operating hazards and risks that could cause losses.
The products that we manufacture and the services that we provide are complex, and the failure of our equipment to operate properly or to meet specifications may greatly increase our customers’ costs. In addition, many of these products are used in inherently hazardous industries, such as the offshore oilfield business. These hazards include blowouts, explosions, nuclear-related events, fires, collisions, capsizings and severe weather conditions. We may incur substantial liabilities or losses as a result of these hazards. While we maintain insurance protection against some of these risks, and seek to obtain indemnity agreements from our customers requiring the customers to hold us harmless from some of these risks, our insurance and contractual indemnity protection may not be sufficient or effective to protect us under all circumstances or against all risks. The occurrence of a significant event, against which we were not fully insured or indemnified or the failure of a customer to meet its indemnification obligations to us, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Compliance with, and rulings and litigation in connection with, environmental and climate change regulations and the environmental and climate change impacts of our or our customers’ operations may adversely affect our business and operating results.
We and our business are impacted by material changes in environmental laws, regulations, rulings and litigation. Our expectations regarding our compliance with environmental laws and regulations and our expenditures to comply with environmental laws and regulations, including (without limitation) our capital expenditures for environmental control equipment, are only our forecasts regarding these matters. These forecasts may be substantially different from actual results, which may be affected by factors such as: changes in law that impose restrictions on air emissions, wastewater management, waste disposal, hydraulic fracturing, or wetland and land use practices; more stringent enforcement of existing environmental laws and regulations; a change in our share of any remediation costs or other unexpected, adverse outcomes with respect to sites where we have been named as a potentially responsible party, including (without limitation) Superfund sites; the discovery of other sites where additional expenditures may be required to comply with environmental legal obligations; and the accidental discharge of hazardous materials.
International, national, and state governments and agencies continue to evaluate and promulgate legislation and regulations that are focused on restricting emissions commonly referred to as greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. In the United States, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has taken steps to regulate GHG emissions as air pollutants under the U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended. The EPA’s Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule requires monitoring and reporting of GHG emissions from, among others, certain mobile and stationary GHG emission sources in the oil and natural gas industry, which in turn may include data from certain of our wellsite equipment and operations. In addition, the U.S. government has proposed rules in the past setting GHG emission standards for, or otherwise aimed at reducing GHG emissions from, the oil and natural gas industry. Caps or fees on carbon emissions, including in the United States, have been and may continue to be established and the cost of such caps or fees could disproportionately affect the fossil-fuel energy sector. We are unable to predict whether and when the proposed changes in laws or regulations ultimately will occur or what they ultimately


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 14



will require, and accordingly, we are unable to assess the potential financial or operational impact they may have on our business.
Other developments focused on restricting GHG emissions include the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which includes the Paris Agreement and the Kyoto Protocol; the European Union Emission Trading System; Article 8 of the European Union Energy Efficiency Directive and the United Kingdom’s Carbon Reduction Commitment Energy Efficiency and Energy Savings Opportunity (ESOS) schemes; and, in the United States, the Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative, the Western Climate Action Initiative, and various state programs implementing the California Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006 (known as Assembly Bill 32).
The potential for climate related changes may pose future risks to our operations and those of our customers. These changes can include extreme variability in weather patterns such as increased frequency of severe weather, rising mean temperature and sea levels, and long-term changes in precipitation patterns. Such changes have the potential to affect business continuity and operating results, particularly at facilities in coastal areas.
Uninsured claims and litigation against us could adversely impact our operating results.
We could be impacted by the outcome of pending litigation, as well as unexpected litigation or proceedings. While we have insurance coverage against operating hazards, including product liability claims and personal injury claims related to our products, to the extent deemed prudent by our management and to the extent insurance is available; no assurance can be given that the nature and amount of that insurance will be sufficient to fully indemnify us against liabilities arising out of pending and future claims and litigation. This insurance has deductibles or self-insured retentions and contains certain coverage exclusions. The insurance does not cover damages from breach of contract by us or based on alleged fraud or deceptive trade practices. In addition, the following risks apply with respect to our insurance coverage:
we may not be able to continue to obtain insurance on commercially reasonable terms;
we may be faced with types of liabilities that will not be covered by our insurance;
our insurance carriers may not be able to meet their obligations under the policies; or
the dollar amount of any liabilities may exceed our policy limits.
Control of oil and natural gas reserves by state-owned oil companies may impact the demand for our services and products and create additional risks in our operations.
Much of the world’s oil and natural gas reserves are controlled by state-owned oil companies. State-owned oil companies may require their contractors to meet local content requirements or other local standards, such as conducting our operations through joint ventures with local partners that could be difficult or undesirable for us to meet. The failure to meet the local content requirements and other local standards may adversely impact our operations in those countries. In addition, our ability to work with state-owned oil companies is subject to our ability to negotiate and agree upon acceptable contract terms.
Providing services on an integrated or turnkey basis could require us to assume additional risks.
We may enter into integrated contracts or turnkey contracts with our customers and we may choose to provide services outside our core business. Providing services on an integrated or turnkey basis may subject us to additional risks, such as costs associated with unexpected delays or difficulties in drilling or completion operations and risks associated with subcontracting arrangements.
Some of our customers require bids in the form of fixed pricing contracts.
Some of our customers require bids for contracts in the form of fixed pricing contracts that may require us to provide integrated project management services outside our normal discrete business and to act as project managers, as well as service providers, and may require us to assume additional risks associated with cost over-runs. These customers may provide us with inaccurate information in relation to their reserves. The estimation of reserves is a process that involves subjective judgment about likely location and volume, and estimates that prove


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 15



inaccurate may result in cost over-runs, delays, and project losses for us or our customers, which may adversely impact our business and our relationship with our customers.
The credit risks of having a concentrated customer base in the energy industry could result in losses.
Having a concentration of customers in the energy industry may impact our overall exposure to credit risk as our customers may be similarly affected by prolonged changes in economic and industry conditions. Some of our customers may experience extreme financial distress as a result of falling commodity prices and may be forced to seek protection under applicable bankruptcy laws, which may affect our ability to recover any amounts due from such customers. Furthermore, countries that rely heavily upon income from hydrocarbon exports have been and may in the future be negatively and significantly affected by a drop in oil prices, which could affect our ability to collect from our customers in these countries, particularly national oil companies. Laws in some jurisdictions in which we will operate could make collection difficult or time consuming. We will perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and do not expect to require collateral in support of our trade receivables. While we maintain reserves for potential credit losses, we cannot assure such reserves will be sufficient to meet write-offs of uncollectible receivables or that our losses from such receivables will be consistent with our expectations. Additionally, in the event of a bankruptcy of any of our customers, we may be treated as an unsecured creditor and may collect substantially less, or none, of the amounts owed to us by such customer.
Our Remaining Performance Obligations (RPO) are subject to modification, termination or reduction of orders, which could negatively impact our sales.
Our RPO is comprised of unfilled customer orders for products and product services (expected life of contract sales for product services). Our RPO can be significantly affected by the timing of orders for large projects. Although modifications and terminations of orders may be partially offset by cancellation fees, customers can, and sometimes do, terminate or modify orders. Our failure to replace canceled orders could negatively impact our sales and results of operations. The total dollar amount of the Company’s RPO as of December 31, 2018 was $21.0 billion .
We may not be able to satisfy technical requirements, testing requirements or other specifications required under our service contracts and equipment purchase agreements.
Our products are used in deepwater and other harsh environments and severe service applications. Our contracts with customers and customer requests for bids typically set forth detailed specifications or technical requirements for our products and services, which may also include extensive testing requirements. We anticipate that such testing requirements will become more common in our contracts. In addition, recent scrutiny of the offshore drilling industry has resulted in more stringent technical specifications for our products and more comprehensive testing requirements for our products to ensure compliance with such specifications. We cannot provide assurance that our products will be able to satisfy the specifications or that we will be able to perform the full-scale testing necessary to prove that the product specifications are satisfied in future contract bids or under existing contracts, or that the costs of modifications to our products to satisfy the specifications and testing will not adversely affect our results of operations. If our products are unable to satisfy such requirements, or we are unable to perform any required full-scale testing, our customers may cancel their contracts and/or seek new suppliers, and our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial position may be adversely affected.
Currency fluctuations or devaluations may impact our operating results.
Fluctuations or devaluations in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar can impact our revenue and our costs of doing business, as well as the costs of doing business of our customers. Most of our products and services are sold through contracts denominated in U.S. dollars or local currency indexed to U.S. dollars, however, some of our revenue, local expenses and manufacturing costs are incurred in local currencies and therefore changes in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies can increase or decrease our revenue and expenses reported in U.S. dollars or revenue and expenses of our customers and, consequently, may impact the ability of our customers to satisfy their payment obligations and our results of operations.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 16



Changes in economic and/or market conditions may impact our ability to borrow and/or cost of borrowing.
The condition of the capital markets and equity markets in general can affect the price of our common stock and our ability to obtain financing, if necessary. If our credit rating is ever downgraded, it could increase borrowing costs under credit facilities and commercial paper programs, as well as increase the cost of renewing or obtaining, or make it more difficult to renew, obtain or issue new debt financing.
An inability to protect our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.
There can be no assurance that the steps we take to obtain, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights will be completely adequate. Our intellectual property rights may fail to provide us with significant competitive advantages, particularly in foreign jurisdictions where we have not invested in an intellectual property portfolio or that do not have, or do not enforce, strong intellectual property rights. The weakening of protection of our trademarks, patents and other intellectual property rights could also adversely affect our business.
We are a party to a number of licenses that give us rights to intellectual property that is necessary or useful to our business, including from GE following the Transactions. Our success depends in part on the ability of our licensors to obtain, maintain and sufficiently enforce the licensed intellectual property rights we have commercialized. Without protection for the intellectual property rights we license, other companies might be able to offer substantially identical products for sale, which could adversely affect our competitive business position and harm our business products. Also, there can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain or renew from third parties the licenses to use intellectual property rights we need in the future, and there is no assurance that such licenses can be obtained on reasonable terms. Specifically we are a party to several agreements with GE which provide for intellectual property rights to use and access. Access and use of intellectual property created solely or collaboratively with GE is an important part of our operations. We would be adversely affected in the event these agreements were terminated without the right to continue such access as we might continue to improve current products and services or develop new ones.
We may be subject to litigation if another party claims that we have infringed upon its intellectual property rights.
The tools, techniques, methodologies, programs and components we use to provide our products and services may infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others or be challenged on that basis. Regardless of the merits, infringement claims may result in significant legal and other costs and may distract management from running our core business. Resolving such claims could increase our costs, including through royalty payments to acquire licenses, if available, from third parties and through the development of non-infringing technologies. If a license to resolve a claim were not available, we might not be able to continue providing a particular service or product, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
The effects of Brexit may have a negative impact on our financial results and operations of the business.
In June 2016, United Kingdom (UK) voters approved the UK’s exit (Brexit) from the European Union (EU). The political and economic uncertainty surrounding Brexit, if it occurs or in whatever form it occurs, could harm our business and financial results due to fluctuations in the value of the British pound versus the U.S. dollar, euro and other currencies. In addition, Brexit could result in delayed deliveries, which may impact our internal supply chain and our customer projects.
Risk Factors Related to the Worldwide Oil and Natural Gas Industry
Volatility of oil and natural gas prices can adversely affect demand for our products and services.
Prices of oil and gas products are set on a commodity basis. As a result, the volatility in oil and natural gas prices can impact our customers’ activity levels and spending for our products and services. Current energy prices are important contributors to cash flow for our customers and their ability to fund exploration and development activities. Expectations about future prices and price volatility are important for determining future spending levels.
Lower oil and natural gas prices generally lead to decreased spending by our customers. While higher oil and natural gas prices generally lead to increased spending by our customers, sustained high energy prices can be an impediment to economic growth, and can therefore negatively impact spending by our customers. Our customers also take into account the volatility of energy prices and other risk factors by requiring higher returns for individual


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 17



projects if there is higher perceived risk. Any of these factors could affect the demand for oil and natural gas and could have a material effect on our results of operations.
Demand for oil and natural gas is subject to factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect our operating results. Changes in the global economy could impact our customers’ spending levels and our revenue and operating results.
Demand for oil and natural gas, as well as the demand for our services and products, is highly correlated with global economic growth, and in particular by the economic growth of countries such as the U.S., India, China, and developing countries in Asia and the Middle East, which are either significant users of oil and natural gas or whose economies are experiencing the most rapid economic growth compared to the global average. Weakness or deterioration of the global economy or credit markets could reduce our customers’ spending levels and reduce our revenue and operating results. Incremental weakness in global economic activity, particularly in China, India, Europe, the Middle East and developing countries in Asia, could reduce demand for oil and natural gas and result in lower oil and natural gas prices. Incremental strength in global economic activity in such areas will create more demand for oil and natural gas and support higher oil and natural gas prices. A prolonged reduction in oil and natural gas prices may require us to record additional asset impairments. Such a potential impairment charge could have a material adverse impact on our operating results.
Requirements and voluntary initiatives to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, as well as increased climate change awareness, are likely to result in increased costs for the oil and gas industry to curb greenhouse gas emissions and could have an adverse impact on demand for oil and natural gas.
International, national, and state governments, agencies and bodies continue to evaluate and promulgate regulations and voluntary initiatives that are focused on restricting GHG emissions.  These requirements and initiatives are likely to become more stringent over time and to result in increased costs for the oil and gas industry to curb GHG emissions.  In addition, these developments, and public perception relating to climate change, may curtail production and demand for hydrocarbons such as oil and natural gas by shifting demand towards and investment in relatively lower carbon energy sources such as wind, solar and other renewables.  The renewable energy industry is developing enhanced technologies and becoming more competitive with fossil-fuel energy. If renewable energy becomes more competitive than fossil-fuel energy, particularly during periods of higher oil and natural gas prices, it could have a material effect on our results of operations.
Supply of oil and natural gas is subject to factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect our operating results.
Productive capacity for oil and natural gas is dependent on our customers’ decisions to develop and produce oil and natural gas reserves and on the regulatory environment in which our customers and we operate. The ability to produce oil and natural gas can be affected by the number and productivity of new wells drilled and completed, as well as the rate of production and resulting depletion of existing wells. Advanced technologies, such as horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing, improve total recovery but also result in a more rapid production decline and may become subject to more stringent regulation, particularly on the state or local level, in the future.
Productive capacity in excess of demand (spare productive capacity) is also an important factor influencing energy prices and spending by oil and natural gas exploration companies. Spare productive capacity and oil and natural gas storage inventory levels are an indicator of the relative balance between supply and demand. High or increasing storage, inventories, or spare productive capacity generally indicate that supply is exceeding demand and that energy prices are likely to soften. Low or decreasing storage, inventories, or spare productive capacity are generally an indicator that demand is growing faster than supply and that energy prices are likely to rise.
Access to prospects is also important to our customers, but such access may be limited because host governments do not allow access to the reserves. Government regulations and the costs incurred by oil and natural gas exploration companies to conform to and comply with government regulations may also limit the quantity of oil and natural gas that may be economically produced.
Supply can also be impacted by the degree to which individual OPEC nations and other large oil and natural gas producing countries are willing and able to control production and exports of oil, to decrease or increase supply and to support their targeted oil price while meeting their market share objectives. Any of these factors could affect the supply of oil and natural gas and could have a material effect on our results of operations.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 18



Our customers’ activity levels and spending for our products and services and ability to pay amounts owed us could be impacted by the reduction of their cash flow and the ability of our customers to access equity or credit markets.
Our customers’ access to capital is dependent on their ability to access the funds necessary to develop economically attractive projects based upon their expectations of future energy prices, required investments and resulting returns. Limited access to external sources of funding has caused and may continue to cause customers to reduce their capital spending plans to levels supported by internally generated cash flow. In addition, a reduction of cash flow resulting from declines in commodity prices, a reduction in borrowing bases under reserve-based credit facilities or the lack of available debt or equity financing may impact the ability of our customers to pay amounts owed to us and could cause us to increase our reserve for doubtful accounts.
Seasonal and weather conditions could adversely affect demand for our services and operations.
Variation from normal weather patterns, such as cooler or warmer summers and winters, can have a significant impact on demand for our services and operations. Adverse weather conditions, such as hurricanes in the Gulf of Mexico, may interrupt or curtail our operations, or our customers’ operations, cause supply disruptions and result in a loss of revenue and damage to our equipment and facilities, which may or may not be insured. For example, extreme winter conditions in Canada, Russia or the North Sea may interrupt or curtail our operations, or our customers’ operations, in those areas and result in a loss of revenue.
Risk Factors Related to the Transactions and Separation from GE
We may experience challenges relating to the ongoing integration of Baker Hughes and GE O&G or the separation from GE that may result in a decline in the anticipated benefits of the Transactions and the Master Agreement Framework.
The Transactions involved the combination of two businesses that previously operated as independent businesses. The Company has been and will continue to be required to devote management attention and resources to integrating its business practices and operations, as well as to the separation from GE.
If we experience difficulties with the ongoing integration process or with the separation from GE, the anticipated benefits of the Transactions and the Master Agreement Framework may not be realized fully or at all, may take longer to realize than expected, or may be offset by the decrease in business from certain customers or other negative impacts. These integration matters and the impact of the separation from GE could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or other prospects on an ongoing basis.
We have incurred and will continue to incur costs in connection with the Transactions and the integration of the two businesses. We also have incurred and expect to continue to incur additional costs in connection with the Master Agreement Framework and the separation from GE.
The Transactions involved the combination of two businesses that previously operated as independent businesses. As a result of the Transactions, there are many systems that must be successfully integrated between the two businesses, including information management, purchasing, accounting and finance, sales, billing, payroll and benefits, fixed asset and lease administration systems and regulatory compliance.

Separately, on November 13, 2018, the Company, BHGE LLC and GE entered into the Master Agreement Framework designed to further solidify the commercial and technological relationships between the two companies and to facilitate BHGE’s ability to transition from operating as a controlled company. In particular, the Master Agreement Framework contemplates long-term agreements between the Company, BHGE LLC and GE on technology, fulfillment and other key areas to provide greater clarity to customers, employees and shareholders. Certain of the transactions contemplated by the Master Agreement Framework may be subject to regulatory approvals. The Company has been and will continue to be required to devote management attention and resources to integrating its business practices and operations, as well as to the separation from GE.

Our entry into the Master Agreement Framework with GE, the ongoing integration of Baker Hughes and GE O&G, the separation from GE and any necessary changes to complete integration efforts based on the new business arrangements contemplated by the Master Agreement Framework may result in additional costs and difficulties. Actual costs related to the separation and the implementation of the changes contemplated by the


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 19



Master Agreement Framework may be higher than anticipated, and we may experience additional difficulties in effecting such changes.
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, qualify for, and are relying on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. As a result, our stockholders do not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements. The interests of GE as a majority stockholder may differ from the interests of other stockholders of the Company. If we do not retain “controlled company” status in the event that GE sells additional equity in the future, we may during the phase-in period continue to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies.

Through its ownership of a majority of our voting power and the provisions set forth in our charter, our bylaws and the Stockholders Agreement, GE has the ability to designate and elect a majority of our directors until the later of July 3, 2019 and the first date on which it ceases to hold more than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock (the Trigger Date). As a result of GE’s ownership of a majority of the voting power of our common stock, we are a “controlled company” as defined in NYSE listing rules and, therefore, are not subject to NYSE requirements that would otherwise require us to have (i) a majority of independent directors, (ii) a nominating committee composed solely of independent directors, (iii) the compensation of our executive officers determined by a majority of the independent directors or a compensation committee composed solely of independent directors, and (iv) director nominees selected, or recommended for the board’s selection, either by a majority of the independent directors or a nominating committee composed solely of independent directors. In connection with the Master Agreement Framework, the Stockholders Agreement was amended and restated to provide that, following the Trigger Date and until GE and its affiliates own less than 20% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, GE shall be entitled to designate one person for nomination to our board of directors. See “Note 18. Related Party Transactions" of the Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements in Item 8 herein”

In the event that GE sells additional equity in the future, GE may cease to control a majority of our voting power. Accordingly, we may no longer be a “controlled company” as defined in NYSE listing rules. Under the listing rules, a company that ceases to be a controlled company must comply with the independent board committee requirements as they relate to the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees on the following phase-in schedule: (1) one independent committee member at the time it ceases to be a controlled company, (2) a majority of independent committee members within 90 days of the date it ceases to be a controlled company and (3) all independent committee members within one year of the date it ceases to be a controlled company. Additionally, NYSE listing rules provide a 12-month phase-in period from the date a company ceases to be a controlled company to comply with the majority independent board requirement. Although we believe we would be able to modify the composition of our board in a timely manner, during these phase-in periods our stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies of which the majority of directors are independent. Furthermore, a change in our board of directors and committee membership may result in a change in corporate strategy and operation philosophies, and may result in deviations from our current strategy.

The Company is a party to the tax matters agreement with GE (the Tax Matters Agreement) entered into at closing of the Transactions and amended under the Master Agreement Framework. Under the Tax Matters Agreement, the Company could, under certain circumstances, be entitled to receive tax benefits in connection with the sale by GE of its equity interests in the Company. However, there is no assurance that the Company will realize any such benefits.

GE also has control over certain matters submitted to stockholders for approval, including changes in capital structure, transactions requiring stockholder approval under Delaware law and corporate governance, subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement relating to GE’s agreement to vote in favor of director nominees not designated by GE and to proposals by GE to acquire all of the shares of Class A common stock held by non-GE stockholders. Even if GE sells additional equity in the future and is no longer a majority stockholder, GE may still exercise control or significant influence over matters submitted to our stockholders for approval. GE may also have influence over matters that do not require stockholder approval. GE may have different interests than other holders of Class A common stock on these and other matters which may affect our operational and financial decisions.

Among other things, GE’s control could delay, defer, or prevent a sale of the Company that other stockholders support, or, conversely, this control could result in the consummation of such a transaction that other stockholders do not support. This concentrated control could discourage a potential investor from seeking to acquire Class A common stock and, as a result, might harm the market price of that Class A common stock.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 20




Given GE’s ownership of the majority of our outstanding voting securities and the interactions that have taken place and will take place between us and GE, our success depends in part on the reputation and success of GE. In the event that we are no longer controlled by GE, our success will remain partially dependent on GE through, among other things, their participation in our business operations and strategy as described above, our reliance on the long-term agreements and transition services agreements between the Company and GE pursuant to the Master Agreement Framework and the public perception of our affiliation with GE.
If we were to cease being a majority-owned subsidiary of GE in the future, such a separation could adversely affect our business and profitability. Uncertainty about the likelihood of any such separation could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Following the Transactions, we market many of our products and services using the “GE” brand name and logo. Although we believe that the association with GE provides many benefits, including: a strong brand, broad research and development capabilities, elevated status with suppliers and customers, and established relationships with regulators, we may in the future determine to rebrand our business or pursue alternative marketing strategies, which could adversely affect our ability to attract new customers or maintain existing business relationships with customers, suppliers and other business partners, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Although GE has licensed to us the right to use certain “GE” marks in its corporate name and in the products and services of our business in connection with certain oil and gas activities and other discrete oil and gas segments, that right to use these marks would be lost if the license were to expire or otherwise terminate, which may occur, among other reasons, in the event we cease being a majority-owned subsidiary of GE (subject to certain phase-out provisions). As a consequence of such expiration or termination, we would need to remove the “GE” marks from our corporate name, products and services.
In addition, if we were to cease being a majority-owned subsidiary of GE, or there were otherwise a meaningful change in the relationships between GE and the Company beyond what is contemplated by the Master Agreement Framework, such an event or events could adversely affect, among other things, our ability to attract and retain customers. We may be required to provide more favorable pricing and other terms to our customers and take other action to maintain our relationship with existing, and attract new, customers, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, although GE would be subject to certain non-compete restrictions for a period of time following the Company no longer being a majority-owned subsidiary of GE, in the absence of an agreement regulating the go-to-market strategy and the reciprocal commercial and technical support between GE and the Company, GE may attempt to compete with us with respect to certain technologies and customer projects where we have adjacent or overlapping presence (e.g., steam turbines and gas turbines).  Furthermore, we may lose cost synergies, joint investment and R&D opportunities, and access to customers, in fields where we and GE currently collaborate as per the terms of the Channel Agreement (e.g. additive manufacturing; digital).

The potential separation from GE has created, and may continue to create, uncertainty among our customers, suppliers, and other business partners. In addition, the Master Agreement Framework and related binding term sheets contemplate entering into a number of definitive agreements based on terms included therein. If we are unable to enter into definitive agreements with GE for any reason by certain specified deadlines, the business arrangements contemplated by the Master Agreement Framework may by their terms take effect in the absence of definitive agreements, which may lead to additional uncertainty and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The potential uncertainty due to these or other factors may undermine our business and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, and may cause increased volatility and wide price fluctuations in our stock price.

The market price of our Class A common stock could be materially impacted due to the substantial number of shares of our capital stock eligible for sale in future secondary offerings by GE.

The large number of shares of our Class A common stock eligible for sale by GE in the future could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to substantially decrease. GE owned approximately 50.4% percent of our outstanding Class A common stock as of December 31, 2018 (assuming full exchange of our shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement). Future sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 21



A common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could substantially decrease the market price of our Class A common stock.

The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our Class A common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our Class A common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to sell your shares of our Class A common stock at or above your purchase price, if at all. We cannot assure you that the market price of our Class A common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect the price of our Class A common stock or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our Class A common stock include: variations in our quarterly operating results; failure to meet our earnings estimates; publication of research reports about us or our industry or the failure of securities analysts to cover our Class A common stock after the offering; additions or departures of our executive officers and other key management personnel; adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future; actions by stockholders; offerings of our Class A common stock by GE or the perceived possibility of such offerings; changes in market valuations of similar companies; speculation in the press or investment community; changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations thereof affecting our business or enforcement of these laws and regulations, or announcements relating to these matters; adverse publicity about our industry generally or individual scandals, specifically; and general market and economic conditions.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that a stockholder may consider favorable by permitting our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock, requiring advance notice for stockholder proposals and nominations, and placing limitations on convening stockholder meetings. These provisions may also discourage acquisition proposals or delay or prevent a change in control, which could harm our stock price.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 22



ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We own or lease numerous properties throughout the world. We consider our manufacturing plants, equipment assembly, maintenance and overhaul facilities, grinding plants, drilling fluids and chemical processing centers, and primary research and technology centers to be our principal properties. The following sets forth the location of our principal owned or leased facilities for our business segments as of December 31, 2018 :
Oilfield Services:
 
Houston, Pasadena, and The Woodlands, Texas; Broken Arrow and Claremore, Oklahoma - all located in the United States; Leduc, Canada; Celle, Germany; Tananger, Norway; Aberdeen, Scotland; Liverpool, England; Macae, Brazil; Singapore, Singapore; Kakinada, India; Nimr, Oman; Abu Dhabi and Dubai, United Arab Emirates; Dhahran, Saudi Arabia; Luanda, Angola; Port Harcourt, Nigeria
 
 
 
Oilfield Equipment:
 
Houston and Humble, Texas - located in the United States; Montrose, Scotland; Nailsea, England; Niteroi, Brazil; Suzhou, China; Dammam, Saudi Arabia
 
 
 
Turbomachinery & Process Solutions:
 
Deer Park, Texas and Jacksonville, Florida - located in the United States; Florence and Massa, Italy; Le Creusot, France; Coimbatore, India
 
 
 
Digital Solutions:
 
Billerica, Massachusetts and Minden, Nevada - located in the United States; Groby, England; Shannon, Ireland; Hurth, Germany
We own or lease numerous other facilities such as service centers, blend plants, workshops and sales and administrative offices throughout the geographic regions in which we operate. We also have a significant investment in service vehicles, tools and manufacturing and other equipment. All of our owned properties are unencumbered. We believe that our facilities are well maintained and suitable for their intended purposes.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The information with respect to Item 3. Legal Proceedings is contained in "Note 19. Commitment and Contingencies" of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 herein.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Our barite mining operations, in support of our drilling fluids products and services business, are subject to regulation by the federal Mine Safety and Health Administration under the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977. Information concerning mine safety violations or other regulatory matters required by Section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and Item 104 of Regulation S-K is included in Exhibit 95 to this annual report.
 


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 23



PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol 'BHGE'. As of February 8,  2019 , there were approximately 6,901 stockholders of record. All of our issued and outstanding Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, is owned by GE and its affiliates.
The following table contains information about our purchases of Class A common stock equity securities during the fourth quarter of 2018 .
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Period
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
(1)
 
Average
Price Paid
Per Share  (2)
 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of a Publicly
Announced Plan or Programs  (3)
 
Maximum Dollar Value
of Shares that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the Plan or Programs (3)
October 1-31, 2018
15,371

 
$
31.49

 
 
$
563,438,373

November 1-30, 2018

 

 
 
$
18,690,655

December 1-31, 2018

 

 
 
$
18,690,655

Total
15,371

 
$
31.49

 
 
 
(1)  
Represents Class A common stock purchased from employees to satisfy the tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units.
(2)  
Average price paid for Class A common stock purchased from employees to satisfy the tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units.
(3)  
In November 2017, our board of directors authorized BHGE LLC to repurchase up to $3 billion of its common units from the Company and GE. The proceeds of any repurchase received by BHGE are to be used to repurchase Class A common stock of the Company on the open market. Any repurchase of Class B common stock of the Company, which is paired with repurchased common units owned by GE and its affiliates, would be repurchased by the Company at par value. We did not repurchase any shares of Class A common stock in the fourth quarter of 2018. However, on November 16, 2018, we repurchased and canceled 65 million shares of Class B common stock from GE and its affiliates that is paired with common units of BHGE LLC for $1,461 million. As of December 31, 2018 , the stock repurchase program has been substantially completed.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 24



Corporate Performance Graph
The following graphs compare the change in our cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock (assuming reinvestment of dividends into common stock at the date of payment) with the cumulative total return on the published Standard & Poor's (S&P) 500 Stock Index and the cumulative total return on the S&P 500 Oil and Gas Equipment and Services Index over the preceding five-year period. The first graph below reflects total shareholder returns for Baker Hughes Incorporated (our predecessor issuer pursuant to Rule 12g-3(a) under the Securities Exchange Act) from December 31, 2013 to July 3, 2017, the date of consummation of the Transactions. The second graph below reflects the total shareholder returns for our common stock from July 5, 2017, the first business day following consummation of the Transactions, to December 31, 2018.
Comparison of Three Years and Six Months Cumulative Total Return
BHI; S&P 500 Index and S&P 500 Oil and Gas Equipment and Services Index
BHIGRAPH.JPG
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
 
July 3,
2017
Baker Hughes Incorporated
$
100.00

 
$
102.54

 
$
85.37

 
$
121.92

 
 
$
108.86

S&P 500 Index
100.00

 
113.69

 
115.26

 
129.05

 
 
141.44

S&P 500 Oil and Gas Equipment and Services Index
100.00

 
92.20

 
74.91

 
98.83

 
 
116.03




BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 25



The following graph compares the change in cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock (assuming reinvestment of dividends into common stock at the date of payment) with the cumulative total return on the published S&P 500 Stock Index and the cumulative total return on the S&P 500 Oil and Gas Equipment and Services Index over the preceding 18 month period. The graph reflects total shareholder returns for BHGE from July 5, 2017, the first business day following consummation of the Transactions, to December 31, 2018.
Comparison of Eighteen Months Cumulative Total Return
BHGE; S&P 500 Index and S&P 500 Oil and Gas Equipment and Services Index
BHGEGRAPH.JPG
 
 
July 5,
2017
 
December 31, 2017
 
2018
BHGE
 
$
100.00

 
$
85.84

 
$
59.73

S&P 500 Index
 
100.00

 
110.97

 
106.11

S&P 500 Oil and Gas Equipment and Services Index
 
100.00

 
106.02

 
62.06

The comparison of total return on investment (change in year-end stock price plus reinvested dividends) assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2013 and July 5, 2017, respectively, in BHI and BHGE common stock, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Oil and Gas Equipment and Services Index.
The corporate performance graph and related information shall not be deemed "soliciting material" or to be "filed" with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that BHGE specifically incorporates it by reference into such filing.



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 26



ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The Selected Financial Data should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, both contained herein.
 
Year Ended December 31, (1)
(In millions, except per share amounts)
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
Revenue
$
22,877

$
17,179

$
13,082

$
16,688

$
19,191

 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenue
18,891

14,143

10,150

12,193

14,256

Selling, general and administrative
2,699

2,535

1,926

2,115

2,288

Restructuring, impairment and other (2)
433

412

516

411

189

Goodwill impairment (3)



2,080


Merger and related costs (4)
153

373

33

27

67

Operating income (loss)
701

(284
)
457

(138
)
2,391

Other non operating income, net
202

80

3

100

124

Interest expense, net
(223
)
(131
)
(102
)
(120
)
(179
)
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in loss of affiliate
680

(335
)
358

(158
)
2,336

Equity in loss of affiliate
(139
)
(11
)



Income tax provision
(258
)
(45
)
(173
)
(473
)
(484
)
Net income (loss)
283

(391
)
185

(631
)
1,852

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to GE O&G pre-merger

42

254

(606
)
1,840

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
88

(330
)
(69
)
(25
)
12

Net income (loss) attributable to Baker Hughes, a GE company
$
195

$
(103
)
$

$

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
Per share of common stock:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic income (loss) per Class A common share
$
0.46

$
(0.24
)
 
 
 
Diluted income (loss) per Class A common share
0.45

(0.24
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividend:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash dividend per Class A common share
0.72

0.35

 
 
 
Special dividend per Class A common share
 
17.50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (5)
$
3,723

$
7,030

$
981

$
1,432

$
1,390

Total assets
52,439

56,500

21,466

23,133

26,496

Long-term debt
6,285

6,312

38

13

14

Total equity
35,013

38,410

14,280

14,545

16,386

Notes to Selected Financial Data
(1)  
The current year results are not comparable to prior years as the results of Baker Hughes are included only from July 3, 2017. Additionally, we adopted FASB ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , and the related amendments with effect from January 1, 2016 on a full retrospective basis. Accordingly, the 2016, 2017 and 2018 fiscal year periods are presented under the new revenue standard and the 2014 and 2015 periods are not presented under the new revenue standard.
(2)  
See "Note 20. Restructuring, Impairment and Other" of the Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements in Item 8 herein for further discussion.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 27



(3)  
In performing the annual impairment test for goodwill in the third quarter of 2015 using data as of July 1 of that year, we determined that a step two test was required for a reporting unit within our OFS operating segment. As a consequence of the continued pressure on oil prices, the revised expected cash flows for this reporting unit resulted in a goodwill impairment charge of $2,080 million
(4)  
See "Note 3. Business Acquisition and Disposition" of the Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements in Item 8 herein for further discussion of merger and related costs.
(5)  
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash includes $747 million and $997 million of cash held on behalf of GE at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 28



ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) should be read in conjunction with the consolidated and combined financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data contained herein.
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
On July 3, 2017, we closed the Transactions to combine GE O&G and Baker Hughes, creating a fullstream oilfield technology provider that has a unique mix of integrated oilfield products, services and digital solutions. The Transactions were executed using a partnership structure, pursuant to which GE O&G and Baker Hughes each contributed their operating assets to a newly formed partnership, BHGE LLC. As of December 31, 2018 , GE holds an approximate 50.4% controlling interest in this partnership and the Company holds an approximate 49.6% economic interest. The results of operations for the Company include the results of Baker Hughes from July 3, 2017, the date of acquisition, through December 31, 2018 . The majority of the Baker Hughes business operations are included in the Oilfield Services segment. The Transactions were treated as a “reverse acquisition” for accounting purposes and, as such, the historical financial statements of the accounting acquirer, GE O&G, are the historical financial statements of the Company. The current year results may not be comparable to prior years as the prior years include the results of Baker Hughes only from July 3, 2017. We operate through our four business segments: Oilfield Services (OFS), Oilfield Equipment (OFE), Turbomachinery & Processing Solutions (TPS), and Digital Solutions (DS). As of December 31, 2018 , BHGE employs approximately 66,000 employees and operates in more than 120 countries.
In June 2018, GE announced their intention to pursue an orderly separation from BHGE over time.  To that end, during the fourth quarter of 2018, certain equity transactions were completed and GE’s ownership of BHGE was reduced from approximately 62.5% to approximately 50.4%. At the same time, we completed the Master Agreement Framework designed to further solidify the commercial and technological collaboration between us and GE and to position us for the future. The Master Agreement Framework focuses on areas where we work most closely with GE on developing leading technology and executing for customers. First, we defined the parameters for long-term collaboration and partnership with GE on critical rotating equipment technology. Second, for our Digital software and technology business we will maintain the status quo as the exclusive supplier of GE Digital oil-and-gas applications. Finally, we reached agreements on a number of other areas including our Controls business, pension, taxes, and intercompany services. For further details on the Master Agreement Framework see "Note 18. Related Party Disclosures" of the Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements in Item 8 herein.

In aggregate, we anticipate that the net financial impact of the agreements contemplated by the Master Agreement Framework will have a slightly negative impact on our operating margin rates of approximately 20 to 40 basis points. In addition, we expect to incur one-time charges related to separation from GE of approximately $0.2 billion to $0.3 billion over the next three years. We expect these charges to be primarily related to the build-out of information technology infrastructure as well as customary transaction fees. For a discussion of certain risks associated with separation, including risks related to our business, financial condition and results of operations, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors-Risks Factors Related to the Transactions and Separation from GE.”
In 2018 , we generated revenue of $22,877 million , compared to $17,179 million in 2017 . The increase in revenue was driven primarily by OFS as 2018 included the full year results of Baker Hughes compared to only six months in 2017 , and to a lesser extent, by DS partially offset by declines in TPS and OFE. Income before income taxes and equity in loss of affiliate was $680 million in 2018 , and included restructuring and impairment charges of $433 million and merger and related costs of $153 million . These restructuring and impairment charges were recorded as a result of our continued actions to adjust our operations and cost structure to reflect reduced activity levels. In 2017 , loss before income taxes and equity in loss of affiliate was $335 million , which also included restructuring and impairment charges of $412 million , and merger and related costs of $373 million .


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 29



OUTLOOK
Our business is exposed to a number of different macro factors, which influence our expectations and outlook. All of our outlook expectations are purely based on the market as we see it today, and are subject to change given volatile conditions in the industry.

North America onshore activity: in 2018, we experienced an acceleration in rig count growth, as compared to 2017, driven by the increase in commodity prices for the first 10 months of the year. In the fourth quarter, WTI prices declined 38% driven by both increased supply and geo-political events. We expect the decline in commodity prices may have a negative impact on activity in North America in 2019.

International onshore activity: we have seen a moderate increase in rig count activity in 2018 and expect growth to continue into 2019, at a slightly increased rate. We have seen signs of improvement with the increase in commodity prices, but due to continued volatility, we remain cautious as to growth expectations.

Offshore projects: although commodity prices have been volatile, we have begun to see increasing customer activity on offshore projects and more final investment decisions being made. Subsea tree awards increased in 2018, and we expect tree awards to be roughly flat in 2019, though still at levels significantly below prior 2012 and 2013 peaks. We expect customers to continue to evaluate the timing of final investment decisions, and in light of increased commodity price volatility, there may be some project delays.

Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) projects: we remain optimistic on the LNG market. While currently oversupplied, we believe a significant number of final investment decisions are needed to fill the projected supply-demand imbalance in the early to middle part of the next decade. In 2018, we saw positive final investment decisions for new LNG capacity. We continue to view the long-term economics of the LNG industry as positive given our outlook for supply and demand.

Refinery, petrochemical and industrial projects: in refining, we believe large, complex refineries should gain advantage in a more competitive, oversupplied landscape in 2019 as the industry globalizes and refiners position to meet local demand and secure export potential. In petrochemicals, we continue to see healthy demand and cost-advantaged supply driving projects forward in 2019. The industrial market continues to grow as outdated infrastructure is replaced, policy changes come into effect and power is decentralized. We continue to see growing demand across these markets in 2019.
We have other segments in our portfolio that are more correlated with different industrial metrics such as our Digital Solutions business. Overall, we believe our portfolio is uniquely positioned to compete across the value chain, and deliver comprehensive solutions for our customers. We remain optimistic about the long-term economics of the industry, but are continuing to operate with flexibility given our expectations for volatility and changing assumptions in the near term.
Solar and wind net additions continued to exceed coal and gas throughout 2018 .  Governments may change or may not continue incentives for renewable energy additions.  In the long term, renewables' cost decline may accelerate to compete with new-built fossil capacity. However, we do not anticipate any significant impacts to our business in the foreseeable future.
Despite the near-term volatility, the long-term outlook for our industry remains positive. We believe the world’s demand for energy will continue to rise, and the supply of energy will continue to increase in complexity, requiring greater service intensity and more advanced technology from oilfield service companies. As such, we remain focused on delivering innovative, cost-efficient solutions that deliver step changes in operating and economic performance for our customers.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 30



BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
The following discussion and analysis summarizes the significant factors affecting our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity position as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated and combined financial statements and related notes of the Company.
We operate in more than 120 countries helping customers find, evaluate, drill, produce, transport and process hydrocarbon resources. Our revenue is predominately generated from the sale of products and services to major, national, and independent oil and natural gas companies worldwide, and is dependent on spending by our customers for oil and natural gas exploration, field development and production. This spending is driven by a number of factors, including our customers' forecasts of future energy demand and supply, their access to resources to develop and produce oil and natural gas, their ability to fund their capital programs, the impact of new government regulations and most importantly, their expectations for oil and natural gas prices as a key driver of their cash flows.
Oil and Natural Gas Prices
Oil and natural gas prices are summarized in the table below as averages of the daily closing prices during each of the periods indicated.
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
Brent oil prices ($/Bbl) (1)
$
71.34

 
$
54.12

 
$
43.64

WTI oil prices ($/Bbl) (2)
65.23

 
50.80

 
43.29

Natural gas prices ($/mmBtu) (3)
3.15

 
2.99

 
2.52

(1)  
Energy Information Administration (EIA) Europe Brent Spot Price per Barrel
(2)  
EIA Cushing, OK WTI (West Texas Intermediate) spot price
(3)  
EIA Henry Hub Natural Gas Spot Price per million British Thermal Unit
2018 demonstrated the volatility of the oil and gas market. Through the first three quarters of 2018, we experienced stability in the North American and international markets. However, in the fourth quarter of 2018 commodity prices dropped nearly 40% resulting in increased customer uncertainty. From an offshore standpoint, through most of 2018, we saw multiple large offshore projects reach positive final investment decisions, and the LNG market and outlook improved throughout 2018, driven by increased demand globally. In 2018, the first large North American LNG positive final investment decision was reached.
Outside of North America, customer spending is highly driven by Brent oil prices, which increased on average throughout the year. Average Brent oil prices increased to $71.34/Bbl in 2018 from $54.12/Bbl in 2017, and ranged from a low of $50.57/Bbl in December 2018, to a high of $86.07/Bbl in October 2018. For the first three quarters of 2018, Brent oil prices increased sequentially. However, in the fourth quarter, Brent oil prices declined 39% versus the end of the third quarter, as a result of increased supply from the U.S., worries of a global economic slowdown, and lower than expected production cuts.
In North America, customer spending is highly driven by WTI oil prices, which similar to Brent oil prices, on average increased throughout the year. Average WTI oil prices increased to $65.23/Bbl in 2018 from $50.80/Bbl in 2017, and ranged from a low of $44.48/Bbl in December 2018, to a high of $77.41/Bbl in June 2018.
In North America, natural gas prices, as measured by the Henry Hub Natural Gas Spot Price, averaged $3.15/mmBtu in 2018, representing a 6% increase over the prior year. Throughout the year, Henry Hub Natural Gas Spot Prices ranged from a high of $6.24/mmBtu in January 2018 to a low of $2.49/mmBtu in February 2018. According to the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE), working natural gas in storage at the end of 2018 was 2,705 billion cubic feet (Bcf), which was 15.6%, or 421 Bcf, below the corresponding week in 2017.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 31



Baker Hughes Rig Count
The Baker Hughes rig counts are an important business barometer for the drilling industry and its suppliers. When drilling rigs are active they consume products and services produced by the oil service industry. Rig count trends are driven by the exploration and development spending by oil and natural gas companies, which in turn is influenced by current and future price expectations for oil and natural gas. The counts may reflect the relative strength and stability of energy prices and overall market activity, however, these counts should not be solely relied on as other specific and pervasive conditions may exist that affect overall energy prices and market activity.
We have been providing rig counts to the public since 1944. We gather all relevant data through our field service personnel, who obtain the necessary data from routine visits to the various rigs, customers, contractors and other outside sources as necessary. We base the classification of a well as either oil or natural gas primarily upon filings made by operators in the relevant jurisdiction. This data is then compiled and distributed to various wire services and trade associations and is published on our website. We believe the counting process and resulting data is reliable, however, it is subject to our ability to obtain accurate and timely information. Rig counts are compiled weekly for the U.S. and Canada and monthly for all international rigs. Published international rig counts do not include rigs drilling in certain locations, such as Russia, the Caspian region and onshore China because this information is not readily available.
Rigs in the U.S. and Canada are counted as active if, on the day the count is taken, the well being drilled has been started but drilling has not been completed and the well is anticipated to be of sufficient depth to be a potential consumer of our drill bits. In international areas, rigs are counted on a weekly basis and deemed active if drilling activities occurred during the majority of the week. The weekly results are then averaged for the month and published accordingly. The rig count does not include rigs that are in transit from one location to another, rigging up, being used in non-drilling activities including production testing, completion and workover, and are not expected to be significant consumers of drill bits.
The rig counts are summarized in the table below as averages for each of the periods indicated.
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
North America
1,223

 
1,082

 
642

International
988

 
948

 
956

Worldwide
2,211

 
2,030

 
1,598

2018 Compared to 2017
Overall the rig count was 2,211 in 2018, an increase of 9% as compared to 2017 due primarily to North American activity. The rig count in North America increased 13% in 2018 compared to 2017. Internationally, the rig count increased 4% in 2018 as compared to the same period last year.
Within North America, the increase was primarily driven by the U.S. rig count, which was up 18% on average versus 2017, partially offset with a decrease in the Canadian rig count, which was down 8% on average. Internationally, the improvement in the rig count was driven primarily by increases in the Africa region of 18%, the Asia-Pacific region and Latin America region, were also up by 9% and 3%, respectively, partially offset by the Europe region, which was down 8%.
2017 Compared to 2016
Overall the rig count was 2,030 in 2017 , an increase of 27% as compared to 2016 due primarily to North American activity. The rig count in North America increased 69% in 2017 compared to 2016 . Internationally, the rig count decreased 1% in 2017 as compared to the same period last year.
Within North America, the increase was primarily driven by the land rig count, which was up 72%, partially offset by a decrease in the offshore rig count of 16%. Internationally, the rig count decrease was driven primarily by decreases in Latin America of 7%, the Europe region and Africa region, which were down by 4% and 2%, respectively, partially offset by the Asia-Pacific region, which was up 8%.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 32



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The discussions below relating to significant line items from our consolidated and combined statements of income (loss) are based on available information and represent our analysis of significant changes or events that impact the comparability of reported amounts. Where appropriate, we have identified specific events and changes that affect comparability or trends and, where reasonably practicable, have quantified the impact of such items. In addition, the discussions below for revenue and cost of revenue are on a total basis as the business drivers for product sales and services are similar. All dollar amounts in tabulations in this section are in millions of dollars, unless otherwise stated. Certain columns and rows may not add due to the use of rounded numbers.
The results of operations for the Company include the results of Baker Hughes from July 3, 2017, the date of acquisition, through the year ended December 31, 2018 . Our results of operations are evaluated by the Chief Executive Officer on a consolidated basis as well as at the segment level.
The performance of our operating segments is evaluated based on segment operating income (loss), which is defined as income (loss) before income taxes and equity in loss of affiliate and before the following: net interest expense, net other non operating income, corporate expenses, restructuring, impairment and other charges, inventory impairment, merger and related costs, and certain gains and losses not allocated to the operating segments.
In evaluating the segment performance, the Company uses the following:
Volume: Volume is the increase or decrease in products and/or services sold period-over-period excluding the impact of foreign exchange and price. The volume impact on profit is calculated by multiplying the prior period profit rate by the change in revenue volume between the current and prior period. It also includes price, defined as the change in sales price for a comparable product or service period-over-period and is calculated as the period-over-period change in sales prices of comparable products and services.
Foreign Exchange (FX): FX measures the translational foreign exchange impact, or the translation impact of the period-over-period change on sales and costs directly attributable to change in the foreign exchange rate compared to the US dollar. FX impact is calculated by multiplying the functional currency amounts (revenue or profit) with the period-over-period FX rate variance, using the average exchange rate for the respective period.
(Inflation)/Deflation: (Inflation)/deflation is defined as the increase or decrease in direct and indirect costs of the same type for an equal amount of volume. It is calculated as the year-over-year change in cost (i.e. price paid) of direct material, compensation & benefits and overhead costs.
Productivity: Productivity is measured by the remaining variance in profit, after adjusting for the period-over-period impact of volume & price, foreign exchange and (inflation)/deflation as defined above. Improved or lower period-over-period cost productivity is the result of cost efficiencies or inefficiencies, such as cost decreasing or increasing more than volume, or cost increasing or decreasing less than volume, or changes in sales mix among segments. This also includes the period-over-period variance of transactional foreign exchange, aside from those foreign currency devaluations that are reported separately for business evaluation purposes.
Orders and Remaining Performance Obligations
Orders : We recognized orders of $23,904 million , $17,159 million , and $11,066 million in 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. In 2018, service orders were up 36% and equipment orders were up 45%, compared to 2017 . In 2017 , service orders were up 39% and equipment orders were up 88%, compared to 2016 . The increase in orders in 2018 and 2017 was driven primarily by the acquisition of Baker Hughes.
Remaining Performance Obligations (RPO): As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) performance obligations was $21.0 billion in each year, respectively.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 33



Revenue and Segment Operating Income (Loss) Before Tax
Revenue and segment operating income (loss) for each of our four operating segments is provided below.
 
Year Ended December 31,
$ Change
 
2018
2017
2016
From 2017 to 2018
From 2016 to 2017
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
Oilfield Services
$
11,617

$
5,881

$
788

$
5,736

$
5,093

Oilfield Equipment
2,641

2,661

3,540

(20
)
(879
)
Turbomachinery & Process Solutions
6,015

6,295

6,668

(280
)
(373
)
Digital Solutions
2,604

2,342

2,086

262

256

Total
$
22,877

$
17,179

$
13,082

$
5,698

$
4,097

 
Year Ended December 31,
$ Change
 
2018
2017
2016
From 2017 to 2018
From 2016 to 2017
Segment operating income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
Oilfield Services
$
785

$
67

$
(207
)
$
718

$
274

Oilfield Equipment

26

305

(26
)
(279
)
Turbomachinery & Process Solutions
621

665

1,058

(44
)
(393
)
Digital Solutions
390

357

363

33

(6
)
Total segment operating income
1,796

1,115

1,519

681

(404
)
Corporate
(405
)
(370
)
(375
)
(35
)
5

Inventory impairment and related charges (1)
(105
)
(244
)
(138
)
139

(106
)
Restructuring, impairment and other
(433
)
(412
)
(516
)
(21
)
104

Merger and related costs
(153
)
(373
)
(33
)
220

(340
)
Operating income (loss)
701

(284
)
457

985

(741
)
Other non operating income, net
202

80

3

122

77

Interest expense, net
(223
)
(131
)
(102
)
(92
)
(29
)
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in loss of affiliate
680

(335
)
358

1,015

(693
)
Equity in loss of affiliate
(139
)
(11
)

(128
)
(11
)
Provision for income taxes
(258
)
(45
)
(173
)
(213
)
128

Net income (loss)
$
283

$
(391
)
$
185

$
674

$
(576
)
(1)  
Inventory impairments and related charges are reported in the "Cost of goods sold" caption of the consolidated and combined statements of income (loss). 2017 includes $87 million of adjustments to write-up the acquired inventory to its estimated fair value on acquisition of Baker Hughes as this inventory was used or sold in the six months ended December 31, 2017.
Fiscal Year 2018 to Fiscal Year 2017
Revenue in 2018 was $22,877 million , an increase of $5,698 million , or 33%, from 2017 . This increase in revenue was largely a result of the incremental Baker Hughes revenue in 2018. OFS increased $5,736 million , DS increased $262 million , OFE decreased $20 million , and TPS decreased $280 million .
Total segment operating income in 2018 was $1,796 million , an increase of $681 million , or 61%, from 2017 . The increase was primarily driven by OFS, which increased $718 million , and DS, which increased $33 million , partially offset by TPS, which decreased $44 million , and OFE, which decreased $26 million .


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 34



Oilfield Services
OFS 2018 revenue was $11,617 million , an increase of $5,736 million from 2017 , primarily as a result of having the full year of Baker Hughes revenue in 2018. In addition to the incremental revenue from Baker Hughes, the improvement in revenue was also due to increased activity in the North American and international markets compared to the prior year as evidenced by the 9% increase in the worldwide rig counts.
OFS 2018 segment operating income was $785 million , compared to $67 million in 2017 . The additional contribution resulting from the acquisition of Baker Hughes, and to a lesser extent higher activity and synergy benefits, drove the increase in operating income.
Oilfield Equipment
OFE 2018 revenue was $2,641 million , a decrease of $20 million , or 1%, from 2017 . The decrease was driven primarily by lower volume in the flexible pipe business. Additionally, the decrease was driven by lower opening RPO in the subsea production systems business, partially offset with higher volume in the surface pressure control and services businesses.
OFE 2018 segment operating income was breakeven, compared to $26 million in 2017 . This decline in profitability was primarily driven by a negative mix of long-term projects, and to a lesser extent foreign exchange headwinds. Deflation savings and positive cost productivity only partially offset the decrease.
Turbomachinery & Process Solutions
TPS 2018 revenue was $6,015 million , a decrease of $280 million , or 4%, from 2017 . The decrease was primarily driven by lower volume in the businesses that serve the upstream segments, and to a lesser extent by lower volume in the businesses that serve the downstream segments. Equipment revenue in 2018 represented 40% and Service revenue represented 60% of total revenue.
TPS 2018 segment operating income was $621 million , compared to $665 million in 2017 . The decline in profitability was driven primarily by lower volume, and to a lesser extent by negative cost productivity. The decrease was partially offset by a favorable business mix and cost reduction actions implemented by the Company.
Digital Solutions
DS 2018 revenue was $2,604 million , an increase of $262 million , or 11%, from 2017 , primarily as a result of the incremental Baker Hughes revenue in 2018. Outside of this contribution, a decrease in the controls business due to softness in the power end-market was more than offset by revenue increases across all other product lines.
DS 2018 segment operating income was $390 million , compared to $357 million in 2017 . The increase in profitability was driven by positive cost productivity, including synergy benefits.
Corporate
In 2018 , corporate expenses were $405 million , an increase of $35 million compared to 2017 , primarily from the additional expenses related to the acquisition of Baker Hughes partially offset by realized synergies.
Restructuring, Impairment and Other
In 2018 , we recognized $433 million in restructuring, impairment and other charges, an increase of $21 million compared to 2017 . This increase was primarily due to costs driven by the implementation of our synergy plans.
Merger and Related Costs
We recorded $153 million of merger and related costs in 2018 , a decrease of $220 million from the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to a decline in costs as we finalize our merger related activities partially offset by costs incurred in relation to the anticipated separation from GE.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 35



Interest Expense, Net
In 2018 , we incurred net interest expense of $223 million , an increase of $92 million from the prior year, primarily driven by $3.95 billion of debt issued in the fourth quarter of 2017 and debt obtained in the Baker Hughes acquisition, partially offset by reduced interest expense associated with the retirement of debt of $615 million in January of 2018. In addition, interest expense declined as we ceased participation in the GE receivables monetization program.

Equity in Loss of Affiliate

In 2018, we recorded a loss of $139 million related to our equity method investment in BJ Services. As a result, we discontinued applying the equity method. We will resume application of the equity method only after our share of unrecognized net income equals our share of net loss not recognized during the period the equity method was suspended. There is no cash impact to BHGE.
Income Tax
In 2018 , our income tax expense increased by $213 million , from $45 million in 2017 to $258 million in 2018 . The increase was primarily due to higher foreign taxes related to increased foreign earnings and geographical mix of earnings.
Fiscal Year 2017 to Fiscal Year 2016
Revenue in 2017 was $17,179 million , an increase of $4,097 million , or 31%, from 2016. This increase was primarily driven by the acquisition of Baker Hughes. OFS increased $5,093 million , DS increased $256 million , OFE decreased $879 million , and TPS decreased $373 million .
Total segment operating income in 2017 was $1,115 million , a decrease of $404 million , or 27%, from 2016 . The acquisition of Baker Hughes added $321 million of segment operating income, but was more than offset by the organic impact of lower productivity and pricing pressure. OFS increased $274 million , TPS decreased $393 million , OFE decreased $279 million and DS decreased $6 million .
Oilfield Services
OFS 2017 revenue was $5,881 million , an increase of $5,093 million from 2016 , primarily as a result of the acquisition of Baker Hughes on July 3, 2017.
OFS 2017 segment operating income was $67 million , compared to a loss of $207 million in 2016 . The acquisition of Baker Hughes added $327 million of segment operating income, which includes increased depreciation & amortization expense driven by purchase accounting, partially offset by pricing pressure.
Oilfield Equipment
OFE 2017 revenue was $2,661 million , a decrease of $879 million , or 25%, from 2016 . The revenue decline was primarily due to continued volume pressures and to a lesser extent to negative pricing, driven by the delays in final investment decisions by our customers in prior years.
OFE 2017 segment operating income was $26 million , compared to $305 million in 2016 . This decline in profitability was the result of negative productivity and volume, while strong deflation savings more than offset pricing pressures.
Turbomachinery & Process Solutions
TPS 2017 revenue was $6,295 million , a decrease of $373 million , or 6%, from 2016 . The decline was primarily attributable to negative pricing and to a lesser extent to volume decreases, driven by lower equipment contracts being awarded in prior years and continued softness in the services market.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 36



TPS 2017 segment operating income was $665 million , compared to $1,058 million in 2016 . This decline in profitability was primarily due to unfavorable cost productivity. Other factors were lower margin equipment backlog throughput and the impact of negative pricing.
Digital Solutions
DS 2017 revenue was $2,342 million , an increase of $256 million , or 12%, from 2016 , driven by the acquisition of Baker Hughes which added $211 million of revenue versus the prior year.
DS 2017 segment operating income was $357 million , compared to $363 million in 2016 . This decline in profitability was primarily driven by the Baker Hughes acquisition contributing a $5 million segment operating loss.
Corporate
In 2017 , corporate expenses were $370 million , a decrease of $5 million compared to 2016 . This was primarily due to selective decreases in R&D program investments and cost productivity.
Restructuring, Impairment and Other
In 2017 , we recognized $412 million in restructuring, impairment and other charges, a decrease of $104 million compared to 2016. This decrease was driven by the absence of any significant currency devaluations in Angola and Nigeria that were experienced in 2016 .
Merger and Related Costs
We recorded $373 million of merger and related costs in 2017 , an increase of $340 million from the prior year, primarily related to the acquisition of Baker Hughes.
Interest Expense, Net
In 2017 , we incurred net interest expense of $131 million , an increase of $29 million from the prior year, primarily driven by the debt acquired on the acquisition of Baker Hughes.
Income Tax
In 2017 , our income tax expense decreased by $128 million , from $173 million in 2016 to $45 million in 2017 . This decrease was primarily due to a benefit of $132 million related to recent U.S. tax reform and a decline in profit.
COMPLIANCE
We, in the conduct of all of our activities, are committed to maintaining the core values of our Company, as well as high safety, ethical and quality standards (Standards) as also reported in our Quality Management System (QMS). We believe such a commitment is integral to running a sound, successful, and sustainable business. To ensure that we live up to our high Standards, we devote significant resources to maintain a comprehensive global ethics and compliance program (Compliance Program) which is designed to prevent, detect, and appropriately respond in a timely fashion to any potential violations of law, our Code of Conduct (The Spirit & The Letter), and other Company policies and procedures.
Highlights of our Compliance Program include the following:
Comprehensive internal policies over such areas as anti-bribery; travel, entertainment, gifts and charitable donations connected to government officials; payments to commercial sales representatives; and, the use of non-U.S. police or military organizations for security purposes.  In addition, there are country-specific guidance for customs standards, visa processing, export and re-export controls, economic sanctions and antiboycott laws.
Global structure of Legal Compliance Counsel and Professionals providing compliance advice, customized training, investigations, and governance, across all regions and countries where we do business.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 37



Comprehensive employee compliance training program that combines instructor-led and web-based training modules tailored to the key risks that employees face on an ongoing basis.
Due diligence procedures for commercial sales agents, administrative service providers, and professional consultants, and an enhanced risk-based process for classifying channel partners and suppliers.
Due diligence procedures for merger and acquisition activities.
Specifically tailored compliance risk assessments focused on country and third party risk.
Compliance Review Board comprised of senior officers of the Company that meets quarterly to monitor effectiveness of the Compliance Program, as well as Product Company and regional compliance committees that meet quarterly.
Technology to monitor and report on compliance matters, including an internal investigations management system, a web-based antiboycott reporting tool and global trade management systems.
A compliance program designed to create an “Open Reporting Environment” where employees are encouraged to report any ethics or compliance matter without fear of retaliation, including a global network of trained employee ombudspersons, and a worldwide, 24-hour business helpline operated by a third party and available in 150 languages.
Centralized finance organization with company-wide policies. 
Anti-corruption audits of high-risk countries conducted by Legal Compliance and Internal Audit, as well as risk based compliance audits of third parties conducted by Legal Compliance.
A centralized human resources function, including locally compliant processes and procedures for management of HR related issues, including implementation of locally compliant standards for pre-hire screening of employees; a process to screen existing employees prior to promotion to select roles where they may be exposed to finance and/or corruption-related risks; and implementation of a global new hire compliance training module for all employees.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our objective in financing our business is to maintain sufficient liquidity, adequate financial resources and financial flexibility in order to fund the requirements of our business. At December 31, 2018 , we had cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of $3,723 million compared to $7,030 million at December 31, 2017 . Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash includes $747 million and $997 million of cash held on behalf of GE at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.

Excluding cash held on behalf of GE, our US subsidiaries held approximately $0.7 billion and $3.6 billion while our foreign subsidiaries held approximately $2.3 billion and $2.4 billion of our cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. A substantial portion of the cash held by foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2018 has been reinvested in active non-U.S. business operations. If we decide at a later date to repatriate those funds to the U.S., we may be required to provide taxes on certain of those funds, however, due to the enactment of U.S. tax reform, repatriations of foreign earnings will generally be free of U.S. federal tax but may incur other taxes such as withholding or state taxes.
We have a five -year $3 billion committed unsecured revolving credit facility (the 2017 Credit Agreement) with commercial banks maturing in July 2022. The 2017 Credit Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties, certain affirmative covenants and no negative covenants. Upon the occurrence of certain events of default, our obligations under the 2017 Credit Agreement may be accelerated. Such events of default include payment defaults to lenders under the 2017 Credit Agreement, and other customary defaults. We were in compliance with all of the credit facility's covenants, and in 2018 there were no borrowings under the credit facility.
We have a commercial paper program under which we may issue from time to time up to $3 billion in commercial paper with maturities of no more than 397 days. At December 31, 2018 , we had no borrowings


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 38



outstanding under the commercial paper program. The maximum combined borrowing at any time under both the 2017 Credit Agreement and the commercial paper program is $3 billion
If market conditions were to change and our revenue was reduced significantly or operating costs were to increase, our cash flows and liquidity could be reduced. Additionally, it could cause the rating agencies to lower our credit rating. There are no ratings triggers that would accelerate the maturity of any borrowings under our committed credit facility. However, a downgrade in our credit ratings could increase the cost of borrowings under the credit facility and could also limit or preclude our ability to issue commercial paper. Should this occur, we could seek alternative sources of funding, including borrowing under the credit facility.
During the year ended December 31, 2018 , we used cash to fund a variety of activities including certain working capital needs and restructuring costs, capital expenditures, the repayment of debt, payment of dividends, distributions to GE and share repurchases. We believe that cash on hand, cash flows generated from operations and the available credit facility will provide sufficient liquidity to manage our global cash needs.
Cash Flows
Cash flows provided by (used in) each type of activity were as follows for the years ended December 31:
(In millions)
2018
2017
2016
Operating activities
$
1,762

$
(799
)
$
262

Investing activities
(578
)
(4,123
)
(472
)
Financing activities
(4,363
)
10,919

(102
)
Operating Activities

Our largest source of operating cash is payments from customers, of which the largest component is collecting cash related to product or services sales including advance payments or progress collections for work to be performed. The primary use of operating cash is to pay our suppliers, employees, tax authorities and others for a wide range of material and services.
Cash flows from operating activities generated cash of $1,762 million and used cash of $799 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively. Cash flows from operating activities increased $2,561 million in 2018 primarily driven by better operating performance. These cash inflows were supported by strong working capital cash flows, especially in the fourth quarter of 2018 , including approximately $300 million for a progress collection payment from a customer. Included in our cash flows from operating activities for 2018 and 2017 are payments of $473 million and $612 million, respectively, made primarily for employee severance as a result of our restructuring activities and merger and related costs .
Cash flows from operating activities used $799 million and generated $262 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 , respectively. Cash flows from operating activities decreased $1,061 million in 2017 primarily driven by a $1,201 million negative impact from ending our receivables monetization program in the fourth quarter, and restructuring related payments throughout the year. These cash outflows were partially offset by strong working capital cash flows, especially in the fourth quarter of 2017. Included in our cash flows from operating activities for 2017 and 2016 are payments of $612 million and $177 million, respectively, made for employee severance as a result of our restructuring activities and merger and related costs.
Investing Activities
Cash flows from investing activities used cash of $578 million , $4,123 million and $472 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.
Our principal recurring investing activity is the funding of capital expenditures to ensure that we have the appropriate levels and types of machinery and equipment in place to generate revenue from operations. Expenditures for capital assets totaled $995 million , $665 million and $424 million for 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively, partially offset by cash flows from the sale of property, plant and equipment of $458 million , $172 million and $20 million in 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. Proceeds from the disposal of assets related primarily


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 39



to equipment that was lost-in-hole, and to property, machinery and equipment no longer used in operations that was sold throughout the period. In 2018, the Company received $453 million from the sale of businesses primarily driven by the sale of its Natural Gas Solution (NGS) business for $375 million. Also in 2018, the Company and ADNOC signed a strategic partnership agreement under which the Company acquired a five percent stake in ADNOC Drilling for a cash consideration of $500 million.
In 2017, cash flows from investing activities also includes $7,498 million related to the special dividend paid to former Baker Hughes stockholders on the acquisition of Baker Hughes, net of $4,133 million of cash received from the acquisition.
Financing Activities
Cash flows from financing activities used cash of $4,363 million , generated cash of $10,919 million and used cash of $102 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.
During 2018, we returned $3.3 billion of cash to our shareholders through share buybacks, dividends to our Class A stockholders and distributions to GE. Specifically, as part of our $3 billion share buyback authorization, we used cash of $387 million and $638 million, respectively, to repurchase and cancel our shares of Class A and Class B common stock and corresponding paired Units in BHGE LLC, on a pro rata basis. Additionally, in November 2018, BHGE LLC repurchased 65 million Units from GE for a cash consideration of $1,461 million. As of December 31, 2018, the stock repurchase program has been substantially completed. Also, during 2018, we paid aggregate dividends of $315 million to our Class A stockholders, and BHGE LLC made a distribution of $495 million to GE.
We had net repayments of short-term debt of $376 million and $663 million in 2018 and 2017 , respectively. Repayment of our long-term debt in 2018 consisted primarily of repayment of certain Senior Notes and capital leases for a total consideration of $684 million .
In 2017, our primary source of financing cash flows was a contribution of $7,400 million from GE to fund substantially all of the special dividend paid to former Baker Hughes stockholders. We also generated financing cash flows of $3,950 million from debt issued through a private placement offering in December 2017. We incurred issuance costs of $26 million related to this debt issuance.
In December 2017, we purchased $176 million of the aggregate outstanding principal amount associated with our long-term outstanding notes and debentures. Pursuant to a cash tender offer, the purchases resulted in the payment of an early-tender premium, including various fees of $28 million.
Additionally, in 2017, we paid total dividends of $155 million to our Class A stockholders, and BHGE LLC made a distribution of $251 million to GE. As part of our $3 billion share buyback authorization, we used cash of $174 million and $303 million, respectively, to repurchase and cancel our Class A and Class B common shares and corresponding paired Units in BHGE LLC, on a pro rata basis.
Cash flows from financing activities in 2017 also included net transfers from GE of $1,498 million primarily driven by the cash pooling activity with GE prior to the Transactions. Other financing items during the year included a payment of $193 million to complete the purchase of the noncontrolling interest in the Pipeline Inspection and Integrity business within Digital Solutions.
Cash Requirements
In 2019 , we believe cash on hand, cash flows from operating activities, the available revolving credit facility and availability under our existing shelf registrations of debt will provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to manage our working capital needs, meet contractual obligations, fund capital expenditures and dividends, and support the development of our short-term and long-term operating strategies. If necessary, we may issue commercial paper or other short-term debt to fund cash needs in the U.S. in excess of the cash generated in the U.S.
Our capital expenditures can be adjusted and managed by us to match market demand and activity levels. In light of the current market conditions, capital expenditures in 2019 will be made as appropriate at a rate that we


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 40



estimate would equal up to 5% of annual revenue. The expenditures are expected to be used primarily for normal, recurring items necessary to support our business. We also anticipate making income tax payments in the range of $425 million to $475 million in 2019 .
Contractual Obligations
In the table below, we set forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018 . Certain amounts included in this table are based on our estimates and assumptions about these obligations, including their duration, anticipated actions by third parties and other factors. The contractual obligations we will actually pay in future periods may vary from those reflected in the table because the estimates and assumptions are subjective.
 
Payments Due by Period
(In millions)
Total
 
Less Than
1 Year
 
1 - 3
Years
 
4 - 5
Years
 
More Than
5 Years
Total debt and capital lease obligations (1)
$
6,989

 
$
942

 
$
562

 
$
1,272

 
$
4,213

Estimated interest payments (2)
3,716

 
239

 
473

 
404

 
2,600

Operating leases (3)
846

 
186

 
262

 
132

 
266

Purchase obligations (4)
1,507

 
1,388

 
86

 
25

 
8

Total
$
13,058

 
$
2,755

 
$
1,383

 
$
1,833

 
$
7,087

(1)  
Amounts represent the expected cash payments for the principal amounts related to our debt, including capital lease obligations. Amounts for debt do not include any deferred issuance costs or unamortized discounts or premiums including step up in the value of the debt on the acquisition of Baker Hughes. Expected cash payments for interest are excluded from these amounts. Total debt and capital lease obligations includes $896 million payable to GE and its affiliates. As there is no fixed payment schedule on the amount payable to GE and its affiliates we have classified it as payable in less than one year.
(2)  
Amounts represent the expected cash payments for interest on our long-term debt and capital lease obligations.
(3)  
Amounts represent the future minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more. We enter into operating leases, some of which include renewal options, however, we have excluded renewal options from the table above unless it is anticipated that we will exercise such renewals.
(4)  
Purchase obligations include expenditures for capital assets for 2019 as well as agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction.

Due to the uncertainty with respect to the timing of potential future cash outflows associated with our uncertain tax positions, we are unable to make reasonable estimates of the period of cash settlement, if any, to the respective taxing authorities. Therefore, $597 million in uncertain tax positions, including interest and penalties, have been excluded from the contractual obligations table above. See "Note 12. Income Taxes" of the Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements in Item 8 herein for further information.
We have certain defined benefit pension and other post-retirement benefit plans covering certain of our U.S. and international employees. During 2018 , we made contributions and paid direct benefits of approximately $72 million in connection with those plans, and we anticipate funding approximately $41 million during 2019 . Amounts for pension funding obligations are based on assumptions that are subject to change, therefore, we are currently not able to reasonably estimate our contribution figures after 2019. See "Note 11. Employee Benefit Plans" of the Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements in Item 8 herein for further information.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the normal course of business with customers, vendors and others, we have entered into off-balance sheet arrangements, such as surety bonds for performance, letters of credit and other bank issued guarantees, which totaled approximately $3.6 billion at December 31, 2018 . It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments. None of the off-balance sheet arrangements either has, or is likely to have, a material effect on our consolidated and combined financial statements.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 41



As of December 31, 2018 , we had no material off-balance sheet financing arrangements other than normal operating leases, as discussed above. As such, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such financing arrangements.
Other factors affecting liquidity
Registration Statements : In November 2018, BHGE filed a universal shelf registration statement on Form S-3ASR (Automatic Shelf Registration) with the SEC to have the ability to sell various types of securities including debt securities, Class A common stock, preferred stock, guarantees of debt securities, purchase contracts and units.  The specific terms of any securities to be sold would be described in supplemental filings with the SEC. The registration statement will expire in 2021.
In December 2017, BHGE LLC and Baker Hughes Co-Obligor, Inc. filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC to have the ability to sell up to $3 billion in debt securities in amounts to be determined at the time of an offering. Any such offering, if it does occur, may happen in one or more transactions. The specific terms of any debt securities to be sold would be described in supplemental filings with the SEC. The registration statement will expire in 2020.
Customer receivables : In line with industry practice, we may bill our customers for services provided in arrears dependent upon contractual terms. In a challenging economic environment, we may experience delays in the payment of our invoices due to customers' lower cash flow from operations or their more limited access to credit markets. While historically there have not been material non-payment events, we attempt to mitigate this risk through working with our customers to restructure their debts. A customer's failure or delay in payment could have a material adverse effect on our short-term liquidity and results from operations. As of  December 31, 2018 , 24% of our gross trade receivables were from customers in the United States. Other than the United States, no other country or single customer accounted for more than 10% of our gross trade receivables at this date. As of  December 31, 2017 , 20% of our gross trade receivables were from customers in the United States.
International operations : Our cash that is held outside the U.S., is 81% of the total cash balance as of December 31, 2018 . We may not be able to use this cash quickly and efficiently due to exchange or cash controls that could make it challenging. As a result, our cash balance may not represent our ability to quickly and efficiently use this cash.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Accounting estimates and assumptions discussed in this section are those considered to be the most critical to an understanding of our financial statements because they involve significant judgments and uncertainties. Many of these estimates include determining fair value. These estimates reflect our best judgment about current, and for some estimates future, economic and market conditions and their potential effects based on information available as of the date of these financial statements. If these conditions change from those expected, it is reasonably possible that the judgments and estimates described below could change, which may result in future impairments of goodwill, intangibles and longlived assets, increases in reserves for contingencies, establishment of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets and increased tax liabilities, among other effects. Also, see "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" of the Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements in Item 8 herein, which discusses our most significant accounting policies.
We have defined a critical accounting estimate as one that is both important to the portrayal of either our financial condition or results of operations and requires us to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates about matters that are uncertain. The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors has reviewed our critical accounting estimates and the disclosure presented below. During the past three fiscal years, we have not made any material changes in the methodology used to establish the critical accounting estimates, and we believe that the following are the critical accounting estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated and combined financial statements. There are other items within our consolidated and combined financial statements that require estimation and judgment but they are not deemed critical as defined above.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 42



Revenue Recognition on Long-Term Product Services Agreements

We have long-term service agreements with our customers predominately within our TPS segment. These agreements typically require us to maintain assets sold to the customer over a defined contract term. These agreements have average contract terms of 15 years. From time to time, these contract terms may be extended through contract modifications or amendments, which may result in revisions to future billing and cost estimates.

Revenue recognition on long-term product services agreements requires estimates of both customer payments and the costs to perform required maintenance services over the contract term. We recognize revenue on an overtime basis using input method to measure our progress toward completion at the estimated margin rate of the contract.

To develop our billings estimates, we consider the number of billable events that will occur based on estimated utilization of the asset under contract, over the life of the contract term. This estimated utilization will consider both historical and market conditions, asset retirements and new product introductions, if applicable.

To develop our cost estimates, we consider the timing and extent of maintenance and overhaul events, including the amount and cost of labor, spare parts and other resources required to perform the services. In developing our cost estimates, we utilize a combination of our historical cost experience and expected cost improvements. Cost improvements are only included in future cost estimates after savings have been observed in actual results or proven effective through an extensive regulatory or engineering approval process.

We routinely review the estimates used in our product services agreements and regularly revise them to adjust for changes. These revisions are based on objectively verifiable information that is available at the time of the review.

The difference between the timing of our revenue recognition and cash received from our customers results in either a contract asset (revenue in excess of billings) or a contract liability (billings in excess of revenue). See "Note 8. Contract and other deferred assets" and "Note 9. Progress collections and deferred income" of the Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements in Item 8 herein for further information.

We regularly assess customer credit risk inherent in the carrying amounts of receivables and contract assets and estimated earnings, including the risk that contractual penalties may not be sufficient to offset our accumulated investment in the event of customer termination. We gain insight into expected future utilization and cost trends, as well as credit risk, through our knowledge of the equipment installed and the close interaction with our customers through supplying critical services and parts over extended periods. Revisions to cost or billing estimates may affect a product services agreement’s total estimated profitability resulting in an adjustment of earnings; such adjustments generated earnings of $26 million , $44 million and $113 million for the three years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. We provide for probable losses when they become evident.

On December 31, 2018, our long-term product service agreements, net of related billings in excess of revenues, of $0.4 billion, represent approximately 4.3% of our total estimated life of contract billings of $10.3 billion.  Cash billings collected on these contracts were approximately $0.6 billion and $0.5 billion during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  Our contracts (on average) are approximately 16% complete based on costs incurred to date and our estimate of future costs. Revisions to our estimates of future revenue or costs that increase or decrease total estimated contract profitability by 1% would increase or decrease the long-term product service agreements balance by $0.04 billion.
Goodwill and Other Identified Intangible Assets
We test goodwill for impairment annually using data as of July 1 of that year. The impairment test consists of two different steps: in step one, the carrying value of the reporting unit is compared with its fair value, in step two, which is applied only when the carrying value is more than its fair value, the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, is derived by deducting the fair value of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities from the fair value of its equity and comparing that amount with the carrying amount of goodwill. We determine fair values of each of the reporting units using the market approach, when available and appropriate, or the income approach, or a combination of both. We


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 43



assess the valuation methodology based upon the relevance and availability of the data at the time the valuation is performed.
Pension Assumptions
Pension benefits are calculated using significant inputs to the actuarial models that measure pension benefit obligations and related effects on operations. Two assumptions, discount rate and expected return on assets, are important elements of plan expense and asset/liability measurement. We evaluate these critical assumptions at least annually on a plan and country specific basis. We periodically evaluate other assumptions involving demographic factors such as retirement age, mortality and turnover, and update them to reflect its experience and expectations for the future. Actual results in any given year will often differ from actuarial assumptions because of economic and other factors.
Projected benefit obligations are measured as the present value of expected payments discounted using the weighted average of market observed yields for high quality fixed income securities with maturities that correspond to the payment of benefits, lower discount rates increase present values and subsequent year pension expense and higher discount rates decrease present values and subsequent year pension expense. The discount rates used to determine the benefit obligations for our principal pension plans at December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 were 3.43% , 2.99% and 3.41%, respectively, reflecting market interest rates. Our expected return on assets at December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 was 5.94% , 6.26% and 6.86% , respectively.
Income Taxes
We operate in more than 120 countries and our effective tax rate is based on our income, statutory tax rates and differences between tax laws and the GAAP in these various jurisdictions. Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and respective governmental taxing authorities. Our income tax rate is significantly affected by the tax rate on our global operations. In addition to local country tax laws and regulations, this rate depends on the extent earnings are indefinitely reinvested outside the U.S. Historically, U.S. taxes were due upon repatriation of foreign earnings. Due to the enactment of U.S. tax reform, repatriations of foreign earnings will generally be free of U.S. federal tax but may incur other taxes such as withholding or state taxes. Indefinite reinvestment is determined by management’s judgment about and intentions concerning the future operations of the Company. Most of these earnings have been reinvested in active non-U.S. business operations. However, as a result of U.S. tax reform, substantially all of our prior unrepatriated foreign earnings were subject to U.S. tax and accordingly we expect to have the ability to repatriate those earnings without incremental U.S. federal tax. As a result of U.S. tax reform, we changed our intent regarding certain cash repatriations and have accrued an additional $9 million of foreign withholding taxes. As of December 31, 2018, the cumulative amount of indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings is approximately $6.3 billion. Computation of the potential deferred tax liability associated with these undistributed earnings and any other basis differences is not practicable.
Deferred income tax assets represent amounts available to reduce income taxes payable in future years. We evaluate the recoverability of these future tax deductions and credits by assessing the adequacy of future taxable income from all sources, including reversal of taxable temporary differences, forecasted operating earnings and available tax planning strategies. These sources of income rely heavily on estimates. We use our historical experience and short and long range business forecasts to provide insight. We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (U.S. tax reform) that lowers the statutory tax rate on U.S. earnings, taxes historic foreign earnings previously deferred from U.S. taxation at a reduced rate of tax (transition tax), establishes a territorial tax system and enacts new taxes associated with global operations.
The impact of U.S. tax reform was initially recorded on a provisional basis as the legislation provided for additional guidance to be issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury on several provisions, including the computation of the transition tax. Based on guidance received to date, finalization of purchase accounting for the Baker Hughes acquisition and finalization of our 2017 U.S. income tax returns, we have recorded a $107 million tax benefit in 2018 for the impact of tax reform primarily related to the revaluation of deferred taxes.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 44



Additionally, as part of U.S. tax reform, the U.S. has enacted a tax on "base eroding" payments from the U.S. and a minimum tax on foreign earnings (global intangible low-taxed income). We have made an accounting policy election to account for these taxes as period costs.
Our tax filings routinely are subject to audit by the tax authorities in the jurisdictions where we conduct business. These audits may result in assessments of additional taxes that are resolved with the tax authorities or through the courts. We have provided for the amounts we believe will ultimately result from these proceedings, but settlements of issues raised in these audits may affect our tax rate. We have $472 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, at December 31, 2018. We are not able to reasonably estimate in which future periods these amounts ultimately will be settled.
Other Loss Contingencies
Other loss contingencies are uncertain and unresolved matters that arise in the ordinary course of business and result from events or actions by others that have the potential to result in a future loss. Such contingencies include, but are not limited to, environmental obligations, litigation, regulatory proceedings, product quality and losses resulting from other events and developments.
The preparation of our consolidated and combined financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosures as well as disclosures about any contingent assets and liabilities. We base these estimates and judgments on historical experience and other assumptions and information that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates and assumptions about future events and their effects are subject to uncertainty and, accordingly, these estimates may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the business environment in which we operate changes.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The determination of the collectability of amounts due from our customers requires us to make judgments and estimates regarding our customers' ability to pay amounts due us in order to determine the amount of valuation allowances required for doubtful accounts. We monitor our customers' payment history and current credit worthiness to determine that collectability is reasonably assured. We also consider the overall business climate in which our customers operate. Provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded based on the aging status of the customer accounts or when it becomes evident that the customer will not make the required payments at either contractual due dates or in the future. At December 31, 2018 and 2017 , the allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $327 million and $330 million of total gross accounts receivable, respectively. We believe that our allowance for doubtful accounts is adequate to cover potential bad debt losses under current conditions, however, uncertainties regarding changes in the financial condition of our customers, either adverse or positive, could impact the amount and timing of any additional provisions for doubtful accounts that may be required.
Inventory Reserves
Inventory is a significant component of current assets and is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. This requires us to record provisions and maintain reserves for excess, slow moving and obsolete inventory. To determine these reserve amounts, we regularly review inventory quantities on hand and compare them to estimates of future product demand, market conditions, production requirements and technological developments. These estimates and forecasts inherently include uncertainties and require us to make judgments regarding potential future outcomes. At December 31, 2018 and 2017 , inventory reserves totaled $430 million and $360 million of gross inventory, respectively. We believe that our reserves are adequate to properly value potential excess, slow moving and obsolete inventory under current conditions. Significant or unanticipated changes to our estimates and forecasts could impact the amount and timing of any additional provisions for excess, slow moving or obsolete inventory that may be required.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 45



Acquisitions-Purchase Price Allocation
We allocate the purchase price of an acquired business to its identifiable assets and liabilities based on estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the amount allocated to the assets and liabilities, if any, is recorded as goodwill. We use all available information to estimate fair values, including quoted market prices, the carrying value of acquired assets and widely accepted valuation techniques such as discounted cash flows. We engage third-party appraisal firms to assist in fair value determination of inventories, identifiable intangible assets and any other significant assets or liabilities when appropriate. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as asset lives, can materially impact our results of operations.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS TO BE ADOPTED
See "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" of the Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements in Item 8 herein for further discussion of accounting standards to be adopted.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
See "Note 18. Related Party Transactions" of the Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements in Item 8 herein for further discussion of related party transactions.
OTHER ITEMS
Brexit
In June 2016, UK voters approved the UK’s exit (Brexit) from the EU. The UK is currently negotiating the terms of its exit from the EU scheduled for March 29, 2019. There remains significant uncertainty as to whether the withdrawal agreement between the UK government and the EU will be approved, when, if and on what terms Brexit will happen. There is a range of outcomes possible, from no Brexit to an abrupt cut-off of the UK’s future trading relationship with the EU. The above withdrawal agreement contemplates a transition period from March 2019 through December 2020 to allow time for a future trade deal to be agreed.
Although our customer base is global with predominant exposure to the U.S. dollar, we have a manufacturing and service base in the UK with some euro procurement, thus we are exposed to fluctuations in value of the British pound versus the U.S. dollar, euro and other currencies. We have a hedging program which looks to accommodate this potential volatility.
Iran Threat Reduction And Syria Human Rights Act Of 2012
The Company is making the following disclosure pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, enacted in 2012, we are required to disclose in our periodic reports if we or any of our affiliates knowingly engaged in business activities relating to Iran, even if those activities are conducted in accordance with authorizations subsequently issued by the U.S. Government. Reportable activities include investments that significantly enhance Iran’s ability to develop petroleum resources valued at $20 million or more in the aggregate during a twelve-month period. Reporting is also required for transactions related to Iran’s domestic production of refined petroleum products or Iran’s ability to import refined petroleum products valued at $5 million or more in the aggregate during a twelve-month period.
In January 2016, the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) issued General License H authorizing U.S.-owned or controlled foreign entities to engage in transactions with Iran if these entities meet the requirements of the general license. On May 8, 2018, President Trump announced that the United States will cease participation in the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA) and begin re-imposing the U.S. nuclear-related sanctions. On June 27, 2018, OFAC revoked General License H and added Section 560.537 to the Iranian Transactions and Sanctions Regulations (ITSR), which authorized all transactions and activities that are ordinarily incident and necessary to the winding down of activities previously approved under General License H through November 4, 2018. Prior to May 8, 2018, certain non-U.S. BHGE affiliates conducted limited activities, as described below, in accordance with General License H. As of November 5, 2018, non-U.S. BHGE affiliates have concluded


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 46



all activity previously conducted under General License H in Iran. These activities were conducted in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations.
During the year ending December 31, 2018, but prior to the expiration of the wind down period for General License H, non-U.S. BHGE affiliates conducted the following reportable activities:
A non-U.S. affiliate of BHGE received five purchase orders and attributed €31.4 million ($36.0 million) in gross revenues and €8.6 million ($9.9 million) in net profits related to the sale of valves and parts for industrial machinery and equipment used in gas plants, petrochemical plants and gas production projects in Iran.
A second non-U.S. affiliate of BHGE received 12 purchase orders and attributed €0.1 million ($0.1 million) in gross revenues and less than €0.1 million ($0.1 million) in net profits to the sale of valves and other spare parts for use in the petrochemical industry in Iran.
A third non-U.S. affiliate of BHGE attributed €0.3 million ($0.3 million) in gross revenues and €0.1 million ($0.1 million) in net profits to transactions involving the sale of films used in the inspection of pipelines in Iran.
These non-U.S. affiliates do not intend to continue the activities described above. The Company has ended all of these activities in full compliance with U.S. sanctions and at this time does not intend to seek specific U.S. Government authorization to collect revenues associated with previously reported projects.
For additional information on business activities related to Iran, please refer to the Other Items section within MD&A in our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2018.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Form 10-K, including MD&A and certain statements in the Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (each a "forward-looking statement"). Forward-looking statements concern future circumstances and results and other statements that are not historical facts and are sometimes identified by the words "may," "will," "should," "potential," "intend," "expect," "endeavor," "seek," "anticipate," "estimate," "overestimate," "underestimate," "believe," "could," "project," "predict," "continue," "target" or other similar words or expressions. Forward-looking statements are based upon current plans, estimates and expectations that are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those indicated or anticipated by such forward-looking statements. The inclusion of such statements should not be regarded as a representation that such plans, estimates or expectations will be achieved. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from such plans, estimates or expectations include, among others, the risk factors in the "Risk Factors" section of Part 1 of Item 1A of this Form 10-K and those set forth from time-to-time in other filings by the Company with the SEC. These documents are available through our website or through the SEC's Electronic Data Gathering and Analysis Retrieval (EDGAR) system at http://www.sec.gov.
In light of such risks and uncertainties, we caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this annual report, or if earlier, as of the date they were made. We do not intend to, and disclaim any obligation to, update or revise any forward-looking statements unless required by securities law.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to certain market risks that are inherent in our financial instruments and arise from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We may enter into derivative financial instrument transactions to manage or reduce market risk but do not enter into derivative financial instrument transactions for speculative purposes. A discussion of our primary market risk exposure in financial instruments is presented below.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 47



INTEREST RATE RISK
All of our long-term debt is comprised of fixed rate instruments. We are subject to interest rate risk on our debt and investment portfolio. We may use interest rate swaps to manage the economic effect of fixed rate obligations associated with certain debt. There were no outstanding interest rate swap agreements as of December 31, 2018 . The following table sets forth our fixed rate long-term debt, excluding capital leases, and the related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates.
(In millions)
2019
 
2020
 
2021
 
2022
 
2023
 
Thereafter
 
Total  (2)
As of December 31, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt (1)
$

 
$

 
$
513

 
$
1,250

 
$

 
$
4,188

 
$
5,951

Weighted average interest rates
%
 
%
 
2.49
%
 
2.88
%
 
%
 
3.90
%
 
3.57
%
(1)  
Fair market value of our fixed rate long-term debt, excluding capital leases, was $5.6 billion at December 31, 2018 .
(2)  
Amounts represent the principal value of our long-term debt outstanding and related weighted average interest rates at the end of the respective period.
FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RISK
We conduct our operations around the world in a number of different currencies, and we are exposed to market risks resulting from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Many of our significant foreign subsidiaries have designated the local currency as their functional currency. As such, future earnings are subject to change due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates when transactions are denominated in currencies other than our functional currencies.
Additionally, we buy, manufacture and sell components and products across global markets. These activities expose us to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and interest rates which can adversely affect revenue earned and costs of our operating businesses. When the currency in which equipment is sold differs from the primary currency of the legal entity and the exchange rate fluctuates, it will affect the revenue earned on the sale. These sales and purchase transactions also create receivables and payables denominated in foreign currencies and exposure to foreign currency gains and losses based on changes in exchange rates. Changes in the price of raw materials used in manufacturing can affect the cost of manufacturing. We use derivatives to mitigate or eliminate these exposures, where appropriate.
We use cash flow hedging primarily to reduce or eliminate the effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes on purchase and sale contracts. Accordingly, most derivative activity in this category consists of currency exchange contracts. We had outstanding foreign currency forward contracts with net notional amounts aggregating $2.8 billion and $3.3 billion to hedge exposure to currency fluctuations in various foreign currencies at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively. As of December 31, 2018 , the Company estimates that a 1% appreciation or depreciation in the U.S. dollar would result in an impact of less than $5 million to our pre-tax earnings, however, the Company is generally able to mitigate its foreign exchange exposure, where there are liquid financial markets, through use of foreign currency derivative transactions. Also, see "Note 16. Financial Instruments" of the Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements in Item 8 herein, which has additional details on our strategy.



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 48



ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the 2013 framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our assessment, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2018 . This conclusion is based on the recognition that there are inherent limitations in all systems of internal control. Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
KPMG LLP, the Company's independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ LORENZO SIMONELLI
Lorenzo Simonelli
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
  
/s/ BRIAN WORRELL
Brian Worrell
Chief Financial Officer

  
/s/ KURT CAMILLERI
Kurt Camilleri
Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
Houston, Texas
February 19, 2019



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 49



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Baker Hughes, a GE company:
Opinion on the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined statement of financial position of Baker Hughes, a GE company and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated and combined statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the "consolidated and combined financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated and combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB"), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 19, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated and combined financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition in 2018 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated and combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated and combined financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated and combined financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated and combined financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated and combined financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated and combined financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

Houston, Texas
February 19, 2019



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 50



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Baker Hughes, a GE Company:

We have audited the accompanying combined statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity, and cash flows of GE Oil & Gas (the "Company", a business within General Electric Company) for the year ended December 31, 2016. These combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined results of operations and cash flows for the Company for the year ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 1 to the combined financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for revenue recognition in 2018 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.


/s/ KPMG S.p.A.
Florence, Italy
March 16, 2017, except as to Note 17 which is as of December 4, 2017, and Note 1 which is as of November 13, 2018.



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 51



REPORT OF THE INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Baker Hughes, a GE company:
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Baker Hughes, a GE company and subsidiaries’ (the "Company") internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB"), the consolidated and combined statement of financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated and combined statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the "consolidated and combined financial statements"), and our report dated February 19, 2019, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated and combined financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Houston, Texas
February 19, 2019


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 52



BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)



Year Ended December 31,
(In millions, except per share amounts)
2018
2017
2016
Revenue:




Sales of goods
$
13,113

$
11,062

$
9,462

Sales of services
9,764

6,117

3,620

Total revenue
22,877

17,179

13,082

Costs and expenses:




Cost of goods sold
11,524

9,486

7,829

Cost of services sold
7,367

4,657

2,321

Selling, general and administrative expenses
2,699

2,535

1,926

Restructuring, impairment and other
433

412

516

Merger and related costs
153

373

33

Total costs and expenses
22,176

17,463

12,625

Operating income (loss)
701

(284
)
457

Other non operating income, net
202

80

3

Interest expense, net
(223
)
(131
)
(102
)
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in loss of affiliate
680

(335
)
358

Equity in loss of affiliate
(139
)
(11
)

Provision for income taxes
(258
)
(45
)
(173
)
Net income (loss)
283

(391
)
185

Less: Net income attributable to GE O&G pre-merger

42

254

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
88

(330
)
(69
)
Net income (loss) attributable to Baker Hughes, a GE company
$
195

$
(103
)
$


 
 
 
Per share amounts:
 
 
 
Basic income (loss) per Class A common share
$
0.46

$
(0.24
)

Diluted income (loss) per Class A common share
$
0.45

$
(0.24
)
 

 
 
 
Cash dividend per Class A common share
$
0.72

$
0.35


Special dividend per Class A common share

$
17.50



See accompanying Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 53



BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)


 
Year Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2018
2017
2016
Net income (loss)
$
283

$
(391
)
$
185

Less: Net income attributable to GE O&G pre-merger

42

254

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
88

(330
)
(69
)
Net income (loss) attributable to Baker Hughes, a GE company
195

(103
)

Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
Investment securities
(3
)
4


Foreign currency translation adjustments
(502
)
(14
)
(416
)
Cash flow hedges
(4
)
12

(8
)
Benefit plans
(64
)
55

54

Other comprehensive income (loss)
(573
)
57

(370
)
Less: Other comprehensive loss attributable to GE O&G pre-merger

(69
)
(356
)
Less: Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
(343
)
80

(14
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable Baker Hughes, a GE company
(230
)
46


Comprehensive loss
(290
)
(334
)
(185
)
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to GE O&G pre-merger

(27
)
(102
)
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
(255
)
(250
)
(83
)
Comprehensive loss attributable to Baker Hughes, a GE company
$
(35
)
$
(57
)
$


See accompanying Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 54



BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 
December 31,
(In millions, except par value)
2018
2017
ASSETS
Current Assets:
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (1)
$
3,723

$
7,030

Current receivables, net
5,969

6,015

Inventories, net
4,620

4,507

All other current assets
659

872

Total current assets
14,971

18,424

Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation
6,228

6,959

Goodwill
20,717

19,927

Other intangible assets, net
5,719

6,358

Contract and other deferred assets
1,894

2,044

All other assets
1,838

2,073

Deferred income taxes
1,072

715

Total assets (1)
$
52,439

$
56,500

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
 
 
Accounts payable
$
4,025

$
3,377

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt (1)
942

2,037

Progress collections and deferred income
1,765

1,775

All other current liabilities
2,288

2,038

Total current liabilities
9,020

9,227

Long-term debt
6,285

6,312

Deferred income taxes
143

490

Liabilities for pensions and other employee benefits
1,018

1,172

All other liabilities
960

889

Equity:
 
 
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value - 2,000 authorized, 513 and 422 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively


Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value - 1,250 authorized, 522 and 707 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively


Capital in excess of par value
18,659

15,083

Retained earnings (loss)
25

(103
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(1,219
)
(703
)
Baker Hughes, a GE company equity
17,465

14,277

Noncontrolling interests
17,548

24,133

Total equity
35,013

38,410

Total liabilities and equity
$
52,439

$
56,500

(1)  
Total assets include $896 million and $1,124 million of assets held on behalf of GE, of which $747 million and $997 million is cash and cash equivalents and $149 million and $127 million is investment securities at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , respectively, and a corresponding amount of liability is reported in short-term borrowings. See "Note 18. Related Party Transactions" for further details.
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 55



BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(In millions, except per share amounts)
Class A Common Stock
Class B Common Stock
Capital in Excess of Par Value
Parent's Net Investment
Retained Earnings (Loss)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Non-controlling Interests
Total
Balance at December 31, 2015
$

$

$

$
15,920

$

$
(1,532
)
$
157

$
14,545

Effect of adoption of ASU 2014-09




(432
)



(432
)
Comprehensive income:










Net income (loss)




254





(69
)
185

Other comprehensive loss







(356
)
(14
)
(370
)
Changes in Parent's net investment




259





259

Net activity related to noncontrolling interests












93

93

Balance at December 31, 2016



16,001


(1,888
)
167

14,280

Comprehensive income:










Net income





42



4

46

Other comprehensive income (loss)







(69
)
3

(66
)
Changes in Parent's net investment





775


(13
)

762

Net activity related to noncontrolling interests








4

4

Cash contribution received from GE





7,400




7,400

Conversion of Parent's net investment into noncontrolling interest and issuance of Class B common stock





(24,218
)


24,218


Issuance of Class A common stock on acquisition of Baker Hughes




24,798




76

24,874

Special dividend ($17.5 per share)




(7,498
)




(7,498
)
Reallocation of equity based on ownership of GE and previous Baker Hughes stockholders




(1,850
)


1,234

616


Activity after business combination of July 3, 2017:










Net loss






(103
)

(334
)
(437
)
Other comprehensive income







46

77

123

Stock-based compensation cost




37





37

Cash dividends to Class A common stock ($0.35 per share)




(155
)




(155
)
Dividends and paired distributions to GE  (1)








(251
)
(251
)
Net activity related to noncontrolling interests




(62
)


(13
)
(133
)
(208
)
Repurchase and cancellation of Class A and Class B common stock




(187
)



(314
)
(501
)
Balance at December 31, 2017


15,083


(103
)
(703
)
24,133

38,410

Effect of adoption of ASU 2016-16 on taxes






25


42

67

Comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income






195


88

283

Other comprehensive loss







(230
)
(343
)
(573
)
Cash dividends to Class A common stock ($0.72 per share)




(224
)

(91
)


(315
)
Dividends and paired distributions to GE  (1)








(495
)
(495
)
Effect of exchange of BHGE LLC Units
 
 
4,043

 
 
(282
)
(3,761
)

Repurchase and cancellation of BHGE LLC Units and Class B common stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2,087
)
(2,087
)
Repurchase and cancellation of Class A common stock




(374
)




(374
)
Stock-based compensation cost




121





121

Other




10


(1
)
(4
)
(29
)
(24
)
Balance at December 31, 2018
$

$

$
18,659

$

$
25

$
(1,219
)
$
17,548

$
35,013


(1) Cash payments made to GE for dividends on our class B common stock and paired distributions for BHGE LLC units.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 56



BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
Year Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2018
2017
2016
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
283

$
(391
)
$
185

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows from (used in) operating activities:



Depreciation and amortization
1,486

1,103

550

Provision for deferred income taxes
(249
)
(333
)
(38
)
Gain on sale of Natural Gas Solution business
(171
)


Equity in loss of affiliate
139

11


Changes in operating assets and liabilities:



Current receivables
(204
)
(1,190
)
278

Inventories
(339
)
418

367

Accounts payable
794

303

(256
)
Progress collections and deferred income
(27
)
(293
)
(719
)
Contract and other deferred assets
129

(439
)
(88
)
Other operating items, net
(79
)
12

(17
)
Net cash flows from (used in) operating activities
1,762

(799
)
262

 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities:



Expenditures for capital assets
(995
)
(665
)
(424
)
Proceeds from disposal of assets
458

172

20

Proceeds from business dispositions
453

20


Net cash paid for acquisitions
(89
)
(3,365
)
(1
)
Net cash paid for business interests
(505
)
(10
)
(15
)
Other investing items, net
100

(275
)
(52
)
Net cash flows used in investing activities
(578
)
(4,123
)
(472
)
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:



Net repayments of short-term borrowings
(376
)
(663
)
(156
)
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt

3,928


Repayments of long-term debt
(684
)
(177
)

Dividends paid
(315
)
(155
)

Dividends and paired distributions to GE
(495
)
(251
)

Repurchase of Class A common stock
(387
)
(174
)

Repurchase of common units from GE by BHGE LLC
(2,099
)
(303
)

Net transfer from Parent

1,498

191

Contribution received from GE

7,400


Other financing items, net
(7
)
(184
)
(137
)
Net cash flows from (used in) financing activities
(4,363
)
10,919

(102
)
Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
(128
)
52

(139
)
Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
(3,307
)
6,049

(451
)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period
7,030

981

1,432

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period
$
3,723

$
7,030

$
981

 
 
 
 
Supplemental cash flows disclosures:
 
 
 
Income taxes paid, net of refunds
$
424

$
230

$
317

Interest paid
$
301

$
109

$
55

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 57


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
Baker Hughes, a GE company (the Company, BHGE, we, us, or our), was formed on October 28, 2016, for the purpose of facilitating the combination of Baker Hughes and GE O&G. BHGE is a world-leading, fullstream oilfield technology provider that has a unique mix of equipment and service capabilities. We conduct business in more than 120 countries and employ approximately 66,000 employees.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
On July 3, 2017, we closed the business combination (the Transactions) of GE O&G and Baker Hughes (refer to "Note 3. Business Acquisition and Disposition" for further details on the Transactions). As a result, substantially all of the business of GE O&G and of Baker Hughes were transferred to a subsidiary of the Company, Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC (BHGE LLC). As of December 31, 2018, GE has approximately 50.4% of economic interest in BHGE LLC and the Company has approximately 49.6% of the economic interest in BHGE LLC. Although we hold a minority economic interest in BHGE LLC, we conduct and exercise full control over all its activities, therefore, we consolidate the financial results of BHGE LLC and report a noncontrolling interest in our consolidated and combined financial statements for the economic interest in BHGE LLC not held by us. We consider BHGE LLC to be a consolidated variable interest entity (VIE). We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership interest in BHGE LLC and certain intercompany and tax related balances. BHGE LLC is a Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Registrant with separate filing requirements with the SEC and its separate financial information can be obtained from www.sec.gov. The current year results, and balances, may not be comparable to prior years as the prior years include the results of Baker Hughes from July 3, 2017 forward.
The accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. and such principles, U.S. GAAP) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for annual financial information. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
The Company's financial statements have been prepared on a consolidated basis, effective July 3, 2017. Under this basis of presentation, our financial statements consolidate all of our subsidiaries (entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, most often because we hold a majority voting interest). All subsequent periods will also be presented on a consolidated basis. For all periods prior to July 3, 2017, the Company's financial statements were prepared on a combined basis. The combined financial statements combine certain accounts of GE and its subsidiaries that were historically managed as part of its oil & gas business and contributed to BHGE LLC as part of the Transactions. Additionally, it also includes certain assets, liabilities and results of operations of other businesses of GE that were also contributed to BHGE LLC as part of the Transactions on a fully retrospective basis (in accordance with the guidance applicable to transactions between entities under common control) based on their carrying values, as reflected in the accounting records of GE. The consolidated and combined statements of income reflect intercompany expense allocations made to us by GE for certain corporate functions and for shared services provided by GE. Where possible, these allocations were made on a specific identification basis, and in other cases, these expenses were allocated by GE based on relative percentages of net operating costs or some other basis depending on the nature of the allocated cost. See "Note 18. Related Party Transactions" for further information on expenses allocated by GE. The historical financial results in the consolidated and combined financial statements presented may not be indicative of the results that would have been achieved had GE O&G operated as a separate, stand-alone entity during those periods.
Merger and related costs includes all costs associated with the Transactions described in Note 3. Refer to "Note 3. Business Acquisition and Disposition" for further details. In 2018, merger and related costs also include costs incurred in connection with the finalization of the Master Agreement Framework and costs related to the anticipated separation from GE. See "Note 18. Related Party Transactions" for further information on the Master Agreement Framework.
In the Company's financial statements and notes, certain amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation. In the notes to the consolidated and combined financial statements, all dollar and share


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 58


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




amounts in tabulations are in millions of dollars and shares, respectively, unless otherwise indicated. Certain columns and rows in our financial statements and notes thereto may not add due to the use of rounded numbers.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of any contingent assets or liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other assumptions and information that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates and assumptions about future events and their effects cannot be perceived with certainty, and accordingly, these estimates may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. While we believe that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the consolidated and combined financial statements are appropriate, actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used for, but are not limited to, determining the following: allowance for doubtful accounts and inventory valuation reserves; recoverability of long-lived assets, including revenue recognition on long-term contracts, valuation of goodwill; useful lives used in depreciation and amortization; income taxes and related valuation allowances; accruals for contingencies; actuarial assumptions to determine costs and liabilities related to employee benefit plans; stock-based compensation expense; valuation of derivatives and the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions; and expense allocations for certain corporate functions and shared services provided by GE.
Foreign Currency
Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. operations with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar have been translated into U.S. dollars at the quarterly exchange rates, and revenue, expenses, and cash flows have been translated at average rates for the respective periods. Any resulting translation gains and losses are included in other comprehensive income (loss).
Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions, such as those resulting from the settlement of receivables or payables in the non-functional currency and those resulting from remeasurements of monetary items, are included in the consolidated and combined statement of income (loss).
Investments in Equity Securities
Investments in equity securities (of entities in which we do not have a controlling financial interest, most often because we hold a voting interest of 0% to 20% ) with readily determinable fair values are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings and reported in the "other non operating income, net" caption in the consolidated and combined statements of income (loss). Equity securities that do not have readily determinable fair values are recorded at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar equity securities of the same issuer. We perform a qualitative impairment assessment for equity securities without readily determinable fair values. When a qualitative assessment indicates that impairment exists, that equity security is impaired to fair value.
Associated companies are entities in which we do not have a controlling financial interest, but over which we have significant influence, most often because we hold a voting interest of 20% to 50% . Associated companies are accounted for as equity method investments. Results of associated companies are presented on a one-line basis in the caption "Equity in loss of affiliate" in our consolidated and combined statements of income (loss). Investments in, and advances to, associated companies are presented on a one-line basis in the caption "All other assets" in our consolidated and combined statement of financial position.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 59


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




Revenue from Sale of Equipment

Performance Obligations Satisfied Over Time

We recognize revenue on agreements for sales of goods manufactured to unique customer specifications, including long-term construction projects, on an over-time basis utilizing cost inputs as the measurement criteria in assessing the progress toward completion. Our estimate of costs to be incurred to fulfill our promise to a customer is based on our history of manufacturing or constructing similar assets for customers and is updated routinely to reflect changes in quantity or pricing of the inputs. We begin to recognize revenue on these contracts when the contract specific inventory becomes customized for a customer, which is reflective of our initial transfer of control of the incurred costs. We provide for potential losses on any of these agreements when it is probable that we will incur the loss.

Our billing terms for these over-time contracts vary, but are generally based on achieving specified milestones. The differences between the timing of our revenue recognized (based on costs incurred) and customer billings (based on contractual terms) results in changes to our contract asset or contract liability positions.

Performance Obligations Satisfied at a Point In Time

We recognize revenue for non-customized equipment at the point in time that the customer obtains control of the good, which is no earlier than when the customer has physical possession of the product. Equipment for which we recognize revenue at a point in time include goods we manufacture on a standardized basis for sale to the market. We use proof of delivery for certain large equipment with more complex logistics associated with the shipment, whereas the delivery of other equipment is determined based on historical data of transit times between regions.

On occasion we sell products with a right of return. We use our accumulated experience to estimate and provide for such returns when we record the sale. In situations where arrangements include customer acceptance provisions based on seller or customer-specified objective criteria, we recognize revenue when we have concluded that the customer has control of the goods and that acceptance is likely to occur.

Our billing terms for these point in time equipment contracts vary, but are generally based on shipment of the goods to the customer.

Revenue from Sale of Services

Performance Obligations Satisfied Over Time
Revenue on Oilfield Services is recognized on an overtime basis as performed. We also sell product services under long-term product maintenance or extended warranty agreements in our Turbomachinery & Process Solutions and Oilfield Equipment segments. These agreements require us to maintain the customers' assets over the service agreement contract terms, which generally range from 10 to 20 years. In general, these are contractual arrangements to provide services, repairs, and maintenance of a covered unit (gas turbines for mechanical drive or power generation, primarily on LNG applications, drilling rigs). These services are performed at various times during the life of the contract, thus the costs of performing services are incurred on other than a straight-line basis. We recognize related sales based on the extent of our progress toward completion measured by actual costs incurred in relation to total expected costs. We provide for any loss that we expect to incur on any of these agreements when that loss is probable. BHGE utilizes historical customer data, prior product performance data, statistical analysis, third-party data, and internal management estimates to calculate contract-specific margins. In certain contracts, the total transaction price is variable based on customer utilization, which is excluded from the contract margin until the period that the customer has utilized to appropriately reflect the revenue activity in the period earned.

Our billing terms for these contracts are generally based on asset utilization (i.e. usage per hour) or the occurrence of a major maintenance event within the contract. The differences between the timing of our revenue


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 60


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




recognized (based on costs incurred) and customer billings (based on contractual terms) results in changes to our contract asset or contract liability positions.

Performance Obligations Satisfied at a Point In Time

We sell certain tangible products, largely spare equipment, through our services business. We recognize revenues for this equipment at the point in time that the customer obtains control of the good, which is at the point in time we deliver the spare part to the customer. Our billing terms for these point in time service contracts vary, but are generally based on shipment of the goods to the customer.
Research and Development
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and relate to the research and development of new products and services. These costs amounted to $700 million , $501 million and $352 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. Research and development expenses were reported in cost of goods sold and cost of services sold.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less are included in cash equivalents unless designated as available-for-sale and classified as investment securities.
As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , we had $1,208 million and $1,190 million , respectively, of cash held in bank accounts that cannot be released, transferred or otherwise converted into a currency that is regularly transacted internationally, due to lack of market liquidity, capital controls or similar monetary or exchange limitations limiting the flow of capital out of the jurisdiction. These funds are available to fund operations and growth in these jurisdictions and we do not currently anticipate a need to transfer these funds to the U.S. Included in these amounts are $461 million and $764 million , as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , respectively, held on behalf of GE.
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash includes a total of $747 million and $997 million of cash at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , respectively, held on behalf of GE, and a corresponding liability is reported in short-term borrowings. See "Note 18. Related Party Transactions" for further details.

As a result of adopting FASB ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows: Restricted Cash, we reclassified our restricted cash of $7 million from all other assets to cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as of December 31, 2017 .
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based on various factors including the payment history and financial condition of our debtors and the economic environment. Provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded based on the aging status of the debtor accounts or when it becomes evident that the debtor will not make the required payments at either contractual due dates or in the future.
Concentration of Credit Risk
We grant credit to our customers who primarily operate in the oil and natural gas industry. Although this concentration affects our overall exposure to credit risk, our current receivables are spread over a diverse group of customers across many countries, which mitigates this risk. We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers' financial conditions, including monitoring our customers' payment history and current credit worthiness to manage this risk. We do not generally require collateral in support of our current receivables, but we may require payment in advance or security in the form of a letter of credit or a bank guarantee.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 61


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




Inventories
All inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable values and they are measured on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis or average cost basis. As necessary, we record provisions and maintain reserves for excess, slow moving and obsolete inventory. To determine these reserve amounts, we regularly review inventory quantities on hand and compare them to estimates of future product demand, market conditions, production requirements and technological developments.
Property, Plant and Equipment (PP&E)
Property, plant and equipment is initially stated at cost and is depreciated over its estimated economic life. Subsequently, property, plant and equipment is measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. We manufacture a substantial portion of our tools and equipment and the cost of these items, which includes direct and indirect manufacturing costs, is capitalized and carried in inventory until it is completed.
Other Intangible Assets
We amortize the cost of other intangible assets over their estimated useful lives unless such lives are deemed indefinite. The cost of intangible assets is generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the asset's estimated economic life. Amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. In these circumstances, they are tested for impairment based on undiscounted cash flows and, if impaired, written down to fair value based on either discounted cash flows or appraised values. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested annually for impairment and written down to fair value as required. Refer to the Impairment of Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets accounting policy.
Impairment of Goodwill and Other Long-lived Assets
We perform an annual impairment test of goodwill on a qualitative or quantitative basis for each of our reporting units as of July 1, or more frequently when circumstances indicate an impairment may exist at the reporting unit level. When performing the annual impairment test we have the option of first performing a qualitative assessment to determine the existence of events and circumstances that would lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If such a conclusion is reached, we would then be required to perform a quantitative impairment assessment of goodwill. However, if the assessment leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then no further assessments are required. A quantitative assessment for the determination of impairment is made by comparing the carrying amount of each reporting unit with its fair value, which is generally calculated using a combination of market, comparable transaction and discounted cash flow approaches. See "Note 7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" for further information on valuation methodology and impairment of goodwill.
We review PP&E, intangible assets and certain other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable and at least annually for indefinite-lived intangible assets. When testing for impairment, we group our long-lived assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities (or asset group).  The determination of recoverability is made based upon the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows. The amount of impairment loss, if any, is determined by comparing the fair value, as determined by a discounted cash flow analysis, with the carrying value of the related assets.
Financial Instruments
Our financial instruments include cash and equivalents, current receivables, investments, accounts payables, short and long-term debt, and derivative financial instruments.
We monitor our exposure to various business risks including commodity prices and foreign currency exchange rates and we regularly use derivative financial instruments to manage these risks. At the inception of a new derivative, we designate the derivative as a hedge or we determine the derivative to be undesignated as a hedging


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 62


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




instrument. We document the relationships between the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. We assess whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item at both the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis.
We have a program that utilizes foreign currency forward contracts to reduce the risks associated with the effects of certain foreign currency exposures. Under this program, our strategy is to have gains or losses on the foreign currency forward contracts mitigate the foreign currency transaction and translation gains or losses to the extent practical. These foreign currency exposures typically arise from changes in the value of assets (for example, current receivables) and liabilities (for example, current payables) which are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the respective entity. We record all derivatives as of the end of our reporting period in our consolidated and combined statement of financial position at fair value. For the forward contracts held as undesignated hedging instruments, we record the changes in fair value of the forward contracts in our consolidated and combined statements of income (loss) along with the change in the fair value, related to foreign exchange movements, of the hedged item. Changes in the fair value of forward contracts designated as cash flow hedging instruments are recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. If derivatives designated as a cash flow hedge are determined to be ineffective, the ineffective portion of that derivative's change in fair value is recognized in earnings.
Fair Value Measurements
For financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, fair value is the price we would receive to sell an asset or pay to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction with a market participant at the measurement date. In the absence of active markets for the identical assets or liabilities, such measurements involve developing assumptions based on market observable data and, in the absence of such data, internal information that is consistent with what market participants would use in a hypothetical transaction that occurs at the measurement date.
Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our market assumptions. Preference is given to observable inputs. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:
Level 1 - Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.
Level 3 - Significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable.
We maintain policies and procedures to value instruments using the best and most relevant data available. In addition, we perform reviews to assess the reasonableness of the valuations. With regard to Level 3 valuations (including instruments valued by third parties), we perform a variety of procedures to assess the reasonableness of the valuations. Such reviews include an evaluation of instruments whose fair value change exceeds predefined thresholds (and/or does not change) and consider the current interest rate, currency and credit environment, as well as other published data, such as rating agency market reports and current appraisals.
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
Derivatives
When we have Level 1 derivatives, which are traded either on exchanges or liquid over-the-counter markets, we use closing prices for valuation. The majority of our derivatives are valued using internal models and are included in Level 2. These internal models maximize the use of market observable inputs including interest rate curves and both forward and spot prices for currencies and commodities. Derivative assets and liabilities included in Level 2 primarily represent foreign currency and commodity forward contracts for the Company.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 63


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




Investments in Debt and Equity Securities
When available, we use quoted market prices to determine the fair value of investment securities, and they are included in Level 1. Level 1 securities primarily include publicly traded equity securities.

For investment securities for which market prices are observable for identical or similar investment securities but not readily accessible for each of those investments individually (that is, it is difficult to obtain pricing information for each individual investment security at the measurement date), we use pricing models that are consistent with what other market participants would use. The inputs and assumptions to the models are derived from market observable sources including: benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and other market-related data. Thus, certain securities may not be priced using quoted prices, but rather determined from market observable information. These investments are included in Level 2. When we use valuations that are based on significant unobservable inputs we classify the investment securities in Level 3.
Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements
Certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis, but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances. These assets can include long-lived assets that have been reduced to fair value when they are held for sale, equity securities without readily determinable fair value and equity method investments and long-lived assets that are written down to fair value when they are impaired and the remeasurement of retained investments in formerly consolidated subsidiaries upon a change in control that results in a deconsolidation of a subsidiary, if we sell a controlling interest and retain a noncontrolling stake in the entity. Assets that are written down to fair value when impaired and retained investments are not subsequently adjusted to fair value unless further impairment occurs.
Investments in Equity Securities
Investments in equity securities are valued using market observable data such as quoted prices when available. When market observable data is unavailable, investments are valued using a discounted cash flow model, comparative market multiples or a combination of both approaches as appropriate and other third-party pricing sources.
Long-lived Assets
Fair values of long-lived assets, including real estate, are primarily derived internally and are based on observed sales transactions for similar assets. In other instances, for example, collateral types for which we do not have comparable observed sales transaction data, collateral values are developed internally and corroborated by external appraisal information. Adjustments to third-party valuations may be performed in circumstances where market comparables are not specific to the attributes of the specific collateral or appraisal information may not be reflective of current market conditions due to the passage of time and the occurrence of market events since receipt of the information.
Income Taxes
We file U.S. federal and state income tax returns which after the closing of the Transactions primarily includes our distributive share of items of income, gain, loss and deduction of BHGE LLC which is treated as a partnership for U.S. tax purposes. As such, BHGE LLC will not itself be subject to U.S. federal income tax under current U.S. tax laws. Non-U.S. current and deferred income taxes owed by the subsidiaries of BHGE LLC are reflected in the financial statements.
Prior to the closing of the Transactions, GE O&G was included in the consolidated U.S. federal, foreign and state income tax returns of GE, where allowable by law.  Our prior year current and deferred taxes were determined based upon the separate return method (i.e., as if we were a taxpayer separate from GE). 


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 64


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




We account for taxes under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the financial statement and tax return bases of assets and liabilities as well as from net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards, based on enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes actually are paid or recovered and other provisions of the tax law. The effect of a change in tax laws or rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period in which such change is enacted. Future tax benefits are recognized to the extent that realization of such benefits is more likely than not, and a valuation allowance is established for any portion of a deferred tax asset that management believes may not be realized.
We provide U.S. deferred taxes on our outside basis difference in our investment in BHGE LLC. In determining the basis difference, we exclude non-deductible goodwill and the basis difference related to certain foreign corporations owned by BHGE LLC where the undistributed earnings of the foreign corporation have been, or will be, reinvested indefinitely.
Due to the enactment of U.S. tax reform, repatriations of foreign earnings will generally be free of U.S. federal tax but may incur other taxes, such as withholding or state taxes. Indefinite reinvestment is determined by management’s judgment about and intentions concerning the future operations of the Company. Most of these earnings have been reinvested in active non-U.S. business operations. It is not practicable to determine the income tax liability that would be payable if such earnings were not reinvested indefinitely.
Significant judgment is required in determining our tax expense and in evaluating our tax positions, including evaluating uncertainties. We operate in more than 120 countries and our tax filings are subject to audit by the tax authorities in the jurisdictions where we conduct business. These audits may result in assessments of additional taxes that are resolved with the tax authorities or through the courts. We have provided for the amounts that we believe will ultimately result from these proceedings. We recognize uncertain tax positions that are “more likely than not” to be sustained if the relevant tax authority were to audit the position with full knowledge of all the relevant facts and other information. For those tax positions that meet this threshold, we measure the amount of tax benefit based on the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% chance of being realized in a final settlement with the relevant authority. We classify interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as income tax expense. The effects of tax adjustments and settlements from taxing authorities are presented in the combined financial statements in the period they are recorded.
Additionally, as part of U.S. tax reform, the U.S. has enacted a tax on "base eroding" payments from the U.S. and a minimum tax on foreign earnings (global intangible low-taxed income). In 2018, we made an accounting policy election to account for these taxes as period costs.
Environmental Liabilities
We are involved in numerous remediation actions to clean up hazardous waste as required by federal and state laws. Liabilities for remediation costs exclude possible insurance recoveries and, when dates and amounts of such costs are not known, are not discounted. When there appears to be a range of possible costs with equal likelihood, liabilities are based on the low end of such range. It is reasonably possible that our environmental remediation exposure will exceed amounts accrued. However, due to uncertainties about the status of laws, regulations, technology and information related to individual sites, such amounts are not reasonably estimable. The determination of the required accruals for remediation costs is subject to uncertainty, including the evolving nature of environmental regulations and the difficulty in estimating the extent and type of remediation activity that is necessary.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADOPTED
On January 1, 2018, we adopted the FASB ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and the related amendments (ASC 606). We elected to adopt the new standard using the full retrospective method, where the standard was applied to each prior reporting period presented and the cumulative effect of applying the standard was recognized at January 1, 2016. In addition, we elected the practical expedient for contract modifications, which essentially means that the terms of the contract that existed at the beginning of the earliest period presented can be assumed to have been in place since the inception of the contract (i.e., not practical to


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 65


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




separately evaluate the effects of all prior contract modifications). This standard requires us to identify contractual performance obligations and determine whether revenue should be recognized at a point in time or over time based on when control of goods and services transfer to a customer. As a result of adoption of the standard, we changed the presentation of our financial statements, including: (1) timing of revenue recognition, and (2) changes in classification between revenue and costs. The standard has no cash impact and, as such, does not affect the economics of our underlying customer contracts.
Impact of Adoption
As a result of the adoption of the standard, the timing of revenue recognition on our long-term product service agreements is affected. Although we continue to recognize revenue over time on these contracts, there are changes to how contract modifications, termination clauses and purchase options are accounted for by us. In particular, under the previous standard, the cumulative impact from a contract modification on revenue already recorded is recognized in the period in which the modification is agreed. Under the new standard, the impact from certain types of modifications is recognized over the remaining life of the contract.
The change in historical periods to our consolidated and combined statements of income (loss) related to the adoption of the standard is summarized below (in millions, except per share amounts):
 
 
Year Ended
 
 
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2016
Revenue:
 
 
 
Sales of goods
 
$
163

$
(26
)
Sales of services
 
(243
)
(161
)
Total revenue
 
(80
)
(187
)
 
 
 
 
Operating loss
 
(175
)
(226
)
Net income (loss)
 
(150
)
(149
)
Net income (loss) attributable to BHGE
 
(30
)


 
 
 
Per share amounts:
 
 
 
Basic and diluted loss per Class A common stock
 
(0.07
)
 
The increase (decrease) to our historical statement of financial position related to the adoption of the standard is summarized below:
 
December 31, 2017
ASSETS
 
Current receivables, net
$
1

Inventories, net
(83
)
Contract and other deferred assets
(701
)
Deferred income taxes
233

 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
Progress collections and deferred income
$
394

All other current liabilities
(64
)
Deferred income taxes
(34
)
All other liabilities
(83
)
Baker Hughes, a GE company equity
(432
)
Noncontrolling interests
(331
)



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 66


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




On January 1, 2018, we adopted the FASB ASU No. 2016-16, Accounting for Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Asset Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory . The ASU eliminated the deferral of tax effects of intra-entity asset transfers other than inventory. As a result, the tax expense from the intercompany sale of assets, other than inventory, and associated changes to deferred taxes are recognized when the sale occurs even though the pre-tax effects of the transaction have not been recognized. The effect of the adoption of the standard was an increase to retained earnings of $25 million and an increase to noncontrolling interest of $42 million as of January 1, 2018 with no other impact to our financial statements. Future earnings will be reduced in total by this amount. The effect of the change on future transactions will depend on the nature and amount of future transactions as it will affect the timing of recognition of both tax expenses and tax benefits, with no change in the associated cash flows.
On January 1, 2018, we adopted the FASB ASU No. 2017-07, Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost , which changed the income statement presentation of net periodic benefit cost by requiring separation between the service cost component and all other components. The service cost component is presented as an operating expense with other similar compensation costs arising for services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period. The non operating components are presented outside of income from operations.
The change in historical periods to our consolidated and combined statements of income (loss) related to the adoption of ASU No. 2017-07 is summarized below:
 
Year Ended
 
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2016
Operating income (loss)
$
(1
)
$
24

Non operating income (loss)
1

(24
)

On October 1, 2018, we elected to early adopt ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income . The ASU provides that the stranded tax effects from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on the balance of other comprehensive income (OCI) may be reclassified to retained earnings. The effect of the adoption of the standard was a reclassification of the tax effect recorded within accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) associated primarily with the change in tax rate under U.S tax reform to retained earnings. The adoption had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.
The following notes have been updated subsequent to the filing of the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 to reflect a change due to the retrospective adoption of the new accounting standards: Notes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, and 17.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS TO BE ADOPTED
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases . The ASU establishes a right-of-use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition. Similarly, lessors will be required to classify leases as salestype, finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of income recognition. Classification for both lessees and lessors will be based on an assessment of whether risks and rewards as well as substantive control have been transferred through a lease contract. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. In July 2018, the FASB issued an ASU that added an alternative transition method, which allows companies to apply the provisions of the new leasing standard on January 1, 2019 through recognition of a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2019 (i.e. without retrospectively adjusting comparative periods). We intend to apply this alternative transition method. In preparation for adoption of the standard, we have implemented internal controls and key system functionality to enable the preparation of financial information. The standard will have a material impact on our consolidated statement of financial position, but will not have a material impact on our consolidated income statements and consolidated cash flow statements. The most significant impact will be the recognition of ROU assets and lease liabilities for operating leases, while our accounting for capital leases remains substantially


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 67


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




unchanged. Adoption of the standard will result in the recognition of additional ROU assets and lease liabilities for operating leases of approximately $0.8 billion as of January 1, 2019.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses . The ASU introduces a new accounting model, the Current Expected Credit Losses model (CECL), which requires earlier recognition of credit losses and additional disclosures related to credit risk. The CECL model utilizes a lifetime expected credit loss measurement objective for the recognition of credit losses for loans and other receivables at the time the financial asset is originated or acquired. The expected credit losses are adjusted each period for changes in expected lifetime credit losses. This model replaces the multiple existing impairment models in current GAAP, which generally require that a loss be incurred before it is recognized. The new standard will also apply to receivables arising from revenue transactions such as contract assets and accounts receivables and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. We continue to evaluate the effect of the standard on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities . The ASU is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with an election to adopt early. The ASU requires certain changes to the presentation of hedge accounting in the financial statements and some new or modified disclosures. The ASU also simplifies the application of hedge accounting and expands the strategies that qualify for hedge accounting. ASU will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
All other new accounting pronouncements that have been issued but not yet effective are currently being evaluated and at this time are not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.
NOTE 2. REVENUE RELATED TO CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS
DISAGGREGATED REVENUE
We disaggregate our revenue from contracts with customers by primary geographic markets.
Total Revenue
2018
2017
2016
U.S.
$
6,576

$
4,409

$
3,156

Non-U.S.
16,301

12,770

9,926

Total
$
22,877

$
17,179

$
13,082

REMAINING PERFORMANCE OBLIGATIONS
As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) performance obligations was $21.0 billion in each year, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 , we expect to recognize revenue of approximately 45% , 63% and 88% of the total remaining performance obligations within 2 , 5 , and 15 years, respectively, and the remaining thereafter. Contract modifications could affect both the timing to complete as well as the amount to be received as we fulfill the related remaining performance obligations.
NOTE 3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION AND DISPOSITION
BUSINESS ACQUISITION
On July 3, 2017, we closed the Transactions to combine GE O&G and Baker Hughes. The Transactions were executed using a partnership structure, pursuant to which GE O&G and Baker Hughes each contributed their operating assets to a newly formed partnership, BHGE LLC. The fair value of the consideration exchanged was $24,798 million .


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 68


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




The tables below present the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the associated fair value of the noncontrolling interest related to the acquired net assets of Baker Hughes. The final determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities was concluded in the second quarter of 2018.
Preliminary identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
Estimated fair value at July 3, 2017
Assets
 
Cash and equivalents
$
4,133

Current receivables
2,342

Inventories
1,712

Property, plant and equipment
4,514

Intangible assets (1)
4,005

All other assets
1,335

Liabilities
 
Accounts payable
$
(1,213
)
Borrowings
(3,370
)
Deferred income taxes (2)
(258
)
Liabilities for pension and other postretirement benefits
(654
)
All other liabilities
(1,676
)
Total identifiable net assets
$
10,870

Noncontrolling interest associated with net assets acquired
(35
)
Goodwill (3)
13,963

Total purchase consideration
$
24,798

(1)  
Intangible assets, as provided in the table below, are recorded at fair value, as determined by management based on available information. The estimated useful lives for intangible assets were determined based upon the remaining useful economic lives of the intangible assets that are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to future cash flows. We consider the Baker Hughes trade name to be an indefinite life intangible asset, which will not be amortized and will be subject to an annual impairment test.
 
Estimated Fair Value
Estimated Weighted
Average Life (Years)
Trademarks - Baker Hughes
$
2,100

Indefinite life
Customer relationships
1,240

15
Patents and technology
465

10
In-process research and development
70

Indefinite life
Capitalized software
64

2
Trade names - other
45

10
Favorable lease contracts & others
21

10
Total
$
4,005

 
(2)  
Includes approximately $500 million of net deferred tax liabilities related to the fair value of intangible assets included in the purchase consideration and approximately $242 million of other net deferred tax assets, including non-U.S. loss carryforwards net of valuation allowances partially offset by liabilities for unrecognized benefits.
(3)  
Goodwill represents the excess of the total purchase consideration over fair value of the net assets recognized and represents the future economic benefits that we believe will result from combining the operations of GE O&G and Baker Hughes, including expected future synergies and operating efficiencies. Goodwill resulting from the Transactions has been primarily allocated to the Oilfield Services segment, of which $67 million i s deductible for tax purposes. See "Note 7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" for allocation of goodwill to all the segments.
During the six months ended June 30, 2018, the Company made measurement period adjustments to reflect facts and circumstances in existence as of the acquisition date. These adjustments resulted in an increase in goodwill from December 31, 2017 of $911 million primarily due to a reduction in the fair value of property, plant and equipment of $362 million , equity method investments of $228 million , intangible assets of $123 million and an


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 69


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




increase in other liabilities of $314 million primarily related to uncertain tax positions, warranty, and other sundry liabilities. As a result of the decrease in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets during the six months ended June 30, 2018, we recorded a cumulative decrease to depreciation and amortization expense of $33 million .  We reclassified certain balances to conform to our current presentation.
INCOME TAXES
BHGE LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As such, BHGE LLC is not itself subject to U.S. federal income tax under current U.S. tax laws. BHGE LLC's foreign subsidiaries, however, have incurred current and deferred foreign income taxes. The members of BHGE LLC are each required to take into account for U.S. federal income tax purposes their distributive share of the items of income, gain, loss and deduction of BHGE LLC, which generally includes our U.S. operations. BHGE and GE are each taxed on their distributive share of income and gain, whether or not a corresponding amount of cash or other property is distributed to them. For assets held indirectly by BHGE LLC through subsidiaries, the taxes attributable to those subsidiaries will be reflected in our consolidated and combined financial statements.
MERGER AND RELATED COSTS
During 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , acquisition costs of $153 million , $373 million and $33 million , respectively, were expensed as incurred and were reported as merger and related costs. Such costs include professional fees of advisors and integration and synergy costs related to the combination of Baker Hughes and GE O&G. In 2018, such costs also include costs incurred in connection with the finalization of the Master Agreement Framework and costs related to the anticipated separation from GE. See "Note 18. Related Party Transactions" for further details on the Master Agreement Framework.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma information has been presented as if the Transactions occurred on January 1, 2016. This information has been prepared by combining the historical results of GE O&G and historical results of Baker Hughes. The unaudited pro forma combined financial data for all periods presented were adjusted to give effect to pro forma events that 1) are directly attributable to the Transactions, 2) factually supportable, and 3) expected to have a continuing impact on the consolidated results of operations. The adjustments are based on information available to the Company at this time. Accordingly, the adjustments are subject to change and the impact of such changes may be material. The unaudited pro forma results do not include any incremental cost savings that may result from the integration.
The unaudited combined pro forma information is for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what the combined company's results actually would have been had the acquisition been completed as of the beginning of the periods as indicated. In addition, the unaudited pro forma information does not purport to project the future results of the combined company.
Significant adjustments to the pro forma information below include recognition of non-recurring direct incremental acquisition costs in 2016 and exclusion of those costs from all other periods presented; amortization associated with an estimate of the acquired intangible assets and reduction of interest expense for fair value adjustments to debt.
 
2017
2016
Revenue
$
21,841

$
22,915

Net loss
(485
)
(2,883
)
Net loss attributable to the Company
(147
)
(1,005
)
Loss per Class A share - basic and diluted (1)
(0.34
)
(2.35
)

(1)  
The calculation of diluted loss per Class A share excludes shares potentially issuable under stock-based incentive compensation plans and the exchange of Class B shares with Class A shares under the Exchange Agreement, as their effect, if included, would be antidilutive.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 70


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




BUSINESS DISPOSITION
In October 2018, the Company completed the sale of its Natural Gas Solution (NGS) business for a sales price of $375 million . NGS was part of our TPS segment and provided commercial and industrial products such as gas meters, chemical injection pumps, pipeline repair products and electric actuators. The sale resulted in a gain before income tax of $171 million reported in the " Other non operating income, net " caption of the consolidated and combined statements of income (loss).
NOTE 4. CURRENT RECEIVABLES
Current receivables are comprised of the following at December 31:
 
2018
2017
Customer receivables
$
4,974

$
4,700

Related parties
653

801

Other
669

844

Total current receivables
6,296

6,345

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts
(327
)
(330
)
Total current receivables, net
$
5,969

$
6,015

Customer receivables are recorded at the invoiced amount. Related parties consists primarily of amounts owed to us by GE. The "Other" category consists primarily of indirect taxes, customer retentions, other tax receivables and advance payments to suppliers.
NOTE 5. INVENTORIES
Inventories, net of reserves of $430 million and $360 million in 2018 and 2017 , respectively, are comprised of the following at December 31:
 
2018
2017
Finished goods
$
2,575

$
2,577

Work in process and raw materials
2,045

1,930

Total inventories, net
$
4,620

$
4,507


During 2018 and 2017 , we recorded $105 million and $157 million of inventory impairments as a result of certain restructuring activities initiated by the Company. Charges for inventory impairments are reported in the "Cost of goods sold" caption of the consolidated and combined statements of income (loss).


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 71


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




NOTE 6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment are comprised of the following at December 31:
 
Useful Life
2018
2017
Land and improvements (1)
8 - 20 years (1)
$
432

$
413

Buildings, structures and related equipment
5 - 40 years
2,854

3,168

Machinery, equipment and other
2 - 20 years
6,567

6,195

Total cost
 
9,853

9,776

Less: Accumulated depreciation
 
3,625

2,817

Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation
 
$
6,228

$
6,959

(1)  
Useful life excludes land.
Depreciation expense relating to property, plant and equipment was $1,031 million , $716 million and $311 million in 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. See "Note 20. Restructuring, impairment and other" for additional information on property, plant and equipment impairments.
NOTE 7. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
GOODWILL
The changes in the carrying value of goodwill are detailed below by segment:
 
Oilfield Services
Oilfield Equipment
Turbo-machinery & Process Solutions
Digital Solutions
Total
Balance at December 31, 2016, gross
$
2,779

$
3,852

$
1,814

$
1,989

$
10,434

Accumulated impairment at December 31, 2016
(2,633
)
(867
)

(254
)
(3,754
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
146

2,985

1,814

1,735

6,680

Acquisitions and purchase accounting adjustments (1)
13,052




13,052

Currency exchange and others
7

49

92

47

195

Balance at December 31, 2017
13,205

3,034

1,906

1,782

19,927

Acquisitions and purchase accounting adjustments (1)
(136
)
293

394

429

980

Currency exchange and others
(26
)
(17
)
(114
)
(33
)
(190
)
Balance at December 31, 2018
$
13,043

$
3,310

$
2,186

$
2,178

$
20,717

(1)  
Includes goodwill associated with the acquisition of Baker Hughes. The final determination of fair value of the assets and liabilities and the related goodwill associated with the acquisition of Baker Hughes was concluded in the second quarter of 2018. Of the total goodwill of $13,963 million resulting from the acquisition of Baker Hughes, $12,898 million is allocated to our Oilfield Services segment and the remainder to our other segments based on the expected benefit from the synergies of the acquisition.
We test goodwill for impairment annually in the third quarter of each year using data as of July 1 of that year, which would include consideration of any segment realignment. Our reporting units are the same as our four reportable segments. The impairment test consists of two steps: in step one, the carrying value of the reporting unit is compared with its fair value; in step two, which is applied only when the carrying value is more than its fair value, the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, is derived by deducting the fair value of the reporting unit's assets and liabilities from the fair value of its equity, and comparing that amount with the carrying amount of goodwill.  We


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 72


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




determined fair values for each of the reporting units using a combination of the market approach and the income approach. We assessed the valuation methodologies based upon the relevance and available data and have weighted the results appropriately.
Valuations using the market approach were derived from metrics of publicly traded companies or historically completed transactions of comparable businesses. The selection of comparable businesses was based on the markets in which the reporting units operate giving consideration to risk profiles, size, geography, and diversity of products and services. A market approach is limited to reporting units for which there are publicly traded companies that have the characteristics similar to our businesses.
Under the income approach, fair value was determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. We used our internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and included an estimate of long-term future growth rates based on our most recent views of the long-term outlook for each business. Actual results may differ from those assumed in our forecasts. We derived our discount rates using a capital asset pricing model and analyzing published rates for industries relevant to our reporting units to estimate the cost of equity financing. We used discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective businesses and in our internally developed forecasts. Discount rates used in our reporting unit valuations ranged from 10% to 11.5% . Estimating the fair value of reporting units requires the use of estimates and significant judgments that are based on a number of factors including actual operating results. It is reasonably possible that the judgments and estimates described above could change in future periods.
We performed our annual impairment test of goodwill as of July 1, 2018 and July 1, 2017 for all four of our reporting units.  The step one impairment test was performed considering macroeconomic and industry conditions, overall financial performance of the reporting unit and long-term forecasts, among other factors, all of which require considerable judgment. Based on the results of our step one testing, the fair values of each of the four reporting units exceeded their carrying values; therefore, the second step of the impairment test was not required to be performed for any of our reporting units and no goodwill impairment was recognized. 
In addition to our annual impairment testing, we also test goodwill for impairment between annual impairment testing dates whenever events or circumstances occur that, in our judgment, could more likely than not reduce the fair value of one or more reporting units below its carrying amount. In assessing the possibility that a reporting unit’s fair value has been reduced below its carrying amount due to the occurrence of events or circumstances between annual impairment testing dates, we consider all available evidence, including, but not limited to, (i) the results of our impairment testing at the prior annual impairment testing date, in particular the magnitude of the excess of fair value over carrying value observed, (ii) downward revisions to internal forecasts, and the magnitude thereof, if any, (iii) the impact of the separation from GE, if any, and (iv) declines in our market capitalization below our book value, and the magnitude and duration of those declines, if any. Between July 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018, we have not identified any events or circumstances that could more likely than not reduce the fair value of one or more of our reporting units below its carrying amount.
As of December 31, 2018 , we believe that the goodwill is recoverable, however, there can be no assurances that further sustained declines in macroeconomic or business conditions affecting our industry and business will not occur. The impairment testing discussed above involves significant management judgment and are based on assumptions about future commodity pricing, supply and demand for our goods and services, and market conditions, which are difficult to forecast in volatile economic environments. If actual results materially differ from the estimated assumptions utilized in our forecasts, we may need to record impairment charges in future periods.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 73


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets are comprised of the following at December 31:
 
2018
2017
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Technology
$
1,107

$
(526
)
$
581

$
1,177

$
(440
)
$
737

Customer relationships
3,085

(944
)
2,141

3,202

(819
)
2,383

Capitalized software
1,118

(824
)
294

1,130

(697
)
433

Trade names and trademarks
698

(229
)
469

757

(159
)
598

Other
14

(2
)
12

10


10

Finite-lived intangible assets
6,022

(2,525
)
3,497

6,276

(2,115
)
4,161

Indefinite-lived intangible assets (1)
2,222


2,222

2,197


2,197

Total intangible assets
$
8,244

$
(2,525
)
$
5,719

$
8,473

$
(2,115
)
$
6,358

(1)  
Indefinite-lived intangible assets principally comprise trade names and trademarks acquired in business combinations.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are comprised primarily of the Baker Hughes trade name, which was valued at $2,100 million using the relief-from-royalty method.
Intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis with estimated useful lives ranging from one to 30 years. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 was $455 million , $387 million and $239 million , respectively.
Estimated amortization expense for each of the subsequent five fiscal years is expected to be as follows:
Year
Estimated Amortization Expense
2019
$
348

2020
316

2021
267

2022
225

2023
213



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 74


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




NOTE 8. CONTRACT AND OTHER DEFERRED ASSETS
A majority of our long-term product service agreements relate to our Turbomachinery & Process Solutions segment. Contract assets reflect revenue earned in excess of billings on our long-term contracts to construct technically complex equipment, long-term product maintenance or extended warranty arrangements and other deferred contract related costs. Contract assets are comprised of the following at December 31:
 
2018
2017
Long-term product service agreements
$
609

$
589

Long-term equipment contracts (1)
1,085

1,095

Contract assets (total revenue in excess of billings) (2)
1,694

1,684

Deferred inventory costs (3)  
179

360

Non-recurring engineering costs
21


Contract and other deferred assets
$
1,894

$
2,044

(1)  
Reflects revenue earned in excess of billings on our long-term contracts to construct technically complex equipment and certain other service agreements.
(2)  
Contract assets (total revenue in excess of billings) were $1,233 million as of January 1, 2017.
(3)  
Deferred inventory costs were $276 million as of January 1, 2017, which represents cost deferral for shipped goods and other costs for which the criteria for revenue recognition has not yet been met.

Revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 from performance obligations satisfied (or partially satisfied) in previous years related to our long-term service agreements was $26 million and $44 million , respectively. This includes revenue recognized from revisions to cost or billing estimates that may affect a contract’s total estimated profitability resulting in an adjustment of earnings.
NOTE 9. PROGRESS COLLECTIONS AND DEFERRED INCOME
Contract liabilities include progress collections, which reflects billings in excess of revenue, and deferred income on our long-term contracts to construct technically complex equipment, long-term product maintenance or extended warranty arrangements. Contract liabilities are comprised of the following:
 
2018
2017
Progress collections
$
1,600

$
1,456

Deferred income
165

319

Progress collections and deferred income (contract liabilities) (1)
$
1,765

$
1,775

(1)  
Progress collections and deferred income (contract liabilities) were $ 2,038 million at January 1, 2017.
Revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 that was included in the contract liabilities at the beginning of the year was $ 1,392 million and $ 1,525 million , respectively.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 75


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




NOTE 10. BORROWINGS
Short-term and long-term borrowings are comprised of the following at December 31:
 
2018
2017
 
Amount
Weighted Average Rate (1)
Amount
Weighted Average Rate (1)
Short-term borrowings
 
 
 
 
Short-term bank borrowings
$

n/a

$
171

12.6
%
Current portion of long-term borrowings

n/a

639

2.1
%
Short-term borrowings from GE
896

n/a

1,124

n/a

Other short-term borrowings
46

9.9
%
103

7.6
%
Total short-term borrowings
942



2,037

 

 
 
 
 
Long-term borrowings
 
 
 
 
3.2% Senior Notes due August 2021 (2)
523

2.5
%
526

2.5
%
2.773% Senior Notes due December 2022
1,245

2.9
%
1,244

2.9
%
8.55% Debentures due June 2024 (2)
131

4.1
%
135

3.9
%
3.337% Senior Notes due December 2027
1,343

3.4
%
1,342

3.4
%
6.875% Notes due January 2029 (2)
294

3.9
%
308

3.9
%
5.125% Notes due September 2040 (2)
1,306

4.2
%
1,311

4.1
%
4.080% Senior Notes due December 2047
1,336

4.1
%
1,337

4.1
%
Capital leases
103

5.4
%
87

7.0
%
Other long-term borrowings
4

3.8
%
22

1.9
%
Total long-term borrowings
6,285

 
6,312

 
Total borrowings
$
7,227



$
8,349



(1)  
Weighted average effective interest rate is based on the carrying value including step-up adjustments, as applicable, recorded upon the acquisition of Baker Hughes as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.
(2)  
Represents long-term fixed rate debt obligations assumed in connection with the acquisition of Baker Hughes, net of amounts repurchased subsequent to the closing of the Transactions.
The estimated fair value of total borrowings at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 was $6,629 million and $8,466 million , respectively. For a majority of our borrowings the fair value was determined using quoted period-end market prices. Where market prices are not available, we estimate fair values based on valuation methodologies using current market interest rate data adjusted for our non-performance risk.
Maturities of debt for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2023, and in the aggregate thereafter, are listed in the table below:
 
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter
Total debt
$
942

$
34

$
549

$
1,256

$
11

$
4,435

In July 2017, BHGE LLC entered into a new five -year $3 billion committed unsecured revolving credit facility (the 2017 Credit Agreement) with commercial banks maturing in July 2022. The 2017 Credit Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties, certain affirmative covenants and no negative covenants. Upon the occurrence of certain events of default, our obligations under the 2017 Credit Agreement may be accelerated. Such events of default include payment defaults to lenders under the 2017 Credit Agreement, and other customary defaults. No such events of default have occurred. During the year ended December 31, 2018 , there were no borrowings under the 2017 Credit Agreement.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 76


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




In November 2017, BHGE LLC entered into a commercial paper program under which it may issue from time to time up to $3 billion in commercial paper with maturities of no more than 397 days. At December 31, 2018 , we had no borrowings outstanding under the commercial paper program. The maximum combined borrowing at any time under both the 2017 Credit Agreement and the commercial paper program is $3 billion
Concurrent with the Transactions associated with the acquisition of Baker Hughes on July 3, 2017, Baker Hughes Co-Obligor, Inc. became a co-obligor, jointly and severally with BHGE LLC, on our registered debt securities.  This co-obligor is a 100% -owned finance subsidiary of BHGE LLC that was incorporated for the sole purpose of serving as a co-obligor of debt securities and has no assets or operations other than those related to its sole purpose. Baker Hughes Co-Obligor, Inc. is also a co-obligor of the $3,950 million senior notes issued on December 11, 2017 by BHGE LLC in a private placement.
Certain Senior Notes contain covenants that restrict BHGE LLC's ability to take certain actions, including, but not limited to, the creation of certain liens securing debt, the entry into certain sale-leaseback transactions and engaging in certain merger, consolidation and asset sale transactions in excess of specified limits.
In January 2018, BHGE LLC redeemed all remaining aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Notes of $615 million . Also in January 2018, BHGE LLC commenced an offering to exchange $3,950 million of all the outstanding, unregistered senior notes that were issued in a private offering on December 11, 2017, for identical, registered 2.773% Senior Notes due 2022, 3.337% Senior Notes due 2027 and 4.080% Senior Notes due 2047. The exchange offer was completed on January 31, 2018.
See "Note 18. Related Party Transactions" for additional information on the short-term borrowings from GE, and see "Note 16. Financial Instruments" for additional information about borrowings and associated swaps.
NOTE 11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
GE MULTI-EMPLOYER PLANS

Certain of our U.S. employees are covered under various U.S. GE employee benefit plans, including GE's retirement plans (pension, retiree health and life insurance, and savings benefit plans). In addition, certain United Kingdom (UK) employees participate in the GE UK Pension Plan. We are allocated relevant participation costs for these GE employee benefit plans as part of multi-employer plans. As such, we have not recorded any liabilities associated with our participation in these plans. Expenses associated with our participation in these plans was $158 million , $132 million and $140 million in the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. In November 2018, the Company entered into an agreement with GE whereby GE will transfer the assets and liabilities of the GE UK Pension Plan related to the oil & gas businesses to BHGE on what is intended to be a fully funded basis. Subsequent to this transfer, BHGE shall cease to participate in the GE UK Pension Plan. This transfer is expected to close in 2019. Additionally, beginning in 2019, legacy GE O&G U.S. employees will cease to participate in the GE U.S. plans above.
DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS
In addition to these GE plans, certain of our employees are also covered by company sponsored pension plans. Our primary pension plans in 2018 included four U.S. plans and six non-U.S. pension plans, primarily in the UK, Germany, and Canada, all with pension assets or obligations greater than $20 million . We use a December 31 measurement date for these plans. These defined benefit plans generally provide benefits to employees based on formulas recognizing length of service and earnings; however, over half of these plans are either frozen or closed to new entrants. We also provide certain postretirement health care benefits (Other Postretirement Benefits), through an unfunded plan, to a closed group of U.S. employees who retire and meet certain age and service requirements.
Funded Status
The funded status position represents the difference between the benefit obligation and the plan assets. The projected benefit obligation (PBO) for pension benefits represents the actuarial present value of benefits attributed to employee services and compensation and includes an assumption about future compensation levels. The


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 77


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




accumulated benefit obligation (ABO) is the actuarial present value of pension benefits attributed to employee service to date and present compensation levels. The ABO differs from the PBO in that the ABO does not include any assumptions about future compensation levels. Below is the reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets and the funded status of our plans.
 
Pension Benefits
Other Postretirement
Benefits
  
2018
2017
2018
2017
Change in benefit obligation:
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
2,418

$
820

$
187

$
117

Service cost
21

37

2

2

Interest cost
71

51

5

6

Plan amendment
20


1

(23
)
Actuarial loss (gain)
(93
)
41

(23
)

Benefits paid
(67
)
(65
)
(21
)
(13
)
Curtailments
(7
)
(45
)
(5
)
5

Settlements
(59
)
(10
)


Business acquisition (1)

1,546


93

Other
16

(2
)
(39
)

Foreign currency translation adjustments
(59
)
45



Benefit obligation at end of year
2,261

2,418

107

187

 
 
 
 
 
Change in plan assets:
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
2,059

567



Actual return on plan assets
(60
)
152



Employer contributions
51

50

21

13

Benefits paid
(67
)
(65
)
(21
)
(13
)
Settlements
(59
)
(10
)


Business acquisition (1)

1,342



Other
(9
)
(2
)


Foreign currency translation adjustments
(49
)
25



Fair value of plan assets at end of year
1,866

2,059



 
 
 
 
 
Funded status - underfunded at end of year
$
(395
)
$
(359
)
$
(107
)
$
(187
)
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
$
2,225

$
2,373

$
107

$
187

(1)  
Relates to the acquisition of Baker Hughes on July 3, 2017.
The amounts recognized in the consolidated and combined statements of financial position consist of the following at December 31:
 
Pension Benefits
Other Postretirement
Benefits
  
2018
2017
2018
2017
Noncurrent assets
$
47

$
46

$

$

Current liabilities
(13
)
(10
)
(19
)
(24
)
Noncurrent liabilities
(429
)
(395
)
(88
)
(163
)
Net amount recognized
$
(395
)
$
(359
)
$
(107
)
$
(187
)


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 78


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




Information for the plans with ABOs in excess of plan assets is as follows at December 31:
 
Pension Benefits
Other Postretirement
Benefits
  
2018
2017
2018
2017
Projected benefit obligation
$
1,621

$
1,692

n/a

n/a

Accumulated benefit obligation
$
1,585

$
1,647

$
107

$
187

Fair value of plan assets
$
1,179

$
1,286

n/a

n/a

Net Periodic Cost (Income)
The components of net periodic cost (income) are as follows for the years ended December 31:
 
Pension Benefits
Other Postretirement
Benefits
 
2018
 
2017
 
2016
 
2018
2017
2016
Service cost
$
21

 
$
37

 
$
18

 
$
2

$
2

$
2

Interest cost
71

 
51

 
34

 
5

6

5

Expected return on plan assets
(121
)
 
(81
)
 
(46
)
 



Amortization of prior service credit

 

 

 
(5
)
(3
)
(2
)
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)
10

 
12

 
14

 
(2
)
(2
)

Curtailment / settlement loss (gain)
2

 
(45
)
(2)  
(26
)
(1)  
(5
)
2

(2
)
Net periodic cost (income)
$
(17
)
 
$
(26
)
 
$
(6
)
 
$
(5
)
$
5

$
3

(1)  
Primarily associated with two UK plans merging into the GE UK Pension Plan.
(2)  
As a result of the acquisition of Baker Hughes, we obtained a non-contributory pension plan (the Baker Hughes Incorporated Pension Plan or BHIPP). In 2017, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved amendments to the BHIPP to close the plan to new participants and freeze accruals of future service-related benefits effective as of December 31, 2017. As a result of these actions, the Company recorded a curtailment gain of $45 million . The curtailment was recorded by the Company during the fourth quarter of 2017 and included in the “Other non-operating income (loss), net” caption of the consolidated and combined statements of income (loss).

The service cost component of the net periodic cost (benefit) is included in "operating income (loss)" and all other components are included in "Other non operating income, net" caption of the consolidated and combined statements of income (loss).
Assumptions Used in Benefit Calculations
Accounting requirements necessitate the use of assumptions to reflect the uncertainties and the length of time over which the pension obligations will be paid. The actual amount of future benefit payments will depend upon when participants retire, the amount of their benefit at retirement and how long they live. To reflect the obligation in today’s dollars, we discount the future payments using a rate that matches the time frame over which the payments will be made. We also need to assume a long-term rate of return that will be earned on investments used to fund these payments.
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for these plans are as follows for the years ended December 31:
 
Pension Benefits
Other Postretirement
Benefits
  
2018
2017
2018
2017
Discount rate
3.43
%
2.99
%
3.92
%
3.32
%
Rate of compensation increase
3.78
%
3.82
%
n/a

n/a



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 79


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic cost for these plans are as follows for the years ended December 31:
 
Pension Benefits
Other Postretirement 
Benefits
 
2018
2017
2016
2018
2017
2016
Discount rate
2.99
%
3.24
%
3.83
%
3.32
%
3.72
%
4.25
%
Expected long-term return on plan assets
5.94
%
6.26
%
6.86
%
n/a

n/a

n/a

We determine the discount rate using a bond matching model, whereby the weighted average yields on high-quality fixed-income securities have maturities consistent with the timing of benefit payments. Lower discount rates increase the size of the benefit obligations and pension expense in the following year; higher discount rates reduce the size of the benefit obligation and subsequent-year pension expense. The compensation assumption is used in our active plans to estimate the annual rate at which pay of plan participants will grow. If the rate of growth assumed increases, the size of the pension obligations will increase.
The expected return on plan assets is the estimated long-term rate of return that will be earned on the investments used to fund the pension obligations. To determine this rate, we consider the current and target composition of plan investments, our historical returns earned, and our expectations about the future.
Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for Other Postretirement Benefits. As of December 31, 2018 , the health care cost trend rate was 6.50% , declining gradually each successive year until it reaches 4.68% . A one percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have been immaterial in 2018 .

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The amount recorded before-tax in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to employee benefit plans consists of the following at December 31:
 
Pension Benefits
Other Postretirement
Benefits
  
2018
2017
2018
2017
Net actuarial loss (gain)
$
177

$
117

$
(29
)
$
(16
)
Net prior service cost (credit)
20


(18
)
(25
)
Total
$
197

$
117

$
(47
)
$
(41
)
The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service cost for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss and included in net periodic benefit cost in 2019 is $15 million and $1 million , respectively. The estimated net actuarial gain and prior service credit for the other postretirement benefits that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss and included in net periodic benefit cost in 2019 is $7 million and $3 million , respectively.
Plan Assets
We have investment committees that meet regularly to review the portfolio returns and to determine asset-mix targets based on asset/liability studies. Third-party investment consultants assist such committees in developing asset allocation strategies to determine our expected rates of return and expected risk for various investment portfolios. The investment committees considered these strategies in the formal establishment of the current asset-mix targets based on the projected risk and return levels for all major asset classes.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 80


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




The table below presents the fair value of the pension assets at December 31:
 
2018
2017
Equity securities


U.S. equity securities (1)
$
215

$
207

Global equity securities (1)
338

551

Debt securities


Fixed income and cash investment funds
937

658

U.S. corporate

70

Other debt securities
4

55

Private equities
60

107

Real estate
35

44

Other investments (2)
277

367

Total plan assets
$
1,866

$
2,059

(1)  
Include direct investments and investment funds.
(2)  
Substantially all represented hedge fund and asset allocation fund investments.
Plan assets valued using Net Asset Value (NAV) as a practical expedient amounted to $1,802 million and $1,684 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively. The percentages of plan assets valued using NAV by investment fund type for equity securities, fixed income and cash, and alternative investments were 30% , 48% , and 19% as of December 31, 2018 , respectively, and 30% , 28% , and 24% as of December 31, 2017 , respectively. Those investments that were measured at fair value using NAV as practical expedient were excluded from the fair value hierarchy. The practical expedient was not applied for investments with a fair value of $64 million and $375 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. There were no investments classified within Level 3 in 2018 . Investments classified within Level 3 in 2017 were $86 million . The remaining investments were considered Level 1 and 2.
Funding Policy
The funding policy for our Pension Benefits is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in employee benefit and tax laws plus such additional amounts as we may determine to be appropriate. In 2018, we contributed approximately $51 million . We expect to contribute approximately $22 million to our pension plans in 2019.
We fund our Other Postretirement Benefits on a pay-as-you-go basis. In 2018, we contributed $21 million to these plans. In 2019, we expect to contribute approximately $19 million to fund such benefits.
The following table presents the expected benefit payments over the next 10 years. The U.S. and non-U.S. pension benefit payments are made by the respective pension trust funds.
Year
Pension
Benefits
Other Postretirement
Benefits
2019
 
$
113

 
 
$
19

 
2020
 
109

 
 
17

 
2021
 
112

 
 
12

 
2022
 
113

 
 
9

 
2023
 
113

 
 
8

 
2024-2028
 
594

 
 
31

 


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 81


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




Defined Contribution Plans
Our primary defined contribution plan during 2018 was the Company sponsored U.S. 401(k) plan (401(k) Plan).  The 401(k) Plan allows eligible employees to elect to contribute portions of their eligible compensation to an investment trust.  Employee contributions are matched by the Company in cash at the rate of $1.00 per $1.00 employee contribution for the first 5% of the employee's eligible compensation, and such contributions vest immediately.  In addition, we make cash contributions for all eligible employees of 4% of their eligible compensation and such contributions are fully vested to the employee after three years of employment.  During 2018 and 2017 , the legacy Baker Hughes employees participated in the 401(k) Plan whereas the legacy GE O&G employees continued to participate in the GE sponsored plan.  The 401(k) Plan provides several investment options, for which the employee has sole investment discretion, however, the 401(k) Plan does not offer the Company's common stock as an investment option.  Our costs for the 401(k) Plan and several other U.S. and non-U.S. defined contribution plans amounted to $137 million and $71 million , in 2018 and 2017 , respectively. Beginning in 2019, certain legacy GE O&G employees are eligible to participate in our defined contribution plans, including our 401(k) Plan.
Other
We have two non-qualified defined contribution plans that are invested through trusts.  The assets and corresponding liabilities were $233 million and $278 million at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and are included in "All other assets" and "Liabilities for pensions and other employee benefits" captions in our consolidated and combined statements of financial position.
NOTE 12. INCOME TAXES
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (U.S. tax reform) that lowers the statutory tax rate on U.S. earnings, taxes historic foreign earnings previously deferred from U.S. taxation at a reduced rate of tax (transition tax), establishes a territorial tax system and enacts new taxes associated with global operations.
The impact of U.S. tax reform was initially recorded on a provisional basis as the legislation provided for additional guidance to be issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury on several provisions including the computation of the transition tax. Based on guidance received to date, finalization of purchase accounting for the Baker Hughes acquisition, and finalization of our 2017 U.S. income tax returns, we have recorded a $107 million tax benefit in 2018 for the impact of tax reform primarily related to the revaluation of deferred taxes.
Additionally, as part of U.S. tax reform, the U.S. has enacted a tax on "base eroding" payments from the U.S. and a minimum tax on foreign earnings (global intangible low-taxed income). We have made an accounting policy election to account for these taxes as period costs.
The provision or benefit for income taxes is comprised of the following for the years ended December 31:
 
2018
2017
2016
Current:
 
 
 
U.S.
$
35

$
(33
)
$
(114
)
Foreign
472

411

325

Total current
507

378

211

Deferred:
 
 
 
U.S.
(24
)
(266
)
(5
)
Foreign
(225
)
(67
)
(33
)
Total deferred
(249
)
(333
)
(38
)
Provision for income taxes
$
258

$
45

$
173



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 82


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




The geographic sources of income (loss) before income taxes, inclusive of equity in loss of affiliate are as follows for the years ended December 31:
 
2018
2017
2016
U.S.
$
(672
)
$
(1,189
)
$
(487
)
Foreign
1,213

843

845

Income (loss) before income taxes, inclusive of equity in loss of affiliate
$
541

$
(346
)
$
358

The benefit or provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the loss or income before income taxes for the reasons set forth below for the years ended December 31:
 
2018
2017
2016
Income (loss) before income taxes, inclusive of equity in loss of affiliate
$
541

$
(346
)
$
358

Taxes at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
114

(121
)
125

Effect of foreign operations
103

(19
)
(2
)
Tax impact of partnership structure
80

171


Change in valuation allowances
87

169

28

Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enactment
(107
)
(132
)

Other - net
(19
)
(23
)
22

Provision for income taxes
$
258

$
45

$
173

Actual income tax rate
47.7
%
(13.0
)%
48.3
%
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, as well as operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.
The tax effects of our temporary differences and carryforwards are as follows at December 31:
 
2018
2017
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
Receivables
$
117

$
98

Inventory
79

63

Property
191

144

Goodwill and other intangibles
132


Employee benefits
97

64

Investment in partnership
228

74

Other accrued expenses
74

91

Operating loss carryforwards
1,525

1,376

Tax credit carryforwards
653

554

  Other
232

498

Total deferred income tax asset
3,328

2,962

  Valuation allowances
(2,372
)
(2,484
)
Total deferred income tax asset after valuation allowance
956

478

Deferred tax liabilities:




Goodwill and other intangibles

(202
)
Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries
(9
)

  Other
(18
)
(51
)
Total deferred income tax liability
(27
)
(253
)
Net deferred tax asset
$
929

$
225



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 83


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




At December 31, 2018 , we had approximately $141 million of non-U.S. tax credits which may be carried forward indefinitely under applicable foreign law, $466 million of foreign tax credits and $46 million of other credits, the majority of which will expire after tax year 2027 under U.S. tax law. Additionally, we had $ 1,525 million of net operating loss carryforwards, of which approximately $ 319 million will expire within five years, $ 186 million will expire between six and 20 years, and the remainder can be carried forward indefinitely.
We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate taxing jurisdictions. At December 31, 2018 , $2,372 million of valuation allowances are recorded against various deferred tax assets, including foreign net operating losses (NOL) of $1,253 million , U.S. federal and foreign tax credit carryforwards of $607 million , other U.S. NOL's and tax credit carryforwards of $84 million , and certain other U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets of $428 million . There are $206 million of deferred tax assets related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards without a valuation allowance as we expect that the deferred tax assets will be realized within the carryforward period.
Substantially all of our undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries are indefinitely reinvested. Due to the enactment of U.S. tax reform, repatriations of foreign earnings will generally be free of U.S. federal tax but may incur other taxes such as withholding or state taxes. Indefinite reinvestment is determined by management’s intentions concerning the future operations of the Company. Most of these earnings have been reinvested in active non-U.S. business operations. However, as a result of U.S. tax reform, substantially all of our prior unrepatriated foreign earnings were subject to U.S. tax and accordingly we expect to have the ability to repatriate those earnings without incremental U.S. federal tax cost. As a result of U.S. tax reform, we changed our intent regarding certain cash repatriations and have accrued an additional $9 million of foreign withholding taxes. As of December 31, 2018 , the cumulative amount of indefinitely reinvested foreign earnings is approximately $6.3 billion . Computation of the potential deferred tax liability associated with these undistributed earnings and any other basis differences is not practicable.
At December 31, 2018 , we had $472 million of tax liabilities for total gross unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions. In addition to these uncertain tax positions, we had $91 million and $34 million related to interest and penalties, respectively, for total liabilities of $597 million for uncertain positions. If we were to prevail on all uncertain positions, the net effect would result in an income tax benefit of approximately $516 million . The remaining $81 million compromised of $21 million for deferred tax assets that represent tax benefits that would be received in different taxing jurisdictions in the event that we did not prevail on all uncertain tax positions and increased valuation allowances of $60 million .
The following table presents the changes in our gross unrecognized tax benefits included in the consolidated and combined statements of financial position.
Asset / (Liability)
2018
2017
Balance at beginning of year
$
(395
)
$
(94
)
Balance acquired from Baker Hughes
(142
)
(326
)
Additions for tax positions of the current year
(21
)
(13
)
Additions for tax positions of prior years
(95
)
(19
)
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
101

32

Settlements with tax authorities
35

14

Lapse of statute of limitations
45

11

Balance at end of year
$
(472
)
$
(395
)


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 84


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




It is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next twelve months due to expiring statutes, audit activity, tax payments, and competent authority proceedings related to transfer pricing or final decisions in matters that are the subject of litigation in various taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. At December 31, 2018 , we had approximately $96 million of tax liabilities, net of $1 million of tax assets, related to uncertain tax positions, each of which are individually insignificant, and each of which are reasonably possible of being settled within the next twelve months.
We conduct business in more than 120 countries and are subject to income taxes in most taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. All Internal Revenue Service examinations have been completed and closed through year end 2015 for the most significant U.S. returns. We believe there are no other jurisdictions in which the outcome of unresolved issues or claims is likely to be material to our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. We further believe that we have made adequate provision for all income tax uncertainties.
NOTE 13. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
In July 2017, we adopted the BHGE 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTI Plan) under which we may grant stock options and other equity-based awards to employees and non-employee directors providing services to the Company and our subsidiaries. A total of up to 57.4 million shares of Class A common stock are authorized for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the LTI Plan over its term which expires on the date of the annual meeting of the Company in 2027. A total of 46.2 million shares of Class A common stock are available for issuance as of December 31, 2018 .
Stock-based compensation cost was $121 million and $37 million in 2018 and 2017, respectively. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the date of grant based on the calculated fair value of the award and is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the equity grant. The compensation cost is determined based on awards ultimately expected to vest; therefore, we have reduced the cost for estimated forfeitures based on historical forfeiture rates. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods to reflect actual forfeitures. There were no stock-based compensation costs capitalized as the amounts were not material.
Stock Options
We may grant stock options to our officers, directors and key employees. Stock options generally vest in equal amounts over a three -year vesting period provided that the employee has remained continuously employed by the Company through such vesting date. The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used in the option pricing model for options granted under the LTI Plan. The expected life of the options represents the period of time the options are expected to be outstanding. The expected life is based on a simple average of the vesting term and original contractual term of the awards. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our five main competitors over a six year period. The risk-free interest rate is based on the observed U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time the options were granted. The dividend yield is based on a five year history of dividend payouts in Baker Hughes.
 
2018
2017
Expected life (years)
6

6

Risk-free interest rate
2.5
%
2.1
%
Volatility
33.7
%
36.4
%
Dividend yield
2
%
1.2
%
Weighted average fair value per share at grant date
$
10.34

$
12.32



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 85


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




The following table presents the changes in stock options outstanding and related information (in thousands, except per option prices):
 
Number of
Options
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Per Option
Outstanding at December 31, 2017
7,841

$
35.59

Granted
1,248

35.53

Exercised
(683
)
25.59

Forfeited
(184
)
36.59

Expired
(684
)
54.41

Outstanding at December 31, 2018
7,538

$
34.76

Exercisable at December 31, 2018
5,389

$
34.27


The weighted average remaining contractual term for options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2018 were 4.7 years and three  years, respectively. The maximum contractual term of options outstanding is 9.6 years.

There were 505 thousand options that vested in 2018 . As of  December 31, 2018 , there was  $18 million  of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years.

The total intrinsic value of stock options (defined as the amount by which the market price of our common stock on the date of exercise exceeds the exercise price of the option) exercised in  2018 was  $6 million . There is no income tax benefit realized from stock options exercised in  2018 .

The total intrinsic value of stock options outstanding at  December 31, 2018  was  $1 million , all of which relates to options vested and exercisable. The intrinsic value of stock options outstanding is calculated as the amount by which the quoted price of  $21.50  of our common stock as of the end of  2018  exceeds the exercise price of the options.

Restricted Stock

In addition to stock options, our officers, directors and key employees may be granted restricted stock awards (RSA), which is an award of common stock with no exercise price, or restricted stock units (RSU), where each unit represents the right to receive, at the end of a stipulated period, one unrestricted share of stock with no exercise price. Certain RSAs and RSUs are subject to cliff or graded vesting, generally ranging over a three year period, or over a one year period for non-employee directors. Cash dividend equivalents are accrued on RSUs and are payable upon vesting of the awards. We determine the fair value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units based on the market price of our common stock on the date of grant, discounted by the present value of future dividends.
The following table presents the changes of RSUs and related information (in thousands, except per unit prices):
 
Number of
Units
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value Per Unit
Unvested balance at December 31, 2017
3,286

$
38.01

Granted
5,269

35.47

Vested
(1,212
)
37.45

Forfeited
(462
)
35.12

Unvested balance at December 31, 2018
6,882

$
36.18



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 86


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements





In 2018 , the total intrinsic value of RSUs vested (defined as the market value of shares awarded at vesting date) was $41 million and unvested RSUs was $148 million . The total fair value of RSUs vested in 2018 was $45 million . As of December 31, 2018 , there was $166 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years.

Performance Share Units

During 2018, we initiated a new plan where we grant performance share units (PSUs) to certain officers and key employees. The PSUs are stock-based awards tied to predefined company metrics which determine the number of units to be received. PSUs generally cliff vest after a three -year service period. Cash dividend equivalents are accrued on PSUs and are payable upon vesting of the awards. The fair value of the awards are based on the market price of our common stock on the date of grant. During 2018, we granted 952 thousand PSUs at a weighted average grant date fair value of $35.13 . At December 31, 2018 , we had 927 thousand PSUs unvested and outstanding.

The total intrinsic value of PSUs (defined as the value of the shares awarded at the year end market price) outstanding was $20 million as of December 31, 2018 . Total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested PSUs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years, was $23 million as of December 31, 2018 .
NOTE 14. EQUITY
COMMON STOCK
We are authorized to issue 2 billion shares of Class A common stock, 1.25 billion shares of Class B common stock and 50 million shares of preferred stock each of which have a par value of $0.0001 per share. The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding at December 31, 2018 is 513 million and 522 million , respectively. We have not issued any preferred stock. GE owns all the issued and outstanding Class B common stock. Each share of Class A and Class B common stock and the associated membership interest in BHGE LLC form a paired interest. While each share of Class B common stock has equal voting rights to a share of Class A common stock, it has no economic rights, meaning holders of Class B common stock have no right to dividends and any assets in the event of liquidation of the Company.
During 2018 and 2017 , the Company declared and paid aggregate regular dividends of $0.72 per share and $0.35 per share, respectively, to holders of record of the Company's Class A common stock. In addition, in 2017 former Baker Hughes stockholders, immediately after the completion of the Transactions, received a special one-time cash dividend of $17.50 per share paid by the Company to holders of record of the Company's Class A common stock.
The following table presents the changes in the number of shares outstanding (in thousands):
 
2018
2017
 
Class A Common Stock
Class B Common Stock
Class A Common Stock
Class B Common Stock
Balance at beginning of year
422,208

706,985



Issue of shares on business combination at July 3, 2017


427,709

717,111

Issue of shares upon vesting of restricted stock units (1)
835


290


Issue of shares on exercises of stock options (1)
657


256


Exchange of Class B Common Stock for Class A Common Stock (2)
101,200

(101,200
)


Stock repurchase program (3) (4)
(11,501
)
(84,241
)
(6,047
)
(10,126
)
Balance at end of year
513,399

521,543

422,208

706,985



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 87


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




(1)
Share amounts reflected above are net of shares withheld to satisfy the employee's tax withholding obligation.
(2)  
In November 2018, we completed an underwritten secondary public offering in which GE and its affiliates sold 101.2 million shares of our Class A common stock. We did not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by GE and its affiliates in this offering. The offering included the exchange of BHGE LLC Units (together with the corresponding shares of Class B common stock) for Class A common stock by GE and its affiliates per the Exchange Agreement.
(3)  
In November 2017, our board of directors authorized BHGE LLC to repurchase up to $3 billion of its common units from the Company and GE. The $3 billion repurchase authorization is the aggregate authorization for repurchases of Class A common stock and Class B common stock together with its paired common unit. As of December 31, 2018 , the stock repurchase program has been substantially completed.
(4)  
During 2018 , we repurchased and canceled 11,500,992 shares of Class A common stock for a total of $374 million and 19,241,160 shares of Class B common stock from GE together with the paired common units of BHGE LLC for $626 million . Additionally, in November 2018, we also repurchased 65 million of BHGE LLC Units from GE and its affiliates for an aggregate of $1,461 million , or $22.48 per share, which is the same per share price, net of discounts and commissions paid by the underwriters to GE and its affiliates in the underwritten public offering. In connection with this repurchase, the corresponding shares of Class B common stock held by GE and its affiliates were canceled.

As a result of the exchange of shares in the secondary offering and the BHGE LLC Units repurchased in November 2018, GE's economic interest in BHGE LLC reduced during the fourth quarter of 2018 from approximately 62.5% to approximately 50.4% . The effect of this change in ownership resulted in a decrease in noncontrolling interests of $3,761 million and accumulated other comprehensive income of $282 million with a corresponding increase in capital in excess of par value totaling $4,043 million .


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 88


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (AOCL)
The following table presents the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
 
Investment Securities
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments
Cash Flow Hedges
Benefit Plans
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Balance at December 31, 2016
$

$
(1,795
)
$
(10
)
$
(83
)
$
(1,888
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
41

(4
)
8

45

90

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss
(39
)

7

1

(31
)
Deferred taxes
2

(10
)
(3
)
9

(2
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
4

(14
)
12

55

57

Less: Other comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
3

38

2

37

80

Less: Other adjustments



13

13

Less: Reallocation of AOCL based on ownership of GE and previous Baker Hughes stockholders

(1,170
)
(1
)
(63
)
(1,234
)
Less: Activity related to noncontrolling interest

5


8

13

Balance at December 31, 2017
1

(682
)
1

(23
)
(703
)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications
(1
)
(502
)
(6
)
(70
)
(579
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss


1

5

6

Deferred taxes
(2
)

1

1


Other comprehensive loss
(3
)
(502
)
(4
)
(64
)
(573
)
Less: Other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
(2
)
(303
)
(2
)
(36
)
(343
)
Less: Reallocation of AOCL based on change in ownership of BHGE LLC Units

271


11

282

Less: Activity related to noncontrolling interest



4

4

Balance at December 31, 2018
$

$
(1,152
)
$
(1
)
$
(66
)
$
(1,219
)
The amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 represent (i) realized gains (losses) on investment securities recorded in other non operating income, net (ii) gains (losses) reclassified on cash flow hedges when the hedged transaction occurs and (iii) the amortization of net actuarial loss and prior service credit, and curtailments which are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (see "Note 11. Employee Benefit Plans" for additional details). Net periodic pension cost is recorded across the various cost and expense line items within the consolidated and combined statements of income (loss).


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 89


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




NONCONTROLLING INTEREST

Noncontrolling interests represent the portion of net assets in consolidated entities that are not owned by the Company. As a result of the exchange of shares in the secondary offering and the BHGE LLC Units repurchased in November 2018, GE's economic interest in BHGE LLC reduced during the fourth quarter of 2018 from approximately 62.5% to approximately 50.4% . The effect of this change in ownership resulted in a decrease in noncontrolling interests of $3,761 million and accumulated other comprehensive income of $282 million with a corresponding increase in capital in excess of par value totaling $4,043 million .
As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , GE owned approximately 50.4% and 62.5% , respectively, of BHGE LLC and this represents the majority of the noncontrolling interest balance reported within equity.
 
2018
2017
GE's interest in BHGE LLC
$
17,438

$
23,993

Other noncontrolling interests
110

140

Total noncontrolling interests
$
17,548

$
24,133

NOTE 15. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share of Class A common stock is presented below:
(In millions, except per share amounts)
2018
2017
2016
Net income (loss)
$
283

$
(391
)
$
185

Less: Net income attributable to GE O&G pre-merger

42

254

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
88

(330
)
(69
)
Net income (loss) attributable to BHGE
$
195

$
(103
)
$

 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
Class A basic
427

427

 
Class A diluted
429

427

 
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
 
 
 
Class A basic
$
0.46

$
(0.24
)
 
Class A diluted
$
0.45

$
(0.24
)
 
The allocation of net income (loss) to holders of shares of Class A common stock began following the close of the Transactions. Therefore, the earnings per share is nil for 2016. Please refer to "Note 3. Business Acquisition and Disposition" for pro forma earnings per share.
On July 3, 2017 , GE, BHGE and BHGE LLC entered into an Exchange Agreement under which GE is entitled to exchange its holding in Class B common stock and units of BHGE LLC for Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Agreement) or, at the option of BHGE, an amount of cash equal to the aggregate value of the shares of Class A common stock that would have otherwise been received by GE in the exchange. In computing the dilutive effect, if any, that the aforementioned exchange would have on net income (loss) per share, net income (loss) attributable to holders of Class A common stock would be adjusted due to the elimination of the noncontrolling interests associated with the Class B common stock (including any tax impact). For the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 , such exchange is not reflected in diluted net income (loss) per share as the assumed exchange is not dilutive.
For the year ended December 31, 2018 , Class A diluted shares include the dilutive impact of equity awards, primarily stock options and RSU's. For the year ended December 31, 2017 , we excluded outstanding stock options and RSUs from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share because their effect is antidilutive.
Shares of our Class B common stock do not share in earnings or losses of the Company and are not considered in the calculation of basic or diluted earnings per share (EPS). As such, separate presentation of basic


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 90


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




and diluted EPS of Class B under the two class method has not been presented.
NOTE 16. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis consists of derivative instruments and investment securities.
 
2018
2017
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Net Balance
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Net Balance
Assets
 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives
$

$
74

$

$
74

$

$
150

$

$
150

   Investment securities
39


288

327

81

8

304

393

Total assets
39

74

288

401

81

158

304

543

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives

(82
)

(82
)

(95
)

(95
)
Total liabilities
$

$
(82
)
$

$
(82
)
$

$
(95
)
$

$
(95
)
There were no transfers between Level 1, 2 and 3 during 2018 .
The following table provides a reconciliation of recurring Level 3 fair value measurements for investment securities:
 
2018
2017
Balance at beginning of year
$
304

$

Additions as a result of business combination

179

Purchases
75

186

Proceeds at maturity
(90
)
(62
)
Unrealized gains (losses) recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(1
)
1

Balance at end of year
$
288

$
304

The most significant unobservable input used in the valuation of our Level 3 instruments is the discount rate. Discount rates are determined based on inputs that market participants would use when pricing investments, including credit and liquidity risk. An increase in the discount rate would result in a decrease in the fair value of our investment securities. There are no unrealized gains or losses recognized in the consolidated and combined statement of income (loss) on account of any Level 3 instrument still held at the reporting date. We hold $149 million and $127 million of these investment securities on behalf of GE at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , respectively.
 
2018
2017
 
Amortized Cost
Gross Unrealized Gains
Gross Unrealized Losses
Estimated Fair Value
Amortized Cost
Gross Unrealized Gains
Gross Unrealized Losses
Estimated Fair Value
Investment securities
 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. debt securities (1)
$
288

$

$

$
288

$
310

$
2

$

$
312

   Equity securities (2)
39



39

81



81

Total
$
327

$

$

$
327

$
391

$
2

$

$
393

(1)  
All of our investment securities are classified as available for sale instruments. Non-U.S. debt securities mature in four years.
(2)  
Net unrealized gains (losses) recorded to earnings related to these securities were $(25) million and $30 million for the


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 91


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively.
FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Our financial instruments include cash and equivalents, current receivables, investments, accounts payable, short and long-term debt, and derivative financial instruments. Except for long-term debt, the estimated fair value of these financial instruments at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 approximates their carrying value as reflected in our consolidated and combined financial statements. For further information on the fair value of our debt, see "Note 10. Borrowings."
DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING
We use derivatives to manage our risks and do not use derivatives for speculation.
The table below summarizes the fair value of all derivatives, including hedging instruments and embedded derivatives.
 
2018
2017
 
Assets
(Liabilities)
Assets
(Liabilities)
Derivatives accounted for as hedges
 
 
 
 
Currency exchange contracts
$

$
(7
)
$
6

$

 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives not accounted for as hedges
 
 
 
 
Currency exchange contracts
74

(75
)
144

(95
)
Total derivatives
$
74

$
(82
)
$
150

$
(95
)
Derivatives are classified in the captions "All other current assets," "All other assets," "All other current liabilities," and "All other liabilities" depending on their respective maturity date.
RISK MANAGEMENT STRATEGY
We buy, manufacture and sell components and products as well as provide services across global markets. These activities expose us to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices, which can adversely affect revenue earned and costs of operating our business. When the currency in which we sell equipment differs from the primary currency (known as its functional currency) and the exchange rate fluctuates, it will affect the revenue we earn on the sale. These sales and purchase transactions also create receivables and payables denominated in foreign currencies, along with other monetary assets and liabilities, which expose us to foreign currency gains and losses based on changes in exchange rates. Changes in the price of a raw material that we use in manufacturing can affect the cost of manufacturing. We use derivatives to mitigate or eliminate these exposures.
FORMS OF HEDGING
Cash flow hedges
We use cash flow hedging primarily to reduce or eliminate the effects of foreign exchange rate changes on purchase and sale contracts. Accordingly, the vast majority of our derivative activity in this category consists of currency exchange contracts. We also use commodity derivatives to reduce or eliminate price risk on raw materials purchased for use in manufacturing.
Under hedge accounting, the derivative carrying amount is measured at fair value each period and any resulting gain or loss is recorded in a separate component of equity. Differences between the derivative and the hedged item may cause changes in their fair values to not offset completely, which is referred to as ineffectiveness. When the hedged transaction occurs, these amounts are released from equity, in order that the transaction will be reflected in earnings at the rate locked in by the derivative. The effect of the hedge is reported in the same financial statement line item as the earnings effects of the hedged transaction.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 92


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




The following table explains the effect of changes in market rates on the fair value of derivatives we use most commonly in cash flow hedging arrangements.
Currency forwards/swaps
 
U.S. dollar strengthens
 
U.S. dollar weakens
   Pay U.S. dollars/receive foreign currency
 
Fair value decreases
 
Fair value increases
Economic Hedges
These derivatives are not designated as hedges from an accounting standpoint (and therefore we do not apply hedge accounting to the relationship) but otherwise serve the same economic purpose as other hedging arrangements. Some economic hedges are used when changes in the carrying amount of the hedged item are already recorded in earnings in the same period as the derivative, making hedge accounting unnecessary. For some other types of economic hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in earnings currently but changes in the value of the forecasted foreign currency cash flows are only recognized in earnings when they occur. As a result, even though the derivative is an effective economic hedge, there is a net effect on earnings in each period due to differences in the timing of earnings recognition between the derivative and the hedged item.
These derivatives are marked to fair value through earnings each period. The effects are reported in "Selling, general and administrative expenses" in the consolidated and combined statement of income (loss). In general, the income (loss) effects of the hedged item are recorded in the same consolidated and combined financial statement line as the derivative. The income (loss) effect of economic hedges, after considering offsets related to income (loss) effects of hedged assets and liabilities, is substantially offset by changes in the fair value of forecasted transactions that have not yet affected income (loss).
The table below explains the effects of market rate changes on the fair value of derivatives we use most commonly as economic hedges.
Currency forwards/swaps
 
U.S. dollar strengthens
 
U.S. dollar weakens
   Pay U.S. dollars/receive foreign currency
 
Fair value decreases
 
Fair value increases
   Receive U.S. dollars/pay foreign currency
 
Fair value increases
 
Fair value decreases
 
 
 
 
 
Commodity derivatives
 
Price increases
 
Price decreases
   Receive commodity/ pay fixed price
 
Fair value increases
 
Fair value decreases
NOTIONAL AMOUNT OF DERIVATIVES
The notional amount of a derivative is the number of units of the underlying (for example, the notional principal amount of the debt in an interest rate swap). A substantial majority of the outstanding notional amount of $6.4 billion and $10.2 billion at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , respectively, is related to hedges of anticipated sales and purchases in foreign currency, commodity purchases, and contractual terms in contracts that are considered embedded derivatives and for intercompany borrowings in foreign currencies. We generally disclose derivative notional amounts on a gross basis to indicate the total counterparty risk. Where we have gross purchase and sale derivative contracts for a particular currency, we look to execute these contracts with the same counterparty to reduce our exposure. The corresponding net notional amounts were $2.8 billion at December 31, 2018 and $3.3 billion at December 31, 2017 .
The table below provides additional information about how derivatives are reflected in our consolidated and combined financial statements.
Carrying amount related to derivatives
2018
2017
Derivative assets
$
74

$
150

Derivative liabilities
(82
)
(95
)
Net derivatives
$
(8
)
$
55



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 93


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




EFFECTS OF DERIVATIVES ON EARNINGS
All derivatives are marked to fair value on our consolidated and combined statement of financial position, whether they are designated in a hedging relationship for accounting purposes or are used as economic hedges. As discussed in the previous sections, each type of hedge affects the financial statements differently. In some economic hedges, both the hedged item and the hedging derivative offset in earnings in the same period. In other economic hedges, the hedged item and the hedging derivative offset in earnings in different periods. In cash flow, the effective portion of the hedging derivative is offset in separate components of equity and ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings. The table below summarizes these offsets and the net effect on pre-tax earnings.
 
2018
2017
2016
 
Cash Flow Hedges
Economic Hedges
Cash Flow Hedges
Economic Hedges
Cash Flow Hedges
Economic Hedges
Effect on hedging instrument
$
(6
)
$
(4
)
$
8

$
121

$
38

$
(272
)
Effect on underlying
6

(34
)
(8
)
(152
)
(38
)
102

Effect on earnings (1)

(38
)

(31
)

(170
)
(1)  
For cash flow hedges, the effect on earnings, if any, is primarily related to ineffectiveness. For economic hedges on forecasted transactions, the effect on earnings is substantially offset by future earnings on economically hedged items.

Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recorded in a separate component of equity (referred to below as Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, or AOCI) and are recorded in earnings in the period in which the hedged transaction occurs. The table below summarizes this activity by hedging instrument.
 
Gain (Loss) Recognized in AOCI
Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI to Earnings
 
2018
2017
2016
2018
2017
2016
Currency exchange contracts
$
(6
)
$
8

$
(38
)
$
(1
)
$
(7
)
$
(37
)
We expect to transfer a loss of $3 million to earnings in the next 12 months contemporaneously with the earnings effects of the related forecast transactions. At December 31, 2018 and 2017 , the maximum term of derivative instruments that hedge forecast transactions was two -years and three -years, respectively. See "Note 14. Equity" for additional information about reclassification out of accumulated other comprehensive income.
For cash flow hedges, the amount of ineffectiveness in the hedging relationship and amount of the changes in fair value of the derivatives that are not included in the measurement of ineffectiveness were insignificant for each reporting period.
COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK
Fair values of our derivatives can change significantly from period to period based on, among other factors, market movements and changes in our positions. We manage counterparty credit risk (the risk that counterparties will default and not make payments to us according to the terms of our agreements) on an individual counterparty basis.
NOTE 17. SEGMENT INFORMATION
Our reportable segments, which are the same as our operating segments, are organized based on the nature of markets and customers. We report our operating results through our four operating segments that consist of similar products and services within each segment as described below.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 94


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




OILFIELD SERVICES

Oilfield Services provides products and services for onshore and offshore operations across the lifecycle of a well, ranging from drilling, evaluation, completion, production and intervention. Products and services include diamond and tri-cone drill bits, drilling services, including directional drilling technology, measurement while drilling & logging while drilling, downhole completion tools and systems, wellbore intervention tools and services, wireline services, drilling and completions fluids, oilfield and industrial chemicals, pressure pumping, and artificial lift technologies, including electrical submersible pumps.
OILFIELD EQUIPMENT

Oilfield Equipment provides a broad portfolio of products and services required to facilitate the safe and reliable flow of hydrocarbons from the subsea wellhead to the surface. Products and services include pressure control equipment and services, subsea production systems and services, drilling equipment, and flexible pipeline systems. Oilfield Equipment designs and manufactures onshore and offshore drilling and production systems and equipment for floating production platforms and provides a full range of services related to onshore and offshore drilling activities.
TURBOMACHINERY & PROCESS SOLUTIONS
Turbomachinery & Process Solutions provides equipment and related services for mechanical-drive, compression and power-generation applications across the oil and gas industry as well as products and services to serve the downstream segments of the industry including refining, petrochemical, distributed gas, flow and process control and other industrial applications.  The Turbomachinery & Process Solutions portfolio includes drivers (aero-derivative gas turbines, heavy-duty gas turbines and synchronous and induction electric motors), compressors (centrifugal and axial, direct drive high speed, integrated, subsea compressors, turbo expanders and reciprocating), turn-key solutions (industrial modules and waste heat recovery), pumps, valves, and compressed natural gas (CNG) and small-scale liquefied natural gas (LNG) solutions used primarily for shale oil and gas field development.
DIGITAL SOLUTIONS
Digital Solutions provides equipment and services for a wide range of industries, including oil & gas, power generation, aerospace, metals, and transportation. The offerings include sensor-based measurement, non-destructive testing and inspection, turbine, generator and plant controls and condition monitoring, as well as pipeline integrity solutions.
SEGMENT RESULTS
Summarized financial information is shown in the following tables. Consistent accounting policies have been applied by all segments within the Company, for all reporting periods. The current year results, and balances, may not be comparable to prior years as the current year includes the results of Baker Hughes from July 3, 2017.
Segment revenue
2018
2017
2016
Oilfield Services
$
11,617

$
5,881

$
788

Oilfield Equipment
2,641

2,661

3,540

Turbomachinery & Process Solutions
6,015

6,295

6,668

Digital Solutions
2,604

2,342

2,086

Total
$
22,877

$
17,179

$
13,082

    


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 95


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




The performance of our operating segments is evaluated based on segment operating income (loss), which is defined as income (loss) before income taxes and equity in loss of affiliate and before the following: net interest expense, net other non operating income, corporate expenses, restructuring, impairment and other charges, inventory impairments, merger and related costs, goodwill impairments and certain gains and losses not allocated to the operating segments.
Segment income (loss) before income taxes
2018
2017
2016
Oilfield Services
$
785

$
67

$
(207
)
Oilfield Equipment

26

305

Turbomachinery & Process Solutions
621

665

1,058

Digital Solutions
390

357

363

Total segment
1,796

1,115

1,519

Corporate
(405
)
(370
)
(375
)
Inventory impairment and related charges (1)
(105
)
(244
)
(138
)
Restructuring, impairment and other
(433
)
(412
)
(516
)
Merger and related costs
(153
)
(373
)
(33
)
Other non operating income, net
202

80

3

Interest expense, net
(223
)
(131
)
(102
)
Total
$
680

$
(335
)
$
358

(1)  
Inventory impairments and related charges are reported in the "Cost of goods sold" caption of the consolidated and combined statements of income (loss). 2017 includes $87 million of adjustments to write-up the acquired inventory to its estimated fair value on acquisition of Baker Hughes as this inventory was used or sold in the six months ended December 31, 2017.
The following table presents total assets by segment at December 31:
Segment assets
2018
2017
Oilfield Services
$
30,941

$
32,841

Oilfield Equipment
7,298

7,613

Turbomachinery & Process Solutions
8,529

9,147

Digital Solutions
4,063

3,830

Total segment
50,831

53,431

Corporate and eliminations (1)
1,608

3,069

Total
$
52,439

$
56,500

(1)  
Corporate and eliminations in total segment assets includes adjustments of intercompany investments and receivables that are reflected within the total assets of the four reportable segments.
The following table presents depreciation and amortization by segment for the years ended December 31:
Segment depreciation and amortization
2018
2017
2016
Oilfield Services
$
1,003

$
613

$
132

Oilfield Equipment
173

187

154

Turbomachinery & Process Solutions
156

174

186

Digital Solutions
112

119

78

Total Segment
1,444

1,093

550

Corporate
42

10


Total
$
1,486

$
1,103

$
550



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 96


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




The following table presents net property, plant and equipment by its geographic location at December 31:
Property, plant and equipment - net
2018
2017
2016
U.S.
$
2,654

$
3,369

$
833

Non-U.S.
3,574

3,590

1,492

Total
$
6,228

$
6,959

$
2,325

NOTE 18. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In connection with the Transactions on July 3, 2017 , we entered into various agreements with GE and its affiliates that govern our relationship with GE following the Transactions including an Intercompany Services Agreement pursuant to which GE and its affiliates and the Company will provide certain services to each other. GE provides certain administrative services, GE proprietary technology and use of certain GE trademarks in consideration for a payment of $55 million per year. GE may also provide us with certain additional administrative services under the Intercompany Services Agreement, not included as consideration for the $55 million per year payment, and the fees for such services are based on actual usage of such services and historical GE intercompany pricing. In addition, we provide GE and its affiliates with confidential access to certain of our proprietary technology and related developments and enhancements thereto related to GE's operations, products or service offerings. We recognized a cost of $55 million and $28 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , respectively, for services provided by GE and its affiliates subsequent to the close of the Transactions. Under the terms of the Master Agreement Framework, entered into on November 13, 2018, the annual intercompany services fee of $55 million that we agreed to pay GE as part of the Transactions will be reduced by 50% to $27.5 million per year beginning on January 1, 2019. The intercompany services agreement will terminate 90 days following the Trigger Date. See further discussion below.
We sold products and services to GE and its affiliates for $363 million , $639 million and $374 million during the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. Purchases from GE and its affiliates were $1,791 million , $1,512 million and $978 million during the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively.
Prior to the Transactions, GE and its affiliates provided a variety of services and funding to us. The cost of these services was either (a) recognized through our allocated portion of GE's corporate overhead; or (b) billed directly to us. Costs of $103 million and $210 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 , respectively, were recorded in our consolidated and combined statements of income (loss) in respect of services provided by GE and its affiliates prior to the close of the Transactions.
MASTER AGREEMENT FRAMEWORK
In June 2018, GE announced their intention to pursue an orderly separation from BHGE over time. On November 13, 2018, we entered into a Master Agreement and a series of related ancillary agreements and binding term sheets with GE and BHGE LLC (collectively, the Master Agreement Framework) designed to further solidify the commercial and technological collaborations between us and GE and to facilitate our ability to transition from operating as a controlled company. In particular, the Master Agreement Framework contemplates long-term agreements between us, BHGE LLC and GE on technology, fulfillment and other key areas to provide greater clarity to customers, employees and shareholders.
Key elements of the Master Agreement Framework include:
Secured long-term collaboration on critical rotating equipment
Under the terms of the Master Agreement Framework, we have defined the parameters for a long-term collaboration and strategic relationship with GE on certain critical rotating equipment products.

We have entered into an aero-derivative joint venture (JV) binding term sheet with GE to form a JV relating to the parties’ respective aero-derivative gas turbine products and services. The JV is expected to become effective, subject to regulatory clearances and other customary closing conditions, on the date (the Trigger Date) that is the


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 97


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




later of (i) July 3, 2019 and (ii) the date on which GE and its affiliates cease to own more than 50% of the voting power of BHGE’s outstanding common stock. These jet engine aero-derivative products are mainly used in our LNG, onshore-offshore production, pipeline and industrial segments within our Turbomachinery & Process Solutions segment and by GE in its power generation business. GE and we will contribute certain assets, inventory and service facilities into the JV and both companies will jointly control operations. The JV will have a supply and technology development agreement with GE’s aviation business (GE Aviation), which will revise and extend pricing arrangements as compared to BHGE’s existing supply agreement, and which will become effective at the Trigger Date.
Additionally, we have entered into an industrial steam turbine binding term sheet with GE, which, among other things, sets forth the terms on which BHGE LLC would be granted an option, exercisable following completion of any applicable information and consultation processes with employee representative bodies, to transfer certain of its assets, liabilities and employees that are related to BHGE LLC’s existing business of developing, designing, engineering, marketing, supplying, installing and servicing certain industrial steam turbine product lines to GE.
In parallel, we have also entered into a binding term sheet for the long-term supply and related distribution arrangement with GE for heavy-duty gas turbine technology at the current pricing levels, which will become effective at the Trigger Date. The heavy-duty gas turbine technologies are important components of BHGE TPS’ offerings and the long-term agreements provide greater clarity on the commercial approach and customer fulfillment, and will enable BHGE and GE to jointly innovate on leading technology.
Preserved access to GE Digital software & technology
As part of the Master Agreement Framework, BHGE LLC has agreed with GE Digital to maintain, subject to certain conditions, BHGE LLC's current status as the exclusive reseller of GE Digital offerings in the oil & gas space, and BHGE LLC will continue to source exclusively from GE Digital for certain GE Digital offerings for oil and gas applications. As part of this agreement, BHGE LLC and GE Digital have revised and extended certain pricing arrangements and have established service level obligations.
Other key agreements
• GE and we agreed to maintain current operations and pricing levels with regards to Control upgrade services we offer through our Digitals Solution segment division for the four years commencing on the Trigger Date.
• GE will transfer to BHGE certain UK pension liabilities related to the oil and gas businesses of BHGE and certain specified former oil and gas businesses of GE on what is intended to be a fully funded basis (using agreed upon actuarial assumptions). No liabilities associated with GE’s broad-based U.S. defined benefit pension plan will be transferred to us.
• The Tax Matters Agreement with GE that was negotiated at the time of the Transactions will be clarified but otherwise will remain substantially in place, and both companies retain the ability to monetize certain tax benefits.
• Under the terms of the Master Agreement Framework, the annual intercompany services fee of $55 million that we agreed to pay GE as part of the Transactions will be reduced by 50% to $27.5 million per year beginning on January 1, 2019. The intercompany services agreement will terminate 90 days following the Trigger Date (except with respect to certain tools access).
In connection with the Master Agreement Framework, we have agreed to terminate the transfer restrictions previously applicable to GE under the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2017, by and between us and GE, as amended from time to time (the Stockholders Agreement). The transfer restrictions prohibited GE from transferring any shares of our common stock prior to July 3, 2019 (except to its affiliates) without the approval of the Conflicts Committee of our board of directors. Other provisions of the Stockholders Agreement, including continuing restrictions on certain private transfers of shares of our common stock by GE, and approval requirements for related party transactions, remain in effect.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 98


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




In addition, the Stockholders Agreement was amended and restated to provide that, following the Trigger Date and until GE and its affiliates own less than 20% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, GE shall be entitled to designate one person for nomination to our board of directors.
OTHER RELATED PARTY
In connection with the Transactions, on July 3, 2017 , we executed a promissory note with GE that represents certain cash that we are holding on GE's behalf due to the restricted nature of the cash. The restriction arises as the majority of the cash cannot be released, transferred or otherwise converted into a non-restricted market currency due to the lack of market liquidity, capital controls or similar monetary or exchange limitations by a Government entity of the jurisdiction in which such cash is situated.  There is no maturity date on the promissory note, but we remain obligated to repay GE, therefore, this obligation is reflected as short-term borrowings. As of December 31, 2018 , of the $896 million due to GE, $747 million was held in the form of cash and $149 million was held in the form of investment securities. As of December 31, 2017 , of the $1,124 million due to GE, $997 million was held in the form of cash and $127 million was held in the form of investment securities. A corresponding liability is reported in short-term borrowings in the consolidated and combined statements of financial position.
The Company has $538 million and $575 million of accounts payable at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively, for goods and services provided by GE in the ordinary course of business. The Company has $653 million and $801 million of current receivables at December 31, 2018 and 2017 , respectively, for goods and services provided to GE in the ordinary course of business.
Prior to the Transactions, GE provided guarantees, letters of credit, and other support arrangements on our behalf. We provide guarantees to GE Capital on behalf of some customers who have entered into financing arrangements with GE Capital.
TRADE PAYABLES ACCELERATED PAYMENT PROGRAM
Our North American operations participate in accounts payable programs with GE Capital. Invoices are settled with vendors per our payment terms to obtain cash discounts. GE Capital provides funding for invoices eligible for a cash discount. Our liability associated with the funded participation in the accounts payable programs, which is presented as accounts payable within the consolidated and combined statements of financial position, was $471 million and $293 million as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 , respectively. On January 16, 2019, GE announced the sale of GE Capital’s accounts payable program platform to a third-party and their intent to start transitioning their existing program to an accounts payable program with that party. As a GE affiliate, we are covered under the agreement.
INCOME TAXES
At closing of the Transactions, BHGE, GE and BHGE LLC entered into a Tax Matters Agreement. The Tax Matters Agreement governs the administration and allocation between the parties of tax liabilities and benefits arising prior to, as a result of, and subsequent to the Transactions, including certain restructuring transactions in connection therewith, and the respective rights, responsibilities and obligations of GE and BHGE, with respect to various other tax matters. GE will be responsible for certain taxes related to the formation of the transaction undertaken by GE and Baker Hughes and their respective subsidiaries. GE has assumed approximately $31 million of tax obligations of Baker Hughes related to the formation of the transaction.
Following the closing of the Transactions, BHGE or BHGE LLC (or their respective subsidiaries) may be included in group tax returns with GE. To the extent included in such group tax returns, (i) GE will be required to pay BHGE or BHGE LLC to the extent such separate tax returns include net operating losses that are used to reduce taxes payable by GE with respect to the applicable group tax return, and (ii) BHGE or BHGE LLC will be required to make tax sharing payments to GE in an amount intended to approximate the amount that such entity would have paid if it had not been included in such group tax returns and had filed separate tax returns.
The Tax Matters Agreement also provides for the sharing of certain tax benefits (i) arising from the Transactions, including restructuring transactions, and (ii) resulting from allocations of tax items by BHGE LLC. GE is entitled to 100% of these tax benefits to the extent that GE has borne certain taxes related to the formation of the transaction


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 99


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




which are currently estimated to be $31 million . Thereafter, these tax benefits will be shared by GE and BHGE in accordance with their economic ownership of BHGE LLC. The sharing of tax benefits generally is expected to result in cash payments by BHGE LLC to its members. Any such cash payments may be subject to adjustment based on certain subsequent events, including tax audits or other determinations as to the availability of the tax benefits with respect to which such cash payments were previously made.
NOTE 19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
LEASES
At December 31, 2018 , we had long-term non-cancelable operating leases covering certain facilities and equipment. The minimum annual rental commitments, net of amounts due under subleases, for each of the five years in the period ending December 31, 2023 are $186 million , $154 million , $108 million , $77 million and $55 million , respectively, and $266 million in the aggregate thereafter. Rent expense was $579 million , $360 million and $200 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. We did not enter into any significant capital leases during the three years ended December 31, 2018 .
LITIGATION
We are subject to a number of lawsuits and claims arising out of the conduct of our business. The ability to predict the ultimate outcome of such matters involves judgments, estimates and inherent uncertainties. We record a liability for those contingencies where the incurrence of a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, including accruals for self-insured losses which are calculated based on historical claim data, specific loss development factors and other information.
A range of total possible losses for all litigation matters cannot be reasonably estimated. Based on a consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances, we do not expect the ultimate outcome of currently pending lawsuits or claims against us, other than those discussed below, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, however, there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of these matters.
With respect to the litigation matters below, if there was an adverse outcome individually or collectively, there could be a material impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations expected for the year. These litigation matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and management's view of these matters may change in the future. Therefore, there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of these matters.
During 2014, we received notification from a customer related to a possible equipment failure in a natural gas storage system in Northern Germany, which includes certain of our products. The customer initiated arbitral proceedings against us on June 19, 2015, under the rules of the German Institute of Arbitration e.V. (DIS). On August 3, 2016, the customer amended its claims and alleged damages of €202 million plus interest at an annual rate of prime + 5% . Hearings before the arbitration panel were held January 16, 2017 through January 23, 2017, and March 20, 2017 through March 21, 2017. In addition, on September 21, 2015, TRIUVA Kapitalverwaltungsgesellschaft mbH filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division against the Company and Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc. alleging that the plaintiff is the owner of gas storage caverns in Etzel, Germany in which the Company provided certain equipment in connection with the development of the gas storage caverns. The plaintiff further alleges that the Company supplied equipment that was either defectively designed or failed to warn of risks that the equipment posed, and that these alleged defects caused damage to the plaintiff's property. The plaintiff seeks recovery of alleged compensatory and punitive damages of an unspecified amount, in addition to reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs and pre-judgment and post-judgment interest. The allegations in this lawsuit are related to the claims made in the June 19, 2015 German arbitration referenced above. On June 7, 2018, the DIS arbitration panel issued a confidential Arbitration Ruling which addressed all claims asserted by the customer. The estimated financial impact of the Arbitration Ruling has been reflected in the Company's financial statements and did not have a material impact. The Company is vigorously contesting the claims made by TRIUVA in the Houston Federal Court. At this time, we are not able to predict the outcome of the claims asserted in the Houston Federal Court.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 100


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




On July 31, 2015, Rapid Completions LLC filed a lawsuit in federal court in the Eastern District of Texas against Baker Hughes Incorporated, Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc., and others claiming infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 6,907,936; 7,134,505; 7,543,634; 7,861,774; and 8,657,009.  On August 6, 2015, Rapid Completions amended its complaint to allege infringement of U.S. Patent No. 9,074,451.  On September 17, 2015, Rapid Completions and Packers Plus Energy Services Inc. sued Baker Hughes Canada Company in the Canada Federal Court on the related Canadian patent 2,412,072. On April 1, 2016, Rapid Completions removed U.S. Patent No. 6,907,936 from its claims in the lawsuit. On April 5, 2016, Rapid Completions filed a second lawsuit in federal court in the Eastern District of Texas against Baker Hughes Incorporated, Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc. and others claiming infringement of U.S. Patent No. 9,303,501. These patents relate primarily to certain specific downhole completions equipment. The plaintiff has requested a permanent injunction against further alleged infringement, damages in an unspecified amount, supplemental and enhanced damages, and additional relief such as attorney's fees and costs.  During August and September 2016, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) agreed to institute an inter-partes review of U.S. Patent Nos 7,861,774; 7,134,505; 7,543,634; 6,907,936; 8,657,009; and 9,074,451. On August 29, 2017, the USPTO issued its final written decisions in the inter-partes reviews of U.S. Patent Nos. 8,657,009 and 9,074,451 finding that all claims of those patents were unpatentable. On August 31, 2017, the USPTO issued its final written decision in the inter-partes review of U.S. Patent 6,907,936 - the patent dropped from the lawsuit by the plaintiffs - finding that all claims of this patent were patentable. On October 27, 2017, Rapid Completions filed its notices of appeal of the USPTO’s final written decision in the inter-partes review of U.S. Patent Nos. 8,657,009 and 9,074,451. On September 26, 2018, the USPTO issued its final written decision in the inter-partes review of U.S. Patent No. 7,134,505 finding all of the challenged claims unpatentable.  On September 27, 2018, the USPTO issued its final written decision in the inter-partes review of U.S. Patent No. 7,543,634 finding all of the challenged claims unpatentable. Trial on the validity of asserted claims from Canada patent 2,412,072, was completed March 9, 2017. On December 7, 2017, the Canadian Court issued its judgment finding the patent claims asserted from Canada patent 2,412,072 against Baker Hughes Canada Company were invalid. On January 5, 2018, Rapid Completions filed its Notice of Appeal of the Canadian Court’s judgment of invalidity. At this time, we are not able to predict the outcome of these claims.
Following consummation of the Transactions, two purported holders of shares of Baker Hughes common stock, representing a total of 1,875,000 shares of common stock of Baker Hughes, filed petitions in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware seeking appraisal for their shares pursuant to Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.  The action is captioned as follows: GKC Strategic Value Master Fund, LP F/K/A GKC Appraisal Rights Master Fund, LP and Walleye Trading LLC v. Baker Hughes Incorporated , Case No. 2017-0769. On July 12, 2018, the parties entered a Confidential Settlement Agreement and Release of all claims asserted by the two shareholders. The Settlement Agreement does not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.
On February 17, 2017, GE Infrastructure Sensing, Inc. (now known as GE Infrastructure Sensing, LLC) (GEIS), a subsidiary of the Company, was served with a lawsuit filed in the Eastern District of New York by a company named Saniteq LLC claiming compensatory damages totaling $500 million plus punitive damages of an unspecified amount. The complaint is captioned Saniteq LLC v. GE Infrastructure Sensing, Inc ., No. 17-cv-771 (E.D.N.Y 2017). The complaint generally alleges that GEIS breached a contract being negotiated between the parties and misappropriated unspecified trade secrets. On September 13, 2018, the District Court entered an Order granting GEIS’ Motion for Summary Judgment dismissing Saniteq LLC’s claims in their entirety as a matter of law.  Saniteq LLC filed a notice of appeal from the District Court’s Judgment. On February 6, 2019, the parties entered a Confidential Settlement Agreement and Release of all claims. The Settlement Agreement does not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.
In January 2013, INEOS and Naphtachimie initiated expertise proceedings in Aix-en-Provence, France arising out of a fire at a chemical plant owned by INEOS in Lavera, France, which resulted in a 15-day plant shutdown and destruction of a steam turbine, which was part of a compressor train owned by Naphtachimie. The most recent quantification of the alleged damages is €250 million . Two of the Company's subsidiaries (and 17 other companies) were notified to participate in the proceedings. The proceedings are ongoing, and at this time, there is no indication that the Company's subsidiaries were involved in the incident. Although the outcome of the claims remains uncertain, BHGE's insurer has accepted coverage and is defending the Company in the expertise proceeding.
In late November 2017, staff of the Boston office of the SEC notified GE that they are conducting an investigation of GE’s revenue recognition practices and internal controls over financial reporting related to long-term


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 101


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




service agreements. The scope of the SEC’s request may include some BHGE contracts, expected to be mainly in our TPS business. We have provided documents to GE and are cooperating with them in their response to the SEC. At this time, we are not able to predict the outcome of this review.
On July 31, 2018, International Engineering & Construction S.A. (IEC) initiated arbitration proceedings in New York administered by the International Center for Dispute Resolution (ICDR) against the Company and its subsidiaries arising out of a series of sales and service contracts entered between IEC and the Company’s subsidiaries for the sale and installation of LNG plants and related power generation equipment in Nigeria (Contracts).  Prior to the filing of the IEC Arbitration, the Company’s subsidiaries made demands for payment due under the Contracts.  On August 15, 2018, the Company’s subsidiaries initiated a separate demand for ICDR arbitration against IEC for claims of additional costs and amounts due under the Contracts.  On October 10, 2018, IEC filed a Petition to Compel Arbitration in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company seeking to compel non-signatory BHGE entities to participate in the arbitration filed by IEC. The complaint is captioned International Engineering & Construction S.A. et al. v. Baker Hughes, a GE Company LLC, et al. No. 18-cv-09241 (S.D.N.Y 2018).  IEC alleges breach of contract and other claims against the Company and its subsidiaries and seeks recovery of alleged compensatory damages, in addition to reasonable attorneys' fees, expenses and arbitration costs. IEC alleges that its total damages may exceed $500 million .  The Company intends to vigorously contest the claims made by IEC in the arbitration and litigation proceedings.  At this time, we are not able to predict the outcome of these claims.
We insure against risks arising from our business to the extent deemed prudent by our management and to the extent insurance is available, but no assurance can be given that the nature and amount of that insurance will be sufficient to fully indemnify us against liabilities arising out of pending or future legal proceedings or other claims. Most of our insurance policies contain deductibles or self-insured retentions in amounts we deem prudent and for which we are responsible for payment. In determining the amount of self-insurance, it is our policy to self-insure those losses that are predictable, measurable and recurring in nature, such as claims for automobile liability, general liability and workers compensation.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
Estimated remediation costs are accrued using currently available facts, existing environmental permits, technology and enacted laws and regulations. Our cost estimates are developed based on internal evaluations and are not discounted. Accruals are recorded when it is probable that we will be obligated to pay for environmental site evaluation, remediation or related activities, and such costs can be reasonably estimated. As additional information becomes available, accruals are adjusted to reflect current cost estimates. Ongoing environmental compliance costs, such as obtaining environmental permits, installation of pollution control equipment and waste disposal are expensed as incurred. Where we have been identified as a potentially responsible party in a U.S. federal or state Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (Superfund) site, we accrue our share of the estimated remediation costs of the site. This share is based on the ratio of the estimated volume of waste we contributed to the site to the total volume of waste disposed at the site.
OTHER
In the normal course of business with customers, vendors and others, we have entered into off-balance sheet arrangements, such as surety bonds for performance, letters of credit and other bank issued guarantees, which totaled approximately $3.6 billion at December 31, 2018 . It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments. None of the off-balance sheet arrangements either has, or is likely to have, a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We also had commitments outstanding for purchase obligations for each of the five years in the period ending December 31, 2023 of $ 1,388 million , $ 51 million , $ 35 million , $ 20 million  and $ 5 million , respectively, and $ 8 million  in the aggregate thereafter.
NOTE 20. RESTRUCTURING, IMPAIRMENT AND OTHER
We recorded restructuring, impairment and other charges of $433 million , $412 million , and $516 million during the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. Details of these charges are discussed below.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 102


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




RESTRUCTURING AND IMPAIRMENT CHARGES
In the current and prior periods, we approved various restructuring plans globally, mainly to consolidate manufacturing and service facilities, rationalize product lines and rooftops, and reduce headcount across various functions. As a result, we recognized a charge of $304 million , $385 million and $293 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. These restructuring initiatives are expected to generate charges of approximately $82 million as these restructuring plans come to completion.
These charges are included in the " Restructuring, impairment and other " caption in the consolidated and combined statements of income (loss).
The amount of costs not included in the reported segment results is as follows:
 
2018
2017
2016
Oilfield Services
$
160

$
187

$
122

Oilfield Equipment
25

114

52

Turbomachinery & Process Solutions
71

21

58

Digital Solutions
17

34

34

Corporate
31

29

27

Total
$
304

$
385

$
293

These costs were primarily related to product line terminations, facility closures and related expenses such as property, plant and equipment impairments, contract terminations and costs of assets' and employees' relocation, employee-related termination benefits, and other incremental costs that were a direct result of the restructuring plans.
 
2018
2017
2016
Property, plant & equipment, net
$
80

$
131

$
93

Employee-related termination expenses
123

186

111

Asset relocation costs
28

10

17

EHS remediation costs
6

9

20

Contract termination fees
44

26

37

Other incremental costs
23

23

15

Total
$
304

$
385

$
293

OTHER CHARGES
Other charges included in "Restructuring, impairment and other" caption of the consolidated and combined statements of income (loss) was $129 million , $27 million and $223 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 , 2017 and 2016 , respectively. In 2018 , other charges consist primarily of accelerated amortization of $80 million related to trade names and technology in our OFS segment, litigation charges of $25 million in Corporate and costs of $13 million to exit certain operations that impacted our TPS and OFS segments. In 2017 and 2016 , other charges primarily include currency devaluation charges of $12 million and $138 million , respectively, largely driven by significant currency devaluations in Angola and Nigeria.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 103


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




NOTE 21. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
All Other Current Liabilities
All other current liabilities as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 include $955 million and $881 million , respectively, of employee related liabilities.
Product Warranties
We provide for estimated product warranty expenses when we sell the related products. Because warranty estimates are forecasts that are based on the best available information, primarily historical claims experience, claims costs may differ from amounts provided. An analysis of changes in the liability for product warranties are as follows:
 
2018
2017
Balance at beginning of year
$
164

$
74

Provisions
47

37

Expenditures
(96
)
(44
)
Other (1)
121

97

Balance at end of year
$
236

$
164

(1)  
Primarily related to the acquisition of Baker Hughes.
Allowance for doubtful accounts
The change in allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:
 
2018
2017
Balance at beginning of year
$
330

$
186

Additions
47

159

Amounts written off
(43
)
(23
)
Other
(7
)
8

Balance at end of year
$
327

$
330



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 104


Baker Hughes, a GE company
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements




NOTE 22. QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

(In millions, except per share amounts)
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Total Year
2018
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
$
5,399

$
5,548

$
5,665

$
6,264

$
22,877

Gross profit (1)
841

936

973

1,236

3,986

Restructuring, impairment and other (2)
162

146

66

59

433

Merger and related costs
46

50

17

41

153

Net income (loss) attributable to Baker Hughes, a GE company
70

(19
)
13

131

195

Basic earnings (loss) per Class A common share
0.17

(0.05
)
0.03

0.28

0.46

Diluted earnings (loss) per Class A common share
0.17

(0.05
)
0.03

0.28

0.45

Cash dividend per Class A common share
0.18

0.18

0.18

0.18

0.72

 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
$
3,064

$
3,015

$
5,301

$
5,799

$
17,179

Gross profit (1)
687

539

952

858

3,036

Restructuring, impairment and other (2)
42

59

191

119

412

Merger and related costs
66

85

159

63

373

Net income (loss) attributable to Baker Hughes, a GE company


(134
)
31

(103
)
Basic earnings (loss) per Class A common share


(0.31
)
0.07

(0.24
)
Diluted earnings (loss) per Class A common share


(0.31
)
0.07

(0.24
)
Cash dividend per Class A common share


0.17

0.18

0.35

(1)  
Represents revenue less cost of sales and cost of services.
(2)  
Restructuring, impairment and other costs associated with asset impairments, workforce reductions, facility closures and contract terminations recorded during 2018 and 2017. See "Note 20. Restructuring, Impairment and Other" for further discussion.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 105



ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2018 , our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) were effective at a reasonable assurance level.
Effective January 1, 2018, we adopted the new revenue guidance under ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, using the full retrospective method of adoption. The adoption of this guidance required the implementation of new accounting policies and processes, including changes to our information systems, which changed the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting for revenue recognition and related disclosures for both our restated historical financial statements and current period reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 106



PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information regarding our Code of Conduct, The Spirit and The Letter , and Code of Ethical Conduct Certificates for our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer are described in Item 1. Business of this Annual Report. Information concerning our directors is set forth in the sections entitled "Proposal No. 1, Election of Directors - Board Nominees for Directors," and "Corporate Governance - Committees of the Board" in our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act within 120 days of the end of our fiscal year on December 31, 2018 (Proxy Statement), which sections are incorporated herein by reference. For information regarding our executive officers, see "Item 1. Business - Executive Officers of Baker Hughes" in this annual report on Form 10-K. Additional information regarding compliance by directors and executive officers with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is set forth under the section entitled "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in our Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information for this item is set forth in the following sections of our Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference: "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Director Compensation," "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and "Compensation Committee Report."
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and our management is set forth in the sections entitled "Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners" and “Stock Ownership of Section 16(a) Director and Executive Officers” in our Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

We permit our employees, officers and directors to enter into written trading plans complying with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Rule 10b5-1 provides criteria under which such an individual may establish a prearranged plan to buy or sell a specified number of shares of a company's stock over a set period of time. Any such plan must be entered into in good faith at a time when the individual is not in possession of material, nonpublic information. If an individual establishes a plan satisfying the requirements of Rule 10b5-1, such individual's subsequent receipt of material, nonpublic information will not prevent transactions under the plan from being executed. Certain of our officers have advised us that they have and may enter into stock sales plans for the sale of shares of our Class A common stock which are intended to comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act. In addition, the Company has and may in the future enter into repurchases of our Class A common stock under a plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 or Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The information in the following table is presented as of December 31, 2018 with respect to shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued under our LTI Plan which has been approved by our stockholders (in millions, except per share prices).
Equity Compensation Plan
Category
Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
 
Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
 
Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(excluding securities
reflected in the first
column)
Stockholder-approved plans
 
2.7

 
 
 
$
36.11

 
 
 
46.2

 
Nonstockholder-approved plans
 

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
Subtotal (except for weighted average exercise price)
 
2.7

 
 
 
36.11

 
 
 
46.2

 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
15.0

 
Total
 
2.7

 
 
 
$
36.11

 
 
 
61.2

 


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 107



ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information for this item is set forth in the sections entitled "Corporate Governance-Director Independence" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" in our Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
Information concerning principal accountant fees and services is set forth in the section entitled "Fees Paid to Deloitte & Touche LLP, KPMG LLP and KPMG S.p.A." in our Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 108



PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) List of Documents filed as part of this annual report.
(1) Financial Statements
All financial statements of the Company as set forth under Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K.
(2) Financial Statement Schedules
The schedules listed in Reg. 210.5-04 have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
(3) Exhibits
Each exhibit identified below is filed as a part of this annual report. Exhibits designated with an "*" are filed as an exhibit to this annual report on Form 10-K and exhibits designated with an "**" are furnished as an exhibit to this annual report on Form 10-K. Exhibits designated with a "+" are identified as management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements. Exhibits previously filed as indicated below are incorporated by reference.
Exhibit Number
Exhibit Description


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 109





BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 110





BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 111





BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 112



101.INS*
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*
XBRL Schema Document
101.CAL*
XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB*
XBRL Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*
XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*
XBRL Definition Linkbase Document
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 113



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 
 
 
BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 19, 2019
 
/s/ LORENZO SIMONELLI
 
 
 
Lorenzo Simonelli
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Lorenzo Simonelli, Brian Worrell and William D. Marsh, each of whom may act without joinder of the other, as their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on this 19 th day of February 2019.

Signature
  
Title
 
 
 
/s/ LORENZO SIMONELLI
  
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Lorenzo Simonelli)
  
(principal executive officer)
 
 
 
/ S / BRIAN WORRELL
  
Chief Financial Officer 
(Brian Worrell)
  
(principal financial officer)
 
 
 
/ S / KURT CAMILLERI
  
Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
(Kurt Camilleri)
  
(principal accounting officer)


BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 114



Signature
 
Title
 
 
 
/s/ W. GEOFFREY BEATTIE
 
Director
(W. Geoffrey Beattie)
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ GREGORY D. BRENNEMAN
  
Director
(Gregory D. Brenneman)
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ CLARENCE P. CAZALOT, JR.
  
Director
(Clarence P. Cazalot, Jr.)
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ MARTIN S. CRAIGHEAD
  
Vice Chairman of the Board
(Martin S. Craighead)
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ LYNN L. ELSENHANS
  
Director
(Lynn L. Elsenhans)
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ JAMIE S. MILLER
  
Director
(Jamie S. Miller)
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ JAMES J. MULVA
  
Director
(James J. Mulva)
  
 
 
 
 
/s/ JOHN G. RICE
  
Director
(John G. Rice)
  
 
 
 
 



BHGE 2018 FORM 10-K | 115

Exhibit 10.24

BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
EXECUTIVE OFFICER SHORT TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

1.
Purposes of the Plan
The purpose of the Baker Hughes, a GE company Executive Officer Short Term Incentive Compensation Plan is to motivate and reward eligible Executive Officers by making a portion of their cash compensation dependent on the achievement of certain corporate, business unit and individual performance goals. Certain awards under the Plan may be intended to qualify as performance-based compensation deductible by the Company under the qualified performance-based compensation exception to Section 162(m). The Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect until it has been terminated pursuant to Section 9(e).
2.
Definitions
(a)      Definitions . For purposes of the Plan, the following capitalized words shall have the meanings set forth below:
Affiliate ” means any entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company or General Electric Company.
Award ” means an award granted pursuant to the Plan, the payment of which shall be contingent on the attainment of Performance Targets with respect to a Performance Period, as determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 6(a).
Base Salary ” means the Participant’s annualized rate of base salary on the last day of the Performance Period before (i) deductions for taxes or benefits and (ii) deferrals of compensation pursuant to any Company or Affiliate-sponsored plans.
Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.
Cause ” means:
(i)    If the Participant is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or an Affiliate and such agreement provides for a definition of Cause, the definition contained therein;
(ii)    If no such agreement exists, or if such agreement does not define Cause:
(1)    the Participant’s material failure to perform his or her employment duties for the Company or an Affiliate (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness);




(2)    the Participant’s willful engagement in dishonesty, illegal conduct or gross misconduct, which is, in each case, materially injurious to the Company or its Affiliates;
(3)    the Participant’s embezzlement, misappropriation or fraud, whether or not related to the Participant’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates;
(4)    the Participant’s conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony (or state law equivalent) or a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, if such felony or other crime is work-related, materially impairs the Participant’s ability to perform services for the Company or its Affiliates or results in material harm to the Company or its Affiliates; or
(5)    any other act or omission that constitutes Cause, as determined in the reasonable, good faith discretion of the Committee.    
Change in Control ” means:
(i)    any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) or persons acting together in a manner which would constitute such persons a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act acquires and “beneficially owns” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then-outstanding voting securities; provided , however , that for purposes of this clause (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company, General Electric Company or any of their Affiliates, or (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates;
(ii)    the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
(iii)    there is consummated a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing, any direct or indirect spin-off, split-off or similar transaction involving Company securities by any stockholder of the Company to its stockholders, including pursuant to a Permitted Spin Transaction (as defined in the Amended & Restated Operating Agreement of Newco LLC), shall not constitute a Change in Control. With respect to an Award that is subject to Section 409A and for which payment or settlement of the Award will accelerate upon a Change in Control, no event set forth herein will constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan unless such event also constitutes a “change in ownership,” “change in effective control,” or “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets” as defined under Section 409A.
Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including any regulations or authoritative guidance promulgated thereunder and successor provisions thereto.
Committee ” shall mean a committee of the Board acting in accordance with the provisions of Section 3, designated by the Board to administer the Plan and composed of members that are “outside directors” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code. For purposes of the Plan, reference to the Committee shall be deemed to refer to any subcommittee, subcommittees, or other persons or groups of persons to whom the Committee delegates authority pursuant to Section 3(d).
Company ” means Baker Hughes, a GE company, a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.
Disability ” means the inability to perform any job for which the Participant is reasonably suited by means of education, training or experience.
The disability of the Participant shall be determined by the Committee in good faith after reasonable medical inquiry, including consultation with a licensed physician as chosen by the Committee, and a fair evaluation of the Participant’s ability to perform the Participant’s duties. Notwithstanding the previous two sentences, with respect to an Award that is subject to Section 409A where the payment or settlement of the Award will accelerate upon termination of employment as a result of the Participant’s Disability, no such termination will constitute a Disability for purposes of the Plan unless such event also constitutes a “disability” as defined under Section 409A.
Effective Date ” means the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12 of Exchange Act with respect to any class of the Company’s equity securities.
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including any regulations or authoritative guidance promulgated thereunder and successor provisions thereto.
Executive Officers ” means an individual who is an executive officer pursuant to Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act.

3


Good Reason ” means
(i)    If the Participant is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or an Affiliate and such agreement provides for a definition of Good Reason, the definition contained therein;
(ii)    If no such agreement exists, or if such agreement does not define Good Reason, Good Reason means the occurrence of one or more of the following without the Participant's express written consent, which circumstances are not remedied by the Company within 30 days of its receipt of a written notice from the Participant describing the applicable circumstances (which notice must be provided by the Participant within 90 days of the Participant's knowledge of the applicable circumstances):
(1)    any material, adverse change in the Participant's duties, responsibilities, authority, title, status or reporting structure; provided, however, that any reduction in authorities, duties or responsibilities resulting merely from a Change in Control of the Company and its existence as a subsidiary or division of another entity shall not be sufficient to constitute Good Reason;
(2)    a material reduction in the Participant's base salary; or
(3)    a geographical relocation of the Participant's principal office location by more than 50 miles.
Maximum Award ” means as to any Participant for any Plan Year, $10,000,000. The Maximum Award limit shall be pro-rated for any Award payable with respect to a Performance Period that is shorter than one year.
Participant ” means those Executive Officers of the Company or its Subsidiaries (excluding employees participating for the Plan Year in any other short-term incentive plan of the Company or an Affiliate) who are selected by the Committee to receive an Award for the Plan Year.
Performance Criteria ” means the performance criteria upon which the Performance Targets for a particular Performance Period are based. In the case of Awards intended to meet the requirements for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), the Performance Criteria may include, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to either the company as a whole or to a business unit or related company, and measured either annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to a previous year’s results or to a designated comparison group, in each case as specified by the Committee for the Award: net earnings; earnings per share; net income (before or after taxes); stock price (including growth measures and total shareholder return); return measures (including return on net capital employed, return on assets, return on equity, or sales return); earnings before or after interest, taxes,

4


depreciation and/or amortization; dividend payments; gross revenues; gross margins; expense targets; cash flow return on investments, which equals net cash flows divided by owner’s equity; internal rate of return or increase in net present value; working capital targets relating to inventory or accounts receivable; planning accuracy (as measured by comparing planned results to actual results); net sales growth; net operating profit; cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow); and operating margin, subject to adjustment by the Committee to remove the effect of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations and all items of gain, loss or expense determined to be unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence, related to the disposal of a segment or a business, or related to a change in accounting principle or otherwise.
With respect to Awards that are not intended to constitute qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), the Committee may establish Performance Targets based on any Performance Criteria it deems appropriate.
Performance Criteria may relate to the performance of the Company as a whole, a business unit, division, department, individual or any combination of these and may be applied on an absolute basis and/or relative to one or more peer group companies or indices, or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine.
Performance Targets ” means the goals selected by the Committee, in its discretion, to be applicable to a Participant for any Performance Period. Performance Targets shall be based upon one or more Performance Criteria. Performance Targets may include a threshold level of performance below which no Award will be paid and levels of performance at which specified percentages of the Target Award will be paid and may also include a maximum level of performance above which no additional Award amount will be paid.
Performance Period ” means the period established by the Committee over which Performance Targets are measured, which, unless otherwise indicated by the Committee, shall be the Plan Year.
Plan ” means the Baker Hughes, a GE company Executive Officer Short Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.
Plan Year ” means the Company’s fiscal year.
Pro-rated Award ” means an amount equal to the Award otherwise payable to the Participant for a Performance Period in which the Participant was actively employed by the Company or an Affiliate for only a portion thereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Participant was actively employed by the Company or an Affiliate during the Performance Period and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Performance Period.
Section 162(m) ” means Section 162(m) of the Code.

5


Section 162(m) Determination Date ” means the earlier of: (i) the 90th day of the Performance Period; or (ii) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed. The Determination Date shall be a date on which the outcomes of the Performance Targets are substantially uncertain.
Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code.
Subsidiary ” means (i) any entity that, directly or through one or more intermediaries, is controlled by the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee.
Target Award ” means the target award payable under the Plan to a Participant for a particular Performance Period, expressed as a percentage of the Participant’s Base Salary. In special circumstances, the target award may be expressed as a fixed amount of cash.
(b)      Rules of Construction . The masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include the feminine pronoun, and the singular form of a word shall be deemed to include the plural form, unless the context requires otherwise. Unless the text indicates otherwise, references to sections are to sections of the Plan.
3.
Administration
(a)      Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which, in addition to the other express powers conferred on the Committee by the Plan, shall have full power and authority, subject to applicable Law and to the express provisions hereof, to: (i) select Participants; (ii) grant Awards in accordance with the Plan; (iii) determine the terms and conditions of each Award, including, without limitation, Performance Periods, Performance Targets, and the effect or occurrence, if any, of termination of employment or leave of absence with the Company or any of its Affiliates or a Change in Control of the Company; (iv) subject to Sections 5(b), 6(a) and 9(e), amend the terms and conditions of an Award after the granting thereof; (v) make factual determinations in connection with the administration or interpretation of the Plan; (vi) adopt, prescribe, establish, amend, waive and rescind administrative regulations, rules and procedures relating to the Plan; (vii) employ such legal counsel, independent auditors and consultants as it deems desirable for the administration of the Plan and to rely upon any advice, opinion or computation received therefrom; (viii) vary the terms of Awards to take into account tax laws (or changes thereto) and other regulatory requirements or to procure favorable tax treatment for Participants; (ix) correct any defects, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan; and (x) make all other determinations and take any other action desirable or necessary to interpret, construe or implement properly the provisions of the Plan.
(b)      Plan Construction and Interpretation . The Committee shall have full power and authority, subject to the express provisions hereof, to construe and interpret the Plan and any document delivered under the Plan.
(c)      Determinations of Committee Final and Binding . All determinations by the Committee in carrying out and administering the Plan and in construing and interpreting the Plan

6


shall be made in the Committee’s sole discretion and shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons interested herein.
(d)      Delegation of Authority . To the extent not prohibited by applicable laws, rules and regulations, the Committee may, from time to time, delegate some or all of its authority under the Plan to a subcommittee or subcommittees thereof or other persons or groups of persons as it deems necessary, appropriate or advisable under such conditions or limitations as it may set at the time of such delegation or thereafter; provided , however , that the Committee may not delegate its authority, except to a subcommittee thereof, to make Awards to individuals whose compensation for such fiscal year may be subject to the limit on deductible compensation pursuant to Section 162(m). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no person to whom authority has been delegated pursuant to this Section 3(d) shall make any Award to himself or herself or to any other person to whom authority to make Awards has been so delegated.
(e)      Liability of Committee and its Delegates . Subject to applicable laws, rules and regulations: (i) no member of the Board or Committee (or its delegates pursuant to Section 3(d)) shall be liable for any good faith action, omission or determination made in connection with the operation, administration or interpretation of the Plan and (ii) the members of the Board or the Committee (and its delegates) shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement in accordance with applicable law in the manner provided in the Company’s by-laws and any indemnification agreements as they may be amended from time to time. In the performance of its responsibilities with respect to the Plan, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon information and/or advice furnished by the Company’s officers or employees, the Company’s accountants, the Company’s counsel and any other party the Committee deems necessary, and no member of the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or not taken in reliance upon any such information and/or advice.
(f)      Action by the Board . Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, subject to applicable laws, rules and regulations, any authority or responsibility that, under the terms of the Plan, may be exercised by the Committee may alternatively be exercised by the Board.
4.
Eligibility and Participation
(a)      Eligibility . The individuals entitled to participate in the Plan shall be those Executive Officers of the Company or its Subsidiaries (excluding employees participating for the Plan Year in any other short-term incentive plan of the Company) who are selected by the Committee to receive an Award for the Plan Year.
(b)      Participation . The Committee, in its discretion, shall select the persons who shall be Participants for the Performance Period. In the case of Awards intended to meet the requirements for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), such selection shall be made no later than the Section 162(m) Determination Date. Only eligible individuals who are designated by the Committee to participate in the Plan with respect to a particular Performance Period may participate in the Plan for that Performance Period. An individual who is designated as a Participant for a given Performance Period is not guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period.

7


(c)      New Hires; Newly Eligible Participants . A newly hired or newly eligible Participant will be eligible to receive a Pro-rated Award. The amount of any Award paid to such Participant shall not exceed that proportionate amount of the Maximum Award set forth in the definition of “Maximum Award”.
(d)      Leaves of Absence . If a Participant is on a leave of absence for a portion of a Performance Period, the Participant will be eligible to receive a Pro-rated Award reflecting participation for the period during which he or she was actively employed and not any period when he or she was on leave.
5.
Terms of Awards
(a)      Determination of Target Awards . Prior to, or reasonably promptly following the commencement of each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall establish the Target Award for each Participant, the payment of which shall be conditioned on the achievement of the Performance Targets for the Performance Period. In the case of Awards intended to meet the requirements for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), such determination shall be made no later than the Section 162(m) Determination Date.
(b)      Determination of Performance Targets and Performance Formula . Prior to, or reasonably promptly following the commencement of, each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall establish the Performance Targets for the Performance Period and shall prescribe a formula for determining the percentage of the Target Award which may be payable based upon the level of attainment of the Performance Targets for the Performance Period. The Performance Targets shall be based on one or more Performance Criteria, each of which may carry a different weight, and which may differ from Participant to Participant. In the case of Awards intended to meet the requirements for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), all such actions shall be completed by no later than the Section 162(m) Determination Date, and the Performance Targets shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (subject to adjustments and modifications for specified types of events or circumstances approved by the Committee in advance, provided that no such adjustment shall be made if the effect would be to cause such Awards to fail to qualify as qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m)).
6.
Payment of Awards
(a)      Determination of Awards; Certification .
(i)      Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Committee shall determine the extent to which the Performance Targets have been achieved or exceeded. If the minimum Performance Targets established by the Committee are not achieved, no payment will be made.
(ii)      To the extent that the Performance Targets are achieved, the Committee shall determine, and in the case of Awards intended to meet the requirements for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) shall certify in writing, the extent

8


to which the Performance Targets applicable to each Participant have been achieved and shall then determine the amount of each Participant’s Award.
(iii)      In determining the amount of each Award, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of an Award by applying negative discretion if, in its sole discretion, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. In the case of Awards other than Awards intended to meet the requirements for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), the Committee may also exercise its discretion to increase the amount of an Award to the extent that it believes that circumstances so warrant.
(iv)      In no event shall the amount of an Award for any Plan Year exceed the Maximum Award.
(b)      Form and Timing of Payment . Except as otherwise provided herein, as soon as practicable following the Committee’s certification pursuant to Section 6(a) for the applicable Performance Period, each Participant shall receive a cash lump sum payment of his or her Award, less required withholdings. In no event shall such payment be made later than the March 15 that immediately follows the Performance Period.
(c)      Deferral of Awards . The Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit a Participant to defer the payment of an Award that would otherwise be paid under the Plan. Any deferral election shall be subject to such rules and procedures as shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
7.
Termination of Employment
(a)      Employment Requirement . Except as otherwise provided in Section 7(b) and subject to a Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s employment terminates for any reason prior to the date that Awards are paid, all of the Participant’s rights to an Award for the Performance Period shall be forfeited. However, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay a Pro-rated Award, subject to the Committee’s certification that the Performance Targets for the Performance Period have been met. Such Pro-rated Award will be paid at the same time and in the same manner as Awards are paid to other Participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant’s employment is terminated for Cause, the Participant shall in all cases forfeit any Award not already paid.
(b)      Termination of Employment Due to Death or Disability . Unless a Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or an Affiliate states otherwise, if a Participant’s employment is terminated by reason of his or her death or Disability during a Performance Period or following a Performance Period but before the date that Awards are paid, the Participant or his or her beneficiary will be paid his or her Target Award (in the case of termination during a Performance Period) or the Award that would otherwise be payable if the Participant remained employed through the date that Awards are paid (in the case of termination following a Performance Period but before Awards were paid). In the case of a Participant’s Disability, the employment termination shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that the Committee determines that the Participant is Disabled. Payment of such Target Award or Award, as applicable, will be

9


made within sixty (60) days following the employment termination (in the case of termination during a Performance Period) or at the same time and in the same manner as Awards are paid to other Participants (in the case of termination following a Performance Period but before Awards were paid).
(c)      Termination Without Cause, for Good Reason . Unless a Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or an Affiliate states otherwise, if a Participant’s employment is terminated without Cause (other than due to death or Disability) or for Good Reason during a Performance Period or following a Performance Period but before the date that Awards are paid, the Participant will be paid a Pro-rated Award (in the case of termination during a Performance Period) or the Award that would otherwise be payable if the Participant remained employed through the date that Awards are paid (in the case of termination following a Performance Period but before Awards were paid). Payment of such Pro-rated Award or Award, as applicable, will be made at the same time and in the same manner as Awards are paid to other Participants.
8.
Change in Control
Unless a Participant’s employment agreement with the Company or an Affiliate states otherwise, if a Participant’s employment is terminated without Cause or for Good Reason during the 12-month period following a Change in Control, the Participant will receive an amount equal to his or her Target Award for the year of termination multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which equals the number of days that have elapsed since the beginning of the Performance Period through and including the date of termination and the denominator of which equals the number of days in the Performance Period. Amounts paid pursuant to this Section 8 will be paid within sixty (60) days following the employment termination.
9.
General Provisions
(a)      Compliance with Legal Requirements . The Plan and the granting of Awards shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required.
(b)      Tax Withholding . The Company or an Affiliate, as appropriate, shall have the right to deduct from all payments made to a Participant any applicable taxes required or permitted to be withheld (up to the maximum statutory tax rate in the relevant jurisdiction) with respect to such payments.
(c)      Non-Transferability . A Participant’s rights and interests under the Plan, including any Award previously made to such Participant or any amounts payable under the Plan may not be assigned, pledged, or transferred, except, in the event of the Participant’s death, to a designated beneficiary in accordance with the Plan, or in the absence of such designation, by will or the laws of descent or distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order.
(d)      No Right to Awards or Employment . No person shall have any claim or right to receive Awards under the Plan. Neither the Plan, the grant of Awards under the Plan nor any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan shall be deemed to create or confer on any person

10


any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or to interfere with or to limit in any way the right of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate the employment of such person at any time. No Award shall constitute salary, recurrent compensation or contractual compensation for the year of grant, any later year or any other period of time. Payments received by a Participant under any Award made pursuant to the Plan shall not be included in, nor have any effect on, the determination of employment‑related rights or benefits under any other employee benefit plan or similar arrangement provided by the Company and its Affiliates, unless otherwise specifically provided for under the terms of such plan or arrangement or by the Committee.
(e)      Amendment or Termination of the Plan . The Board or the Committee may, at any time, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part, provided that no amendment that requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with Section 162(m) shall be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of the stockholders of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall adversely affect the rights of any Participant to Awards allocated prior to such amendment.
(f)      Unfunded Plan . Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary or legal representative or any other person. To the extent that a person acquires a right to receive payments under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts except as expressly set forth in the Plan. The Plan is not intended to be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
(g)      Section 162(m) . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, or expressly provided herein, in the case of Awards intended to meet the requirements for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) the provisions of this Plan shall be administered and interpreted in accordance with Section 162(m) to ensure the maximum deductibility by the Company of the payment of such Awards.
(h)      Section 409A . It is intended that, except for payments which a Participant has elected to defer pursuant to Section 6(c), payments under the Plan qualify as short-term deferrals exempt from the requirements of Section 409A. In the event that any Award does not qualify for treatment as an exempt short-term deferral, it is intended that such amount will be paid in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Section 409A. The Plan shall be interpreted and construed accordingly.
(i)      Successors . All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding upon any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.
(j)      Headings . The headings of Sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning of any of the provisions of the Plan.

11


(k)      Clawback . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, all Awards granted under the Plan and any payments made pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to clawback or recoupment as permitted or mandated by applicable law, rules, regulations or any Company policy as enacted, adopted or modified from time to time.
(l)      Severability . If any provision of this Plan is held unenforceable, the remainder of the Plan shall continue in full force and effect without regard to such unenforceable provision and shall be applied as though the unenforceable provision were not contained in the Plan.
(m)      Governing Law . The Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with the laws of Delaware without regard to conflicts of law.



12

Exhibit 10.25


BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PROGRAM
( As Adopted Effective January 1, 2019)









BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PROGRAM
(As Adopted, Effective January 1, 2019)
WHEREAS, Baker Hughes, a GE company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Sponsor” ), recognizes that one of the most valuable assets of it and its affiliates is its and their key management executives;
WHEREAS , the Sponsor and its affiliates would like to provide severance benefits in the event that a key management executive is involuntarily terminated in certain circumstances;
WHEREAS , the Sponsor desires to establish the Baker Hughes, a GE company Executive Severance Program (the “ Program ”) as a new executive severance benefits program;
WHEREAS , the Program shall be a constituent benefit program maintained under the Baker Hughes Incorporated Welfare Benefits Plan, also known as the Baker Hughes, a GE company Welfare Benefits Plan; and
WHEREAS , effective January 1, 2019, the Program shall supersede any prior severance program or policy (formal or informal) of the Sponsor or its adopting affiliates covering eligible employees who are not yet in pay status;
NOW, THEREFORE , the Sponsor hereby establishes the Program, which shall be a constituent benefit program under the Baker Hughes, a GE company Welfare Benefits Plan, effective January 1, 2019.








BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PROGRAM
(As Adopted, Effective January 1, 2019)
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Page

1.    ESTABLISHMENT, OBJECTIVE AND DURATION
1

1.1    Establishment
1

1.2    Objective
1

1.3    Duration
1

2.    DEFINITIONS
1

2.1    Capitalized Terms
1

2.2    Number and Gender
4

2.3    Headings
4

3.    ELIGIBILITY
4

4.    BENEFITS
5

(a)    Benefits Measured With Reference to Base Compensation
5

(b)    Outplacement Benefits
5

(c)    Participants Employed Primarily Outside of the United States
6

(d)    Additional Discretionary Benefits
6

5.    OTHER BENEFIT PROGRAMS; RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY
6

5.1    Other Benefit Programs
6

5.2    Return of Company Property
6

6.    TIME OF BENEFITS PAYMENTS
6

7.    WITHHOLDING
7

8.    REDUCTION FOR OTHER SEVERANCE BENEFITS; NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS; STATUTORY SEVERANCE
7

8.1    Reduction for Other Severance Benefits; Statutory Severance
7

8.2    Coordination of Benefits With Statutory Notice and Statutory Severance/Indemnity Rights
7

8.3    Non-Exclusivity of Rights
7

9.    DEATH OF PARTICIPANT
8

10.    UNFUNDED ARRANGEMENT
8

11.    ADMINISTRATION OF THE PROGRAM
8

11.1    Plan Administrator
8

11.2    Self-Interest of Administrative Committee Members
8

11.3    Compensation and Bonding
8

11.4    Plan Administrator Powers and Duties
8

11.5    Standard of Judicial Review of Plan Administrator Actions
9

11.6    Reliance Upon Documents, Instrument, etc.
9

12.    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
10




- i -





TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

 
Page

13.    CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURES; CLAIMS APPEALS PROCEDURES
10

13.1    Claims Review Procedures
10

13.2    Claims Appeals Procedures
10

14.    PARTICIPATION IN THE PROGRAM BY AFFILIATES
11

14.1    Adoption Procedure
11

14.2    No Joint Venture Implied
12

15.    MISCELLANEOUS
12

15.1    Program Not an Employment Contract
12

15.2    Alienation Prohibited
12

15.3    Return of Benefits
13

15.4    Reemployment
13

15.5    No Modifications of the Program Other Than by Amendment
13

15.6    Severability
13

15.7    Binding Effect
13

15.8    Arbitration
13

15.9    Contractual Statute of Limitations for Benefit Claims Disputes
14

15.10    Venue
14

15.11    Governing Law
14





- ii -





BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PROGRAM
(As Adopted, Effective January 1, 2019)

1.
ESTABLISHMENT, OBJECTIVE AND DURATION
1.1      Establishment . Baker Hughes, a GE company, a Delaware corporation, hereby establishes a severance benefit program for certain designated employees to be known as the “Baker Hughes, a GE company Executive Severance Program” (the “ Program ”) effective January 1, 2019. Effective January 1, 2019, the Program supersedes any severance plan, program or policy (formal or informal) maintained by the Company (defined below) or any of its Affiliates (defined below) covering eligible employees to the extent they are not then in pay status, and, effective January 1, 2019, any such severance plan, program or policy, to the extent superseded, is hereby terminated.
1.2      Objective . The Program is designed to attract and retain certain designated employees of the Company (defined below) and to provide replacement income if their employment is terminated because of Involuntary Terminations.
1.3      Duration . The Program, as it may be amended by the Board (defined below) from time to time, shall remain in effect until the Board terminates the Program.
2.
DEFINITIONS
2.1      Capitalized Terms . Whenever used in this Program, the following capitalized terms in this Section 2.1 shall have the meanings set forth below:
“Administrative Committee” means the administrative committee appointed by the Compensation Committee of the Board for the employee benefit plans of the Sponsor and its subsidiaries.
Affiliate ” means any entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Sponsor or General Electric Company.
Base Compensation ” means a Participant’s base salary or wages (as defined in section 3401(a) of the Code for purposes of federal income tax withholding) from the Company, measured on an annual basis, modified by including any portion thereof that such Participant could have received in cash in lieu of (i) any elective deferrals made by the Participant pursuant to the Baker Hughes, a GE company Supplemental Retirement Plan or other nonqualified deferred compensation plan or (ii) elective contributions made on his or her behalf by the Company pursuant to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the Code and any elective contributions under a cafeteria plan described in section 125 of the Code, and modified further by excluding any bonus, incentive compensation, commissions, expense reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe

- 1 -



        

benefits (cash and noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation (other than elective contributions to the Company’s qualified cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the Code), welfare benefits as defined in ERISA (whether or not such welfare benefits are subject to ERISA), overtime pay, special performance compensation amounts and severance compensation. A Participant’s Base Compensation shall be based upon the amount of his or her applicable pay amounts in effect immediately prior to his or her Employment Termination Date. To the extent that any laws applicable in the jurisdiction where the Participant is employed requires that Base Compensation include additional elements, then such applicable laws shall govern.
Benefits ” means the severance benefits a Participant is entitled to receive pursuant to Section 4 hereof. Other benefits as specified in Section 5 are not considered severance benefits for purposes of the Program.
Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Sponsor.
Cause ” means (i) unacceptable performance by the Participant or (ii) a violation by the Participant of any of the Company’s rules or policies, including, but not limited to, any breach of restrictive covenants; in the case of either (i) or (ii), as determined by the Company in its sole discretion. To the extent that any laws applicable in the jurisdiction where the Participant is employed requires a different definition of “Cause”, then such definition under applicable laws shall govern.
Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor act.
“Company” means the Sponsor or an Affiliate that adopts the Program pursuant to the provisions of Section 14.
“Continuous Service” for purposes of the Program, means a Participant’s service for the Company and Affiliates commencing on his or her most recent date of hire by the Company, an Affiliate, Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC (previously, Baker Hughes Incorporated) or GE O&G (within the meaning of the Transaction Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 30, 2016, among General Electric Company, Baker Hughes Incorporated, Bear Newco, Inc. and Bear MergerSub, Inc.) and ending on the date of the complete severance of the Participant’s employment relationship with the Company or an Affiliate without a contemporaneous transfer to the employ of the Company or any Affiliate. For purposes of computing a Participant’s “ Continuous Service ” hereunder, a Participant will not be treated as having a new date of hire if he is directly transferred from the employ of the Company or an Affiliate to the employ of an Affiliate or the Company. A Participant’s “ Continuous Service ” hereunder that is attributable to service in connection with the GE O&G business shall be computed by the Plan Administrator based upon service records supplied by General Electric Company or its delegate.

- 2 -

        

Employment Termination Date ” means the date on which the employment relationship between the Participant and the Company is terminated due to an Involuntary Termination.
ERISA ” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any successor act.
“Governmental Authority” means the United States or any state, provincial, local or foreign government, or any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, any quasi-governmental or multinational organization or authority, self-regulatory organization, or any court, arbitrator, tribunal or mediator.
Involuntary Termination ” means the complete severance of a Participant’s employment relationship with the Company (i) because the Participant’s position is eliminated; (ii) because the Participant and the Company agree to the Participant's resignation of his or her position at the request of the Company; (iii) which occurs in conjunction with, and during the period that begins 90 days before and ends 180 days after, an acquisition, merger, spin-off, reorganization (either business or personnel), facility closing or a discontinuance of the operations of the division(s) in which the Participant is employed; (iv) because the Company terminates the Participant’s employment for a reason other than for Cause; or (v) for any other reason which is deemed an Involuntary Termination by the Plan Administrator. An Involuntary Termination does not include (i) a termination of employment for Cause; (ii) a transfer of employment from one Company to another Company or an Affiliate, or a transfer of employment to a venture or entity in which the Company or an Affiliate has any equity interest; (iii) a temporary absence, such as a Family and Medical Leave Act leave or a temporary layoff in which a Participant retains entitlement to re-employment; (iv) the Participant’s death, disability or retirement; or (v) a voluntary termination of employment by the Participant.
“Month of Base Compensation” means Base Compensation divided by 12.
“Month of Continuous Service” means 30 days of Continuous Service.
Participant ” means an individual who is (i) employed in the services of the Company, (ii) classified by the Company as an officer or senior executive band or executive band, and (iii) eligible to participate in the Program under Section 3.
Program ” means the Baker Hughes, a GE company Executive Severance Program, as amended from time to time.
Plan Administrator ” means the Sponsor, acting through its delegates. Such delegates shall include the Administrative Committee, and any individual Plan Administrator appointed by the Board with respect to the employee benefit plans of the Sponsor and its Affiliates, each of which shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned to it from time to time by the Board. As used in the Program, the term “Plan Administrator” shall refer to the applicable delegate of the Sponsor as determined pursuant to the actions of the Board.

- 3 -

        

Separation and Release Agreement ” means the agreement which a Participant is required to execute and deliver in order to receive the Benefits. The Chief Human Resources Officer of the Sponsor or his or her designee may adopt more than one form of the Separation and Release Agreement to comply with or take into account the laws of different jurisdictions or to take into account individual circumstances.
“Section 409A” means section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury rules and regulations issued thereunder.
“Separation From Service” has the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 409A.
“Specified Employee” means a person who is, as of the date of the person’s Separation From Service, a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A.
“Sponsor” means Baker Hughes, a GE company, a Delaware corporation.
“Year of Continuous Service” means 12 Months of Continuous Service.
2.2      Number and Gender . As used in the Program, unless the context otherwise expressly requires to the contrary, references to the singular include the plural, and vice versa; references to the masculine include the feminine and neuter; references to “including” mean “including (without limitation)”; and references to Sections and clauses mean the sections and clauses of the Program.
2.3      Headings. The headings of Sections herein are included solely for convenience, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Program, the text shall control.
3.
ELIGIBILITY
To be eligible to receive Benefits under the Program, an individual must (i) be a common law employee of the Company; (ii) be classified by the Company as an officer of the Company or senior executive band or executive band; (iii) have executed the Company’s executive agreement or any other applicable employment agreement containing intellectual property assignment, confidentiality, non-competition and/or non-solicitation provisions; (iv) have at least six (6) Months of Continuous Service; (v) incur an Involuntary Termination; and (vi) execute and deliver to the Plan Administrator a Separation and Release Agreement provided to the Participant by the Plan Administrator by the deadline specified by the Plan Administrator. An individual who is classified by the Company as an independent contractor is not eligible to participate in the Program (even if he or she is subsequently reclassified by a Governmental Authority as a common law employee of the Company and the Company acquiesces to the reclassification).
An individual who otherwise meets the eligibility criteria of the Program shall not be eligible for Benefits under the Program, if, as determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator: (1) the individual dies, retires, quits, resigns or otherwise abandons his or her job before the date the Company designates in his or her Separation and Release Agreement as his or her separation date, unless the Company approves in writing an earlier separation date or the Company approves

- 4 -

        

in writing a voluntary resignation on an earlier date; (2) the Company terminates the employment of the individual for Cause; (3) the individual accepts another position with the Company or an Affiliate in connection with or following the individual’s termination from the individual’s current position; or (4) the termination of the Program.
4.
BENEFITS
The Company shall provide a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements of Section 3 the Benefit described below. No Benefit will be deemed to have accrued prior to a Participant’s Employment Termination Date, and a Participant will have no vested rights to any Benefits until the occurrence of an Involuntary Termination.
(a)      Benefits Measured With Reference to Base Compensation .
The provisions of this paragraph (a) of this Section 4 apply in the case of a Participant who is employed primarily in the United States.
Subject to Section 8.1, if the Participant is classified by the Company as an officer immediately prior to his or her Employment Termination Date, and has at least two Years of Continuous Service, the amount of the Participant’s Benefit shall be equal to 12 Months of Base Compensation.
Subject to Section 8.1, if the Participant is classified by the Company as senior executive band immediately prior to his or her Employment Termination Date, and has at least two Years of Continuous Service, the amount of the Participant’s Benefit shall be equal to 9 Months of Base Compensation.
Subject to Section 8.1, if the Participant is classified by the Company as executive band immediately prior to his or her Employment Termination Date, and has at least two Years of Continuous Service, the amount of the Participant’s Benefit shall be equal to 6 Months of Base Compensation.
An eligible employee who has at least six Months of Continuous Service but less than two Years of Continuous Service shall be entitled to receive one-half of the Benefit described above.
The Company reserves the right to and may enhance a Participant’s severance pay, in writing, in its sole discretion and without an amendment to the Program, and may provide for other forms of severance pay or severance benefits.
(b)      Outplacement Benefits.
The provisions of this paragraph (b) of this Section 4 apply in the case of a Participant who is not employed primarily outside of the United States.
An eligible employee who executes and does not later revoke the Separation and Release Agreement and who otherwise meets the terms and conditions of the Program shall be entitled to

- 5 -

        

receive outplacement services with a company designated by the Company in an amount (if any) and for the duration designated by the Company.
(c)      Participants Employed Primarily Outside of the United States.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4, the Company shall provide a Participant who is employed primarily outside of the United States such Benefit as the Plan Administrator determines taking into consideration any prohibitions or restrictions and any statutorily mandated severance benefits applicable to the Participant, with the intent of providing such Participant Benefits that are generally comparable to the Benefits provided to Participants who are employed primarily in the United States. It is the express intent of the Company that any Benefit paid to such a Participant will be in lieu of any statutorily-mandated severance benefits.
(d)      Additional Discretionary Benefits.
The Company reserves the right to and may enhance a Participant’s severance pay, in writing, in its sole discretion and without an amendment to the Program, and may provide for other forms of severance pay or severance benefits.
5.
OTHER BENEFIT PROGRAMS; RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY
5.1      Other Benefit Programs.
The Company will pay the Participant, or cause the Participant to be paid, any other compensation and employee benefits to which he is entitled in accordance with the terms of the applicable compensation and employee benefit arrangements. Nothing in this Section 5.1 shall be construed to mean that a Participant is entitled to any benefits under any particular compensation or employee benefit arrangement.
5.2      Return of Company Property.
No later than the Participant’s Employment Termination Date (unless the Plan Administrator agrees otherwise in writing), the Participant shall return to the Company any Company-owned property, including, but not limited to, credit cards, documents, files, computers, cellular telephones, personal digital assistants and any other company property of any kind or nature, in Participant’s possession as of his or her Employment Termination Date.
6.
TIME OF BENEFITS PAYMENTS
If the Participant is not a Specified Employee and the Participant has timely signed and delivered to the Plan Administrator the Separation and Release Agreement furnished to the Participant by the deadline established by the Plan Administrator, the Company shall pay the Participant the cash Benefits described in clause (a) of Section 4 in a single sum cash payment on the date that is 90 days after the date of the Participant’s Separation From Service. A Participant will not be permitted to specify the year in which his or her payment will be made. If the Participant is a Specified Employee and the Participant has timely signed and delivered to the Plan Administrator the Separation and Release Agreement furnished to the Participant by the deadline established by

- 6 -

        

the Plan Administrator, the Company shall pay the Participant the cash Benefits described in clause (a) of Section 4 in a single sum cash payment on the date that is six months after the date of the Participant’s Separation From Service. Whether the Participant is or is not a Specified Employee, the Participant will not be paid the cash Benefits described in clause (a) of Section 4, and the Participant shall forfeit any right to such payments, unless (i) the Participant has signed and delivered to the Plan Administrator the Separation and Release Agreement furnished to the Participant and (ii) the period for revoking such Separation and Release Agreement shall have expired (in the case of both clause (i) and clause (ii)) prior to the earlier of the deadline established by the Plan Administrator or the applicable payment date (the date that is 90 days after the Participant’s Separation From Service if the Participant is not a Specified Employee or the date that is six months after the date of the Participant’s Separation From Service if the Participant is a Specified Employee).
7.
WITHHOLDING
The Company may withhold from any Benefits paid under the Program all foreign, federal, and state and local income taxes required to be withheld, and all employment taxes required to be withheld; provided that no taxes shall be withheld before Benefits are otherwise scheduled to be paid under the Program.
8.
REDUCTION FOR OTHER SEVERANCE BENEFITS; STATUTORY SEVERANCE NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS
8.1      Reduction for Other Severance Benefits; Statutory Severance . The amount of the Benefits to which a Participant is otherwise entitled under the Program shall be reduced by the amount, if any, of any other severance payments payable to the Participant by the Company under any other plan, program or individual contractual arrangement.
8.2      Coordination of Benefits With Statutory Notice and Statutory Severance/Indemnity Rights. If any benefits obligations and/or notices are required to be given or paid to a Participant in conjunction with severance of employment under the laws of the country where the Participant is employed, or under applicable federal, state or local law, the Benefits paid to the Participant will be coordinated with such amounts so that there is no duplication of benefits. To the extent that a Participant becomes or will become entitled to payment in the form of notice of termination or indemnity/severance benefits by virtue of the application of applicable law, then the amount of the Benefits to which a Participant is otherwise entitled under the Program shall be reduced by the amount of such payment or future payment.
8.3      Non-Exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in the Program shall prevent or limit the Participant’s continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company for which the Participant may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or reduce such rights as the Participant may have under any agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except as otherwise provided in Section 8.1. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Participant is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the Company or any of its Affiliates shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program.

- 7 -

        

9.
DEATH OF PARTICIPANT
If a Participant dies after his or her Employment Termination Date but before the Participant receives full payment of the cash Benefits to which he is entitled, any unpaid Benefits will be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse, or if the Participant does not have a surviving spouse, to the Participant’s estate. Such payment shall be made within 90 days after the death of the Participant.
10.
UNFUNDED ARRANGEMENT
The Program is only a general corporate commitment of the Company, and each Participant must rely upon the general credit of the Company for the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder. Under all circumstances, the rights of Participants to any asset held by the Company will be no greater than the rights expressed in the Program. Nothing contained in the Program shall constitute a guarantee by the Company that the assets of the Company will be sufficient to pay any Benefit under the Program or would place the Participant in a secured position ahead of general creditors of the Company. The Participants are only unsecured creditors of the Company with respect to their Benefits, and the Program constitutes a mere promise by the Company to make Benefit payments in the future. No specific assets of the Company have been or shall be set aside, or shall in any way be transferred to a trust or shall be pledged in any way for the performance of the Company's obligations under the Program which would remove such assets from being subject to the general creditors of the Company. To the extent that any applicable laws governing Participants employed outside the United States require otherwise, then such applicable laws shall govern.
11.
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PROGRAM
11.1      Plan Administrator. The Sponsor shall be the “plan administrator” and the “named fiduciary” for purposes of ERISA. The Program shall be administered by Plan Administrator.
11.2      Self-Interest of Administrative Committee Members. No member of the Administrative Committee shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or herself under the Program or to vote in any case in which his or her individual right to claim any benefit under the Program is particularly involved. In any case in which the any Administrative Committee member is so disqualified to act, the other members of the Administrative Committee shall decide the matter in which the Administrative Committee member is disqualified.
11.3      Compensation and Bonding. No members of the Administrative Committee shall receive compensation with respect to his or her services on the Administrative Committee. To the extent required by applicable law, or required by the Company, no member of the Administrative Committee shall furnish bond or security for the performance of his or her duties hereunder.
11.4      Plan Administrator Powers and Duties. The Plan Administrator shall supervise the administration and enforcement of the Program according to the terms and provisions hereof and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the right, power, and authority:

- 8 -

        

(a)      to make rules, regulations, and bylaws for the administration of the Program that are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof, and to enforce the terms of the Program and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Plan Administrator;
(b)      to construe in its discretion all terms, provisions, conditions, and limitations of the Program;
(c)      to correct any defect or to supply any omission or to reconcile any inconsistency that may appear in the Program in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem in its discretion expedient to effectuate the purposes of the Program;
(d)      to employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys, investment advisors, and other agents, employees, and independent contractors as the Plan Administrator may deem necessary or advisable for the proper and efficient administration of the Program;
(e)      to determine in its discretion all questions relating to eligibility to become Participants;
(f)      to determine whether and when a Participant has incurred an Involuntary Termination; and
(g)      to make a determination in its discretion as to the right of any individual to a Benefit under the Program and to prescribe procedures to be followed by Participants, former Participants or beneficiaries in obtaining Benefits hereunder.
11.5      Standard of Judicial Review of Plan Administrator Actions. The Plan Administrator has full and absolute discretion in the exercise of each and every aspect of its authority under the Program, including without limitation, the authority to determine any person’s right to a Benefit under the Program. Notwithstanding any provision of law or any explicit or implicit provision of this document, any action taken, or ruling or decision made, by the Plan Administrator in the exercise of any of its powers and authorities under the Program shall be final and conclusive as to all parties other than the Sponsor, including without limitation all Participants, regardless of whether the Administrative Committee or one or more of its members may have an actual or potential conflict of interest with respect to the subject matter of the action, ruling, or decision. No final action, ruling, or decision of the Plan Administrator shall be subject to de novo review in any judicial proceeding or arbitration; and no final action, ruling, or decision of the Plan Administrator may be set aside unless it is held to have been arbitrary and capricious by a court or arbitrator having jurisdiction with respect to the issue.
11.6      Reliance Upon Documents, Instruments, etc. The Plan Administrator may rely upon any certificate, statement or other representation made by or on behalf of the Company, any employee or any Participant, which the Plan Administrator in good faith believes to be genuine, and on any certificate, statement, report or other representation made to it by any agent or any attorney, accountant or other expert retained by it or the Company in connection with the operation and administration of the Program.

- 9 -

        

12.
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
The Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board shall have the right to amend or terminate the Program, in whole or in part, for any reason. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent laws applicable to a Participant who is employed outside the United States prohibit the amendment or termination of the Program with respect to the Participant, then such laws shall govern.
13.
CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURES; CLAIMS APPEALS PROCEDURES
13.1      Claims Review Procedures . When a Benefit is due, the Participant (or the person entitled to Benefits under Section 9) should submit a claim to the office designated by the Plan Administrator to receive claims. Under normal circumstances, the Plan Administrator will make a final decision as to a claim within 60 days after receipt of the claim. If the Plan Administrator notifies the claimant in writing during the initial 60‑day period, it may extend the period up to 120 days after the initial receipt of the claim. The written notice must contain the circumstances necessitating the extension and the anticipated date for the final decision. If a claim is denied during the claims period, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant in writing, and the written notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:
(a)      the specific reason or reasons for the denial;
(b)      specific reference to the Program provisions on which the denial is based;
(c)      a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
(d)      an explanation of the Program claims review procedures and time limits, including a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review.
If a decision is not given to the Participant within the claims review period, the claim is treated as if it were denied on the last day of the claims review period.
13.2      Claims Appeals Procedures. For purposes of this section the Participant or the person entitled to Benefits under Section 9 are referred to as the “claimant”). If the claim of the claimant made pursuant to Section 13.1 is denied and he wants a review, he must apply to the Plan Administrator in writing. That application can include any arguments, written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits. In addition, the claimant is entitled to receive on request and free of charge reasonable access to and copies of all information relevant to the claim. For this purpose, “relevant” means information that was relied on in making the benefit determination or that was submitted, considered or generated in the course of making the determination, without regard to whether it was relied on, and information that demonstrates compliance with the Program’s administrative procedures and safeguards for assuring and verifying that Program provisions are applied consistently in making benefit determinations. The Plan

- 10 -

        

Administrator must take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The claimant may either represent himself or herself or appoint a representative, either of whom has the right to inspect all documents pertaining to the claim and its denial. The Plan Administrator can schedule any meeting with the claimant or his or her representative that it finds necessary or appropriate to complete its review.
The request for review must be filed within 90 days after the denial. If it is not, the denial becomes final. If a timely request is made, the Plan Administrator must make its decision, under normal circumstances, within 60 days of the receipt of the request for review. However, if the Plan Administrator notifies the claimant prior to the expiration of the initial review period, it may extend the period of review up to 120 days following the initial receipt of the request for a review. All decisions of the Plan Administrator must be in writing and must include the specific reasons for its action, the Program provisions on which its decision is based, and a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under section 502(a) of ERISA If a decision is not given to the claimant within the review period, the claim is treated as if it were denied on the last day of the review period.
Within 60 days of receipt by a claimant of a notice denying a claim under the preceding paragraph, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may request in writing a full and fair review of the claim by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may extend the 60-day period where the nature of the benefit involved or other attendant circumstances make such extension appropriate. In connection with such review, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments in writing. The Plan Administrator shall make a decision promptly, and not later than 60 days after the Program’s receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing) require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of a request for review. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and specific references to the pertinent Program provisions on which the decision is based.
14.
PARTICIPATION IN THE PROGRAM BY AFFILIATES
14.1      Adoption Procedure.
(a)      Each Affiliate shall participate in the Program and shall be bound by all the terms, conditions and limitations of the Program except to the extent that an Affiliate specifically determines by appropriate action of its board of directors or noncorporate counterpart, as evidenced by a written instrument executed by an authorized officer of such entity (approved by the board of directors or noncorporate counterpart of the Affiliate) to reject participation in the Plan and the Affiliate gives the Sponsor written notice of its rejection of participation in the Plan within 30 days after such determination. The Plan Administrator and the Affiliate may agree to incorporate specific provisions relating to the

- 11 -

        

operation of the Program that apply to the Affiliate. Each Affiliate that does not reject participation in the Plan shall be conclusively presumed to have adopted the Plan.
(b)      The provisions of the Program may be modified so as to increase the obligations of an adopting Affiliate only with the consent of such Affiliate, which consent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given by such Affiliate unless the Affiliate gives the Sponsor written notice of its rejection of the amendment within 30 days after the adoption of the amendment.
(c)      The provisions of the Program shall apply separately and equally to each adopting Affiliate and its employees in the same manner as is expressly provided for the Sponsor and its employees, except that the power to appoint or otherwise affect the Plan Administrator and the power to amend or terminate the Program shall be exercised by the Sponsor. The Plan Administrator shall act as the agent for each Affiliate that adopts the Program for all purposes of administration thereof.
(d)      Any Affiliate may, by appropriate action of its board of directors or noncorporate counterpart, terminate its participation in the Program. Moreover, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, terminate an Affiliate’s participation in the Program at any time.
(e)      The Program will terminate with respect to any Affiliate if the Affiliate ceases to be an Affiliate or revokes its adoption of the Program by resolution of its board of directors or noncorporate counterpart evidenced by a written instrument executed by an authorized officer of the Affiliate. If the Program terminates with respect to any Affiliate, the employees of that Affiliate will no longer be eligible to be Participants in the Program.
(f)      The Program as maintained by the Affiliates shall constitute a single Program rather than a separate Program of each Affiliate.
14.2      No Joint Venture Implied. The document which evidences the adoption of the Program by an Affiliate shall become a part of the Program. However, neither the adoption of the Program by an Affiliate nor any act performed by it in relation to the Program shall ever create a joint venture or partnership relation between it and any other Affiliate.
15.
MISCELLANEOUS
15.1      Program Not an Employment Contract . The adoption and maintenance of the Program is not a contract between the Company and its employees that gives any employee the right to be retained in its employment. Likewise, it is not intended to interfere with the rights of the Company to terminate an employee’s employment at any time with or without notice and with or without cause or to interfere with an employee's right to terminate his or her employment at any time.
15.2      Alienation Prohibited . No Benefits hereunder shall be subject to anticipation or assignment by a Participant, to attachment by, interference with, or control of any creditor of a

- 12 -

        

Participant, or to being taken or reached by any legal or equitable process in satisfaction of any debt or liability of a Participant prior to its actual receipt by the Participant. Any attempted conveyance, transfer, assignment, mortgage, pledge, or encumbrance of the Benefits hereunder prior to payment thereof shall be void.
15.3      Return of Benefits. An eligible employee shall be required to return to the Company all severance pay and benefits (or portion thereof) that the Company paid by mistake of fact, mistake of law, or contrary to the terms of the Program. The Company shall have all remedies available at law for recovery of such amounts.
15.4      Reemployment. In the event the Company reemploys an eligible employee while the eligible employee is receiving severance pay or benefits under the Program, severance pay and benefits shall cease as of his or her reemployment date.
15.5      No Modifications of the Program Other Than by Amendment. No employee, officer or director of the Company has the authority to alter, vary or modify the terms of the Program, other than the Sponsor by means of an authorized written amendment. No verbal or written representation contrary to the terms of the Program and its written amendments shall be binding upon any person or entity.
15.6      Severability . Each provision of this Agreement may be severed. If any provision is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, that determination shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.
15.7      Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor of the Company.
15.8      Arbitration . This Section relates solely to disputes involving claimants who reside in the United States. Any controversy arising out of or relating to the Program, including without limitation, any and all disputes, claims (whether in contract, statutory or otherwise) or disagreements concerning the interpretation or application of the provisions of the Program, (a “ Covered Claim ”) shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with the Employee Benefit Plan Claims Arbitration Rules (“ Rules ”) of the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”) in effect at the initiation of the arbitration. All Covered Claims shall be arbitrated on an individual basis and the Participant, or person claiming through the Participant shall not have any right or authority to assert or pursue any Covered Claims as a class action or derivative action of any sort. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Rules (including Rule 12 entitled “Grouping of Claims for Hearing” or this rule’s successor), a Covered Claim by one Participant, or person claiming through the Participant, shall not be grouped or consolidated with a Covered Claim by another Participant, or person claiming through the Participant, in a single proceeding. No arbitration proceeding relating to the Program may be initiated by either the Employer or the Participant, or person claiming through the Participant unless the claims review and appeals procedures specified in Section 13 have been exhausted. The arbitration shall be administered by the AAA. Three arbitrators shall hear and determine the controversy. Within 20 business days of the initiation of an arbitration hereunder, the Employer and the Participant, or person claiming through the Participant will each separately designate an arbitrator, and within 20 business days of such selection, the appointed arbitrators will

- 13 -

        

appoint a neutral arbitrator from the panel of AAA National Panel of Employee Benefit Plan Claims Arbitrators. All arbitrators shall be impartial and independent. The award (including a statement of finding of facts) shall be made promptly and no later than 45 days from the date of closing the hearings or, if the hearing has been on documents only, from the date of transmittal of the final statements and proofs to the arbitrator. The arbitrators shall have the power to rule on their own jurisdiction, including any objections with respect to the existence, scope, or validity of the arbitration agreement or to the arbitrability of any claim or counterclaim, including a Covered Claim. The decision of the arbitrators selected hereunder will be final and binding upon both parties, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. This arbitration provision is expressly made pursuant to, and shall be governed by, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16 (or replacement or successor statute). Nothing in this Section 15.8 shall be construed to, in any way, limit the scope and effect of Section 11. In any arbitration proceeding full effect shall be given to the rights, powers, and authorities of the Committee under Section 11.
15.9      Contractual Statute of Limitations for Benefit Claims Disputes. This Section relates solely to disputes involving claimants who reside in the United States. Without limiting Section 15.8, a claimant may not bring any action (whether litigation or arbitration) pertaining to a claim for benefits under the Program following the earlier of the date that is (1) 365 days after the final denial of his or her claim for benefits, or (2) the expiration of the limitations period under Texas contract law (the applicable limitations period under ERISA).
15.10      Venue. This Section relates solely to disputes involving claimants who reside in the United States. Without limiting Section 15.8, venue for litigation or arbitration concerning any dispute relating to a claim for benefits under the Program or any claim of breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA with respect to the Program will be in Harris County, Texas, and in the event of litigation, in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas (Houston Division).
15.11      Governing Law . All provisions of the Program shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas, except to the extent preempted by federal law or other country law and except to the extent that the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Texas would require the application of the relevant law of another jurisdiction, in which event the relevant law of the State of Texas will nonetheless apply.

- 14 -

        

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Sponsor has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 2nd day of August, 2018.
 
BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY  


 
By:
  /s/ Harry Elsinga         
Title: Chief Human Resources Officer



- 15 -
Exhibit 10.42

BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN



(As Amended and Restated
Effective January 1, 2019)


 
 
 



BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated
Effective January 1, 2019)
WITNESSETH :
WHEREAS , Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC and other adopting entities have heretofore adopted the Baker Hughes Incorporated Supplemental Retirement Plan, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan,” for the benefit of their eligible employees;
WHEREAS , the Plan has, from time to time, been amended, including, without limitation, an amendment effective July 19, 2018 changing the name of the Plan to the Baker Hughes, a GE company Supplemental Retirement Plan, to reflect the formation of Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC as the successor to Baker Hughes Incorporated.
WHEREAS , Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC desires to amend and restate the Plan, on behalf of itself and on behalf of the other adopting entities;
NOW THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby restated in its entirety as follows, effective as of January 1, 2019.

 
 
 






BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page

ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
1

1.01    Definitions
1

1.02    Number and Gender
8

1.03    Headings
8

ARTICLE II    PARTICIPATION
8

2.01    Eligibility
8

2.02    Commencement of Participation
9

2.03    Cessation of Participation Upon Plan Administrator Determination
9

2.04    Suspension of Participation Due to Certain Distributions
9

ARTICLE III    PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS
9

3.01    Amount of Participant Deferrals
9

3.02    Participant Deferral Elections
10

3.03    Period of Effectiveness of Participant Deferral Elections
10

3.04    Changes to Participant Deferral Election
10

3.05    Cancellation of Participant Deferral Election
10

3.06    Time and Form of Payment Specified in Participant Deferral Election
11

3.07    Irrevocable Change of Election of Time and/or Form of Payment for Grandfathered Amounts
11

3.08    Change of Time and Form of Payment for Amounts Other Than Grandfathered Amounts
11

3.09    Suspension of Participant Deferrals Due to Withdrawal for Unforeseeable Financial Emergency
12

3.10    Bonus Deferral Plan Deferrals
12

ARTICLE IV    COMPANY DEFERRALS
12

4.01    Company Basic Deferrals
12

4.02    Company Base Thrift Deferrals
13

4.03    Company Pension Deferrals
13

4.04    Company Discretionary Deferrals
13

4.05    Time and Form of Payment Elections for Company Deferrals
13

ARTICLE V    VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS
14

ARTICLE VI    DEEMED INVESTMENT OF FUNDS
14

ARTICLE VII    DETERMINATION OF VESTED INTEREST AND FORFEITURES
15

7.01    Vested Interest
15

7.02    Forfeitures
15



 
i
 







TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
Page

ARTICLE VIII    ACCELERATED DISTRIBUTIONS
15

8.01    Restrictions on In-Service Distributions and Loans
15

8.02    Emergency Benefit
16

ARTICLE IX    PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
16

9.01    Amount of Benefit
16

9.02    Time of Payment of Grandfathered Amounts
16

9.03    Time of Payment of Amounts Other Than Grandfathered Amounts and Amounts in Bonus Deferral Plan Accounts
17

9.04    Alternative Forms of Benefit Payments for Grandfathered Amounts
17

9.05    Alternative Forms of Benefit Payments for Amounts Other Than Grandfathered Amounts and Amounts in Bonus Deferral Plan Accounts
18

9.06    Time and Form of Payment of Bonus Deferral Plan Accounts
19

9.07    Accelerated Pay-Out of Certain Grandfathered Amounts
19

9.08    Accelerated Pay-Out of Certain Amounts, Including Grandfathered Amounts
20

9.09    Designation of Beneficiaries
20

9.10    Payment of Benefits
20

9.11    Unclaimed Benefits
21

9.12    Plan Administrator Determination of Pay-Out of Certain Benefits
21

9.13    Statutory Benefits
21

9.14    Payment to Alternate Payee Under Domestic Relations Order
21

ARTICLE X    ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
22

10.01    Plan Administrator
22

10.02    Resignation and Removal
22

10.03    Records and Procedures
22

10.04    Self-Interest of Plan Administrator
22

10.05    Compensation and Bonding
22

10.06    Plan Administrator Powers and Duties
22

10.07    Reliance on Documents, Instruments, etc
23

10.08    Claims Review Procedures; Claims Appeals Procedures
23

10.09    Company to Supply Information
25

10.10    Indemnity
25

ARTICLE XI    ADMINISTRATION OF FUNDS
26

11.01    Payment of Expenses
26

11.02    Trust Fund Property
26


 
ii
 






TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
Page

ARTICLE XII    ADOPTION OF PLAN BY OTHER EMPLOYERS
26

12.01    Adoption Procedure
26

12.02    No Joint Venture Implied
27

ARTICLE XIII    NATURE OF THE PLAN AND ESTABLISHMENT OF THE TRUST
27

13.01    Nature of the Plan
27

13.02    Establishment of the Trust
28

ARTICLE XIV    MISCELLANEOUS
28

14.01    Plan Not Contract of Employment
28

14.02    Alienation of Interest Forbidden
29

14.03    Withholding
29

14.04    Amendment and Termination
29

14.05    Severability
29

14.06    Arbitration
29

14.07    Compliance With Section 409A
30

14.08    Governing Law
30

APPENDIX A    SPECIAL PROVISIONS WITH RESPECT TO AMOUNTS DEFERRED UNDER THE BJ SERVICES DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
1




    





 
iii
 




BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

(As Amended and Restated
Effective January 1, 2019)
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
1.01      Definitions. The words and phrases defined in this Article shall have the meaning set out in the definition unless the context in which the word or phrase appears reasonably requires a broader, narrower or different meaning.
“Account(s)” means all ledger accounts pertaining to a Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant which are maintained by the Plan Administrator or Plan recordkeeper to reflect the Company’s obligation to the Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant under the Plan. The Plan Administrator or Plan recordkeeper shall establish the following subaccounts and any additional subaccounts that the Plan Administrator considers necessary to reflect the entire interest of the Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant under the Plan. Each of the subaccounts listed below and any additional subaccounts established by the Plan Administrator shall reflect credits and debits made to such subaccounts for earnings, losses, distributions and forfeitures.
(a)      Participant Deferral Account – the Participant’s or former Participant’s deferrals, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.01.
(b)      Company Basic Deferral Account – the credits on behalf of a Participant or former Participant made pursuant to Section 4.01.
(c)      Company Base Thrift Deferral Account – the credits on behalf of a Participant or former Participant, if any, made pursuant to Section 4.02.
(d)      Company Pension Deferral Account – the credits on behalf of a Participant or former Participant, if any, made pursuant to Section 4.03.
(e)      Company Discretionary Deferral Account – the credits on behalf of a Participant or former Participant, if any, made pursuant to Section 4.04.
(f)     BJS Transfer Account – the credits made under the BJS Plan on behalf of an individual who had an account under the BJS Plan on December 31, 2011 that was transferred to the Plan effective January 1, 2012.
(g)     Bonus Deferral Plan Account – the credits on behalf of a Participant or former Participant, if any, made pursuant to Section 3.10.

 
1

 



The Plan Administrator or Plan recordkeeper shall also maintain records that reflect a Participant’s or former Participant’s Grandfathered Amounts.
“Affiliate” means any entity which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations within the meaning of section 414(b) of the Code, or which is a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (within the meaning of section 414(c) of the Code), or which is a member of an affiliated service group (within the meaning of section 414(m) of the Code), with Baker Hughes.
Assets ” means assets of any kind owned by Baker Hughes, including but not limited to securities of Baker Hughes’ direct and indirect subsidiaries and Affiliates.
“Baker Hughes” means, effective July 3, 2017, Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC or its successor.
“Base Compensation” means a Participant’s base salary or wages measured on an annual basis (as defined in section 3401(a) of the Code for purposes of federal income tax withholding) from the Company, modified by including any portion thereof that such Participant could have received in cash in lieu of (a) Participant Deferrals pursuant to Section 3.01 or (b) elective contributions made on his behalf by the Company pursuant to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the Code and any elective contributions under a cafeteria plan described in section 125, and modified further by excluding any bonus; incentive compensation; commissions; expense reimbursements or other expense allowances; fringe benefits (cash and noncash); moving expenses; deferred compensation (other than (a) Participant Deferrals pursuant to Section 3.01 or (b) elective contributions to the Company’s qualified cash or deferred arrangement described in section 401(k) of the Code); welfare benefits as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; overtime pay; special performance compensation amounts and severance compensation.
Beneficial Owner or Beneficial Ownership shall have the meaning ascribed to the term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.
“BJS Deferral Subaccount” means the subaccount established for certain BJ Services Participants and Former BJS Participants pursuant to Part A.1 of Appendix A.
“BJS Grandfathered Subaccount” means the subaccount maintained for certain BJ Services Participants and Former BJS Participants pursuant to Part A.2 of Appendix A that reflects amounts that were earned and vested (within the meaning of Section 409A) under the BJS Plan as of December 31, 2004, and earnings and losses thereon.
BJS Participant means a Participant who has a BJS Transfer Account under the Plan.
BJS Plan means the BJ Services Deferred Compensation Plan, as in effect on December 31, 2011.

 
2

 



BJS Transfer Account means the credits made under the BJS Plan on behalf of an individual who had an account under the BJS Plan on December 31, 2011 that was transferred to the Plan effective January 1, 2012.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of Baker Hughes, a GE company.
“Bonus” means the Employee’s incentive bonus earned under the Eligible Annual Incentive Plan for services rendered or labor performed by the Employee during the applicable Plan Year. An Employee’s Bonus shall be determined by including any portion thereof that such Employee could have received in cash in lieu of (a) any Participant Deferrals pursuant to Section 3.01 or (b) elective contributions made on his behalf by the Company pursuant to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in section 401(k) of the Code) or pursuant to a plan maintained under section 125 of the Code.
“Bonus Deferral Plan” means the Baker Hughes, a GE company Bonus Deferral Plan.
Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a)      the consummation of a Merger of Baker Hughes or an Affiliate of Baker Hughes with another Entity, unless the individuals and Entities who were the Beneficial Owners of the Voting Securities of Baker Hughes outstanding immediately prior to such Merger own, directly or indirectly, at least 50 percent of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities of any of Baker Hughes, the surviving Entity or the parent of the surviving Entity outstanding immediately after such Merger;
(b)      any Person, other than a Specified Owner, becomes a Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of Baker Hughes representing 30 percent or more of the combined voting power of Baker Hughes’ then outstanding Voting Securities;
(c)      a sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of Baker Hughes’ Assets is consummated (an “ Asset Sale ”), unless the individuals and Entities who were the Beneficial Owners of the Voting Securities of Baker Hughes immediately prior to such Asset Sale own, directly or indirectly, 50 percent or more of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities of the Entity that acquires such Assets in such Asset Sale or its parent immediately after such Asset Sale in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Baker Hughes’ Voting Securities immediately prior to such Asset Sale; or
(d)      The stockholders of Baker Hughes approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of Baker Hughes.
“Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
“Committee” means the Administrative Committee or the Investment Committee that may be appointed by the Board as a Plan Administrator.
“Company” means Baker Hughes or an Employer.

 
3

 



“Company Base Thrift Deferrals” means credits to a Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 4.02.
“Company Deferrals” means, collectively or individually, any of the deferrals made by the Company pursuant to Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.03 and 4.04.
“Company Discretionary Deferrals” means credits, if any, to a Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 4.04.
“Company Basic Deferrals” means credits to a Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 4.01.
“Company Pension Deferrals” means credits to a Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 4.03.
“Deferral Period” means the period of deferral selected by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.06 or Section 4.05.
“Discretionary Bonus” means a discretionary bonus that is classified by the Company as “Bonus Exec Discretionary” in the Company’s payroll system.
“Domestic Relations Order” has the meaning ascribed to that term in section 414(p) of the Code.
“Eligible Annual Incentive Plan ” means the Baker Hughes, a GE company Executive Officer Short Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time, or the Baker Hughes a GE company Short Term Incentive Compensation Plan “Fullstream”, as amended from time to time, as applicable.
“Eligible Employee” means any individual who, on the date he commences participation in the Plan, is employed by the Company on the active payroll and who is also an executive salary grade system employee (under the Company’s then current payroll system categories), or any comparable executive designations in any system that replaces the executive salary grade system. Once an individual commences participation in the Plan, he may continue participation even if his payroll system status changes to a level that is below the executive salary grade system, provided that the individual continues to remain a member of a select group of management or a highly compensated employee, as determined by the Plan Administrator.
“Employer” means any Affiliate that adopts the Plan pursuant to the provisions of Article XII.
Entity means any corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization or other business entity.
“Entry Date” means the first day of each Plan Year.

 
4

 



“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor act.
Former BJS Participant means an individual, other than a Participant, who has a BJS Transfer Account under the Plan.
“Funds” means the investment funds designated from time to time for the deemed investment of Accounts pursuant to Article VI.
Grandfathered Amounts means amounts credited under the Plan that were earned and vested as of December 31, 2004 within the meaning of Section 409A, and earnings and losses thereon; provided, however, that “ Grandfathered Amounts ” do not include amounts credited to BJS Grandfathered Subaccounts.
Ineligible Pension Plan Compensation” means with respect to each Participant and each payroll period, the amount of the Participant’s compensation not taken into account under the Pension Plan benefit formula solely because (a) such Participant deferred such compensation as a Participant Deferral pursuant to Section 3.01 and/or (b) such compensation exceeded the maximum dollar limitation of section 401(a)(17) of the Code.
“Ineligible Thrift Plan Compensation” means with respect to each Participant and each payroll period, the amount of such Participant’s compensation for such payroll period that is not considered “Compensation” under the Thrift Plan for such payroll period solely because (a) such Participant deferred such compensation pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.10 and/or (b) such compensation exceeded the maximum dollar limitation of section 401(a)(17) of the Code.
Managing Member ” means EHHC NewCo LLC.
Merger ” means a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.
“Participant” means each Eligible Employee who has met the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan specified in Article II. The term “Participant” shall not include any Former BJS Participant whose only Account under the Plan is a BJS Transfer Account.
“Participant Deferral means any deferral made by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.01.
“Pay” means the sum of a Participant’s Base Compensation, Bonus and Discretionary Bonus.
“Pension Plan” means the Baker Hughes Incorporated Pension Plan, as amended from time to time.
“Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to the term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined

 
5

 



in Section 13(d) thereof, except that the term shall not include (a) the Company or any of its Affiliates, (b) a trustee or other fiduciary holding Company securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (c) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of those securities or (d) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
“Plan” means the Baker Hughes, a GE company Supplemental Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time.
“Plan Administrator means Baker Hughes, acting through its delegates. Such delegates shall include the Administrative Committee, the Investment Committee and any individual Plan Administrator appointed by the Managing Member with respect to the employee benefit plans of Baker Hughes and its Affiliates, each of which shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned to it from time to time by the Managing Member. As used in the Plan, the term “Plan Administrator” shall refer to the applicable delegate of Baker Hughes as determined pursuant to the actions of the Managing Member.
“Plan Year” means the twelve-consecutive month period commencing January 1 of each year.
“Pre-2009 Accounts” means the Employee’s Accounts under the Plan (other than any BJ Transfer Account) attributable to deferrals and credits made with respect to Plan Years prior to 2009, and earnings and losses thereon.
“Retirement” means the Employee’s voluntary termination of his employment when the Employee has attained at least 55 years of age and has at least ten (10) years of service with the Company and the Affiliates.
“Retirement Date” means a Participant’s or former Participant’s “Retirement Date” as defined under the Thrift Plan.
“Section 409A” means section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury rules and regulations issued thereunder.
“Separation from Service” has the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 409A.
Specified Owner means any of the following:
(a)    Baker Hughes;
(b)    an Affiliate of Baker Hughes;
(c)    an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Baker Hughes or any Affiliate of Baker Hughes;

 
6

 



(d)    a Person that becomes a Beneficial Owner of Baker Hughes’ outstanding Voting Securities representing 30 percent or more of the combined voting power of Baker Hughes’ then outstanding Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from Baker Hughes and/or its Affiliates; or
(e)    a Person that becomes a Beneficial Owner of Baker Hughes’ outstanding Voting Securities representing 30 percent or more of the combined voting power of Baker Hughes’ then outstanding Voting Securities as a result of a Merger if the individuals and Entities who were the Beneficial Owners of the Voting Securities of Baker Hughes outstanding immediately prior to such Merger own, directly or indirectly, at least 50 percent of the combined voting power of the Voting Securities of any of Baker Hughes, the surviving Entity or the parent of the surviving Entity outstanding immediately after such Merger in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Voting Securities of Baker Hughes outstanding immediately prior to such Merger.
“Specified Employee” has the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 409A.
“Termination of Employment” means, with respect to each Participant or former Participant, the termination of such Participant’s or former Participant’s employment with the Company and all Affiliates for any reason whatsoever.
“Thrift Plan” means the Baker Hughes, a GE company 401(k) Plan, as amended from time to time.
“Trust” means the trust, if any, established under the Trust Agreement.
“Trust Agreement means the agreement, if any, entered into between the Company and the Trustee pursuant to Article XIII, as amended from time to time.
“Trust Fund” means the funds and properties, if any, held pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Agreement, together with all income, profits, and increments thereto.
“Trustee” means the trustee or trustees qualified and acting under the Trust Agreement at any time.
“Unforeseeable Financial Emergency” means a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant or of the Participant’s spouse or dependent (as defined in section 152(a) of the Code), loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance), or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstance arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The circumstances that will constitute an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency will depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, payment may not be made to the extent that the emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such

 
7

 



assets will not itself cause severe financial hardship. Such foreseeable needs for funds as the desire to send a Participant’s child to college or to purchase a home will not be considered to be unforeseeable emergencies. Whether an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency exists and the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the emergency will be determined by the Committee.
“Vested Interest” means the portion of a Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s Accounts which, pursuant to the Plan, is nonforfeitable.
Voting Securities ” means the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or other governing body.
1.02      Number and Gender. Wherever appropriate herein, words used in the singular shall be considered to include the plural and words used in the plural shall be considered to include the singular. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.
1.03      Headings. The headings of Articles and Sections herein are included solely for convenience, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.
ARTICLE II
PARTICIPATION
2.01      Eligibility.
(a)    Each Eligible Employee shall be eligible to become a Participant for a Plan Year with respect to Participant Deferrals by electing to make Participant Deferrals pursuant to Section 3.01.
(b)    Each Eligible Employee shall be a Participant for a Plan Year with respect to Company Deferrals pursuant to Section 4.01.
(c)    Each Eligible Employee who is a participant in the Thrift Plan during a Plan Year with respect to Company Base Contributions under the Thrift Plan shall be a Participant for such Plan Year with respect to Company Deferrals pursuant to Section 4.02.
(d)    Each Eligible Employee who is a participant in the Pension Plan during a Plan Year shall be a Participant for such Plan Year with respect to Company Deferrals pursuant to Section 4.03.
(e)    Each person who was a participant in the Bonus Deferral Plan and who made an election to defer all or a portion of his or her bonus to be paid in 2019 under the Bonus Deferral Plan shall be a Participant with respect to Bonus Deferral Plan credits pursuant to Section 3.10.

 
8

 



(f)    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the case of a person who is not a Participant on the date of the adoption of this Agreement, such person shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan until the Plan Administrator selects him or her for participation in the Plan.
2.02      Commencement of Participation. Prior to each Entry Date, the Plan Administrator shall notify those Eligible Employees who are determined by the Plan Administrator to be eligible to participate in the Plan as of such Entry Date. Any such Eligible Employee may elect to make Participant Deferrals beginning on such Entry Date by effecting, prior to such Entry Date and within the time period prescribed by the Plan Administrator, the Participant Deferral election in the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, an Eligible Employee who first becomes an Eligible Employee on other than the first day of a Plan Year may elect to make Participant Deferrals commencing on the date the Plan Administrator selects him for participation in the Plan by effecting, prior to or within 30 days after the date he first becomes eligible to participate and within the time period prescribed by the Plan Administrator, the Participant Deferral election in the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator.
2.03      Cessation of Participation Upon Plan Administrator Determination. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may determine that an Eligible Employee who has become a Participant of the Plan shall cease to be entitled to make Participant Deferrals hereunder or receive credits under Article IV effective as of the first day of the Plan Year that commences subsequent to the determination. Any such Plan Administrator action shall be communicated to the affected individual prior to the effective date of such action. Any such Eligible Employee may again become entitled to make Participant Deferrals hereunder and to receive credits under Article IV beginning on any subsequent Entry Date selected by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.
2.04      Suspension of Participation Due to Certain Distributions. To the extent and for the period of time specified in Section 3.09, a Participant’s participation in the Plan shall be suspended upon his making a withdrawal under Section 8.02.
ARTICLE III
PARTICIPANT DEFERRALS
3.01      Amount of Participant Deferrals. A Participant meeting the eligibility requirements of Section 2.01(a) may, prior to the applicable Plan Year:
(a)    elect to defer an integral percentage of from 1% to 60% of his Base Compensation for the Plan Year; and/or
(b)    elect to defer an integral percentage of from 1% to 100% of the sum of his Bonus and Discretionary Bonus earned during the Plan Year.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Eligible Employee who first becomes a Participant on a date other than an Entry Date, any such Participant Deferrals pursuant to

 
9

 



Section 3.01(a) shall apply only for the portion of such Plan Year commencing with the date he first becomes a Participant and ending on the last day of such Plan Year. An Eligible Employee who first becomes a Participant during a Plan Year may not elect to defer any portion of his Bonus or Discretionary Bonus earned during such Plan Year.
3.02      Participant Deferral Elections. Pay for a Plan Year that is not deferred pursuant to an election under Section 3.01 shall be received by such Participant in cash. A Participant’s election to defer an amount of his Pay pursuant to Section 3.01 shall be made by effecting, in the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator, a Participant Deferral election pursuant to which the Participant authorizes the Company to reduce his Pay in the elected amount and the Company, in consideration thereof, agrees to credit an equal amount to his Participant Deferral Account maintained under the Plan. The reduction in a Participant’s Pay pursuant to his Participant Deferral election shall be effected by Pay reductions each payroll period as determined by the Plan Administrator following the effective date of such election. Participant Deferrals made by a Participant shall be credited to his Participant Deferral Account as of a date determined in accordance with procedures established from time to time by the Plan Administrator; provided, however , that such Participant Deferrals shall be credited to his Participant Deferral Account no later than 30 days after the date upon which the Pay deferred would have been received by such Participant in cash had he not elected to defer such amount pursuant to Section 3.01.
3.03      Period of Effectiveness of Participant Deferral Elections. A Participant Deferral election pursuant to Section 3.01 shall become effective as of the Entry Date (or later initial eligibility date, if applicable) which is on or after the date the election is effected by the Participant. With respect to an Eligible Employee who first becomes a Participant on other than an Entry Date, any such Participant Deferrals pursuant to Section 3.01(a) shall apply only to Base Compensation earned during such Plan Year commencing after his deferral election for such Plan Year. A Participant Deferral election pursuant to Section 3.01(b) shall become effective as of the first day of the Plan Year following the date the election is effected by the Participant. A Participant Deferral election shall remain in force and effect for the entire (or partial, if applicable) Plan Year to which such election relates. A Participant Deferral election shall be made for each Plan Year, or partial Plan Year, in which the Participant is eligible to participate. Plan provisions to the contrary notwithstanding, a Participant Deferral election shall be suspended during any period of unpaid leave of absence from the Company.
3.04      Changes to Participant Deferral Election. A Participant who makes a Participant Deferral election may change his election for future Participant Deferrals, as of the Entry Date of any subsequent Plan Year, by effecting such change in the annual election prior to the Entry Date of such Plan Year, in the form and within the time period prescribed by the Plan Administrator. Any such change shall be effective as of the Entry Date of such Plan Year.
3.05      Cancellation of Participant Deferral Election. A Participant who has made a Participant Deferral election may cancel his election for future Participant Deferrals, as of the Entry Date of any subsequent Plan Year, by effecting such cancellation in the annual election prior to the Entry Date of such Plan Year, in the form and within the time period prescribed by the Plan Administrator. Any such change shall be effective as of the Entry Date of such Plan Year. A

 
10

 



Participant who so cancels his Participant Deferral election may again make a new Participant Deferral election for a subsequent Plan Year, if he satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Article II, by effecting a new Participant Deferral election prior to the Entry Date of such Plan Year, in the form and within the time period prescribed by the Plan Administrator.
3.06      Time and Form of Payment Specified in Participant Deferral Election. A Participant Deferral election shall indicate the applicable time and form of payment, as provided in Sections 9.02, 9.03, 9.04 and 9.05 for the Pay deferred under the election for such Plan Year and the net income (or net loss) allocated with respect thereto. Such time and form of payment election for such Plan Year shall also apply to any Company Deferrals for such Plan Year and the earnings and losses allocated with respect thereto. Each Participant’s Accounts shall be divided into subaccounts to reflect the Participant’s various elections respecting time and form of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the portion of a Participant’s Account attributable to the amount, if any, credited to his Account on December 31, 1994, under the Plan as in effect immediately prior to the January 1, 1995 restatement of the Plan, such portion and the net income (or net loss) allocated with respect thereto shall be allocated to a subaccount which shall be payable at the time and in the form provided under the Plan as in effect immediately prior to such restatement. In accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, a Participant may elect to have his Account or subaccount balance paid or commence to be paid (i) upon the expiration of a specified term following the Participant’s Separation from Service, (ii) as soon as administratively practicable after December 31 of the Plan Year in which the Participant’s Separation From Service occurs, (iii) on a date specified by the Participant that is at least 18 months following the end of the Plan Year for which the deferral election is made, or (iv) upon the earlier to occur of the date specified in clause (iii) or the date specified in clause (ii) (the “ Deferral Period ”). The Plan Administrator is authorized to establish written guidelines concerning limitations on the number of subaccounts respecting time and form of payment that may be maintained under the Plan for any given Participant. Any such written guidelines shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Plan. Amounts credited to a BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s BJS Transfer Account shall be paid in accordance with the Plan terms set forth in Appendix A. Once an election as to time and form of payment has been made for a Plan Year, the election may not be changed by the Participant or former Participant except as specified in Sections 3.07 and 3.08.
3.07      Irrevocable Change of Election of Time and/or Form of Payment for Grandfathered Amounts. In accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, a Participant or former Participant may make a one-time irrevocable election to change the time and/or form of payment he previously selected for all of the Grandfathered Amounts credited to his Account. Any such change election must be made no later than 18 months before the date on which such amounts were scheduled to be paid or commence to be paid under the Participant’s or former Participant’s original election. In addition, any such change election may not provide for a payment or commencement of payment that is earlier than 18 months after the date on which the change election is made. For purposes of calculating the 18-month period, such period will commence on the first day of the month immediately following the month in which the election is made.
3.08      Change of Time and Form of Payment for Amounts Other Than Grandfathered Amounts. In accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, a Participant,

 
11

 



former Participant or Former BJS Participant may make an election to change the time and/or form of payment he previously selected for the amounts credited to his Account other than Grandfathered Amounts. Any such change election must be made no later than 12 months before the date on which such amounts were scheduled to be paid or commence to be paid under the Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s original election. In addition, any such change election may not provide for a payment or commencement of payment that is earlier than five years after the date on which the amounts were originally scheduled to be paid or commence to be paid. For purposes of this Section 3.08, installment payments shall be treated as a single payment.
3.09      Suspension of Participant Deferrals Due to Withdrawal for Unforeseeable Financial Emergency. Upon written petition of a Participant, in the event that the Plan Administrator determines in its sole discretion that such Participant has suffered an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency or that such Participant will, absent termination of such Participant’s Participant Deferral election then in effect, suffer an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, then the Participant Deferral election of such Participant then in effect, if any, shall be terminated as soon as administratively practicable after such determination. A Participant whose Participant Deferral election has been so terminated may again make a new Participant Deferral election for a subsequent Plan Year that commences at least twelve months after the effective date of such termination, if he satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth in Article II and by effecting a new Participant Deferral election for such Plan Year, in the form and within the time period prescribed by the Plan Administrator.
3.10     Bonus Deferral Plan Deferrals . In 2019 only, the Company shall credit a Participant’s Bonus Deferral Plan Account with credits that were provided for under the Bonus Deferral Plan pursuant to such Participant’s election under the Bonus Deferral Plan with respect to a bonus to be paid in 2019 under the Baker Hughes, a GE company Executive Officer Short-Term Incentive Plan or the Baker Hughes, a GE company Employee Short-Term Incentive Plan “Fullstream”.
ARTICLE IV
COMPANY DEFERRALS
4.01      Company Basic Deferrals . Each Plan Year the Company shall make a Company Basic Deferral on the Participant’s behalf in an amount equal to the sum of (A) plus (B) where (A) is five percent of the sum of the amount of the Participant’s Base Compensation deferred under Section 3.01 of the Plan for the Plan Year, the amount of the Bonus payable to the Participant during the Plan Year that the Participant defers under Section 3.01 of the Plan for the Plan Year, the amount that the Participant defers under Section 3.10 of the Plan for the Plan Year and the amount of Discretionary Bonus payable to the Participant during the Plan Year that the Participant defers under Section 3.01 of the Plan for the Plan Year, and (B) is five percent of the amount of the Participant’s Gross Compensation in excess of the sum of the applicable limitation under section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the Plan Year and the amount of the Participant’s deferrals under Section 3.01 and 3.10 for the Plan Year. For this purpose, “Gross Compensation” means the sum of the Participant’s Base Compensation for the Plan Year, the Bonus payable to the Participant during the Plan Year, the bonus payable to the Participant under the BHGE Digital Sales Incentive Plan during the Plan Year

 
12

 



and the Discretionary Bonus payable to the Participant during the Plan Year (in each case, whether or not deferred under the Thrift Plan or the Plan).
Company Basic Deferrals made on a Participant’s behalf pursuant to this Section 4.01 shall be credited to such Participant’s Company Basic Deferral Account in one or more installments, as determined by the Plan Administrator, as of a date or dates within the Plan Year.
4.02      Company Base Thrift Deferrals. For each payroll period, the Company shall defer an amount on behalf of such Participant who is entitled to an allocation of “Company Base Contributions” under the Thrift Plan for such payroll period. The amount of each such Company Deferral shall be a percentage of the Participant’s Ineligible Thrift Plan Compensation, if any, for such payroll period, with such percentage being equal to the percentage utilized under the Thrift Plan to determine the Participant’s “Company Base Contribution” for such payroll period under the Thrift Plan. Company Base Thrift Deferrals on behalf of a Participant pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall be credited to such Participant’s Company Base Thrift Deferral Account in accordance with the procedures established from time to time by the Plan Administrator.
4.03      Company Pension Deferrals. No Company Pension Deferrals shall be made for any payroll dates occurring on or after January 1, 2018.
4.04      Company Discretionary Deferrals. As of any date selected by the Company, the Company may credit a Participant’s Company Discretionary Deferral Account with Company Discretionary Deferrals in such amount, if any, as the Company shall determine in its sole discretion. Such credits may be made on behalf of some Participants but not others, and such credits may vary in amount among individual Participants.
4.05      Time and Form of Payment Elections for Company Deferrals. A Participant who does not have a time and form of payment election in effect pursuant to Section 3.06 for a given Plan Year shall make a time and form of payment election, as provided in Sections 9.03 and 9.05 (Sections 9.02 and 9.04 with respect to Grandfathered Amounts), for Company Base Thrift Deferrals, Company Basic Deferrals, Company Pension Deferrals, and Company Discretionary Deferrals for such Plan Year. Such election shall be made in accordance with the same procedures as apply to Participant Deferral elections under Section 3.06. A Participant who had made a time and form of payment election pursuant to this Section 4.05 may change his election for future Company Base Thrift Deferrals, Company Pension Deferrals, and Company Discretionary Deferrals as of the Entry Date of any subsequent Plan Year, by effecting a new election prior to the Entry Date of such Plan Year, in the form and within the time period prescribed by the Plan Administrator. Each Participant’s Accounts shall be divided into subaccounts to reflect the Participant’s various elections respecting time and form of payment. Once an election as to time and form of payment has been made for a Plan Year, the election may not be changed by the Participant or former Participant except as specified in Section 3.07, or Section 3.08, as applicable.

 
13

 



ARTICLE V
VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS
All amounts allocated to the Accounts of a Participant shall be deemed to be invested as of the date of such allocation, and the balance of each Account shall reflect the result of daily pricing of the assets in which such Account is deemed to be invested from the time of such allocation until the time of distribution.
ARTICLE VI
DEEMED INVESTMENT OF FUNDS
Participants’, former Participants’ and Former BJS Participants’ Accounts shall be deemed to be credited with earnings and losses. For the purpose of determining the earnings or losses to be credited to the Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s Accounts under the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall assume that the Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s Accounts are invested in units or shares of the Funds in the proportions selected by the Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator. This amount accrued by the Plan Administrator as additional deferred compensation shall be a part of the Company’s obligation to the Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant. The determination of deemed earnings and losses on amounts deemed credited to the Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s Account shall in no way affect the ability of the general creditors of the Company to reach the assets of the Company (including any rabbi trust maintained in connection with the Plan) in the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or place the Participants, former Participants or Former BJS Participants in a secured position ahead of the general creditors of the Company. Although a Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s investment selections made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and such procedures as may be established by the Plan Administrator shall be relevant for purposes of determining the Company’s obligation to the Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant under the Plan, there is no requirement that any assets of the Company (including those held in any rabbi trust) shall be invested in accordance with the Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s investment selections.
Each Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant shall designate, in accordance with the procedures established from time to time by the Plan Administrator, the manner in which the amounts allocated to his Accounts shall be deemed to be invested from among the Funds made available from time to time for such purpose by the Plan Administrator. Such Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant may designate one of such Funds for the deemed investment of all such amounts allocated to his Accounts or he may split the deemed investment of such amounts allocated to his Accounts among such Funds in such increments as the Plan Administrator may prescribe. If a Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant fails to make a proper designation, then his Accounts shall be deemed to be invested in the Fund or Funds designated in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner by the Plan Administrator from time to time.
A Participant may change his deemed investment designation for future deferrals to be allocated to his Accounts. Any such change shall be made in accordance with the procedures

 
14

 



established by the Plan Administrator, and the frequency of such changes may be limited by the Plan Administrator.
A Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant may elect to convert his deemed investment designation with respect to the amounts already allocated to his Accounts. Any such conversion shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator, and the frequency of such conversions may be limited by the Plan Administrator.
ARTICLE VII
DETERMINATION OF VESTED INTEREST AND FORFEITURES
7.01      Vested Interest. A Participant or former Participant shall have a 100% Vested Interest in amounts credited to his Participant Deferral Account, Company Basic Deferral Account and Bonus Deferral Plan Account at all times. A Participant or former Participant shall have a Vested Interest in the amounts credited to his Company Base Thrift Deferral Account and Company Discretionary Deferral Account equal to his nonforfeitable interest in his “Company Non-Matching Accounts” under the Thrift Plan. A Participant or former Participant shall have a Vested Interest in the amounts credited to his Company Pension Deferral Account equal to his nonforfeitable interest in his account under the Pension Plan. Further, a Participant or former Participant shall have a 100% Vested Interest in amounts credited to his Company Base Thrift Deferral Account, Company Pension Deferral Account, and Company Discretionary Deferral Account upon such Participant’s or former Participant’s Termination of Employment after attainment of his Retirement Date or by reason of death. If a Change in Control occurs, a Participant who has not incurred a Separation From Service prior to the date of the Change in Control shall have a 100% Vested Interest in amounts credited to his Company Base Thrift Deferral Account, Company Discretionary Deferral Account and Company Pension Deferral Account upon the occurrence of the Change in Control.
7.02      Forfeitures. A Participant or former Participant who incurs a Termination of Employment with a Vested Interest in amounts credited to his Company Base Thrift Deferral Account, Company Pension Deferral Account, and Company Discretionary Deferral Account that is less than 100% (determined after giving effect to any provision in Section 7.01 that may provide for an increase in such Participant’s Vested Interest upon a Termination of Employment) shall forfeit to the Company the nonvested portion of amounts credited to his Company Base Thrift Deferral Account, Company Pension Deferral Account, and Company Discretionary Deferral Account as of the date of such Termination of Employment.
ARTICLE VIII
ACCELERATED DISTRIBUTIONS
8.01      Restrictions on In-Service Distributions and Loans. Except as provided in Section 8.02, or as elected by a Participant pursuant to Section 3.06 or Section 4.05 (as such election may be changed pursuant to Section 3.07 or Section 3.08) Participants shall not be permitted to make withdrawals from, or to receive distributions under, the Plan while they are employed by the Company or an Affiliate. Participants shall not, at any time, be permitted to borrow from the Trust

 
15

 



Fund. Except as provided in Sections 8.02, 9.01 and 14.04, all benefits under the Plan shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Article IX.
8.02      Emergency Benefit. In the event that the Plan Administrator, upon written petition of a Participant who has not incurred a Termination of Employment, determines in its sole discretion that such Participant has suffered an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, such Participant shall be entitled to a distribution in an amount not to exceed the lesser of (a) the amount determined by the Plan Administrator as necessary to meet such Participant’s needs created by the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency or (b) the then value of such Participant’s Vested Interest in his Accounts. Such benefit shall be paid in a single lump sum payment as soon as administratively practicable after the Plan Administrator has made its determinations with respect to the availability and amount of such benefit. If a Participant’s Accounts are deemed to be invested in more than one Fund, such benefit shall be distributed pro rata from each Fund in which such Accounts are deemed to be invested. If a Participant’s Accounts contain more than one distribution subaccount, such benefit shall be considered to have been distributed, first, from the subaccount with respect to which the earliest distribution would be made, then, from the subaccount with respect to which the next earliest distribution would be made, and continuing in such manner until the amount of such distribution has been satisfied. A distribution under this Section 8.02 shall in any event be made within 90 days after the Participant incurs an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency. The Participant shall not be permitted to elect the taxable year in which any payment under this Section 8.02 shall be made.
ARTICLE IX
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
9.01      Amount of Benefit. Upon the expiration of the Deferral Period, the Participant (or, in the event of the death of the Participant while employed by the Company or an Affiliate, the Participant’s designated beneficiary) or former Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal in value to the Participant’s or former Participant’s Vested Interest in the balance in his Accounts, other than his BJS Transfer Account, as of the date the payment of such benefit is to commence pursuant to Section 9.02 and/or Section 9.03 (adjusted for subsequent deemed investment gains or losses in the case of benefits paid in the form of installments). Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, amounts credited to a BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s BJS Transfer Account shall be paid at the time and in the form set forth in Appendix A.
9.02      Time of Payment of Grandfathered Amounts. Payment of a Participant’s or former Participant’s benefit under Section 9.01 that is attributable to Grandfathered Amounts shall be made or shall commence, with respect to such Participant’s or former Participant’s Accounts, or with respect to such Participant’s or former Participant’s subaccounts established pursuant to Section 3.06 and/or Section 4.05 separately and respectively, as follows. To the extent that the Participant or former Participant elected to have his Accounts or subaccounts attributable to Grandfathered Amounts paid upon his Termination of Employment, the Participant’s or former Participant’s benefit shall be paid or commence to be paid as soon as administratively practicable after the last day of the calendar year coincident with or next following the date the Participant or former Participant incurs a Termination of Employment. To the extent that the Participant or former Participant elected to have his Accounts or subaccounts attributable to Grandfathered Amounts paid after a specified

 
16

 



term, the Participant's or former Participant’s benefit shall be paid or commence to be paid as soon as administratively practicable after the expiration of such specified term. With respect to any portion of a Participant’s or former Participant’s benefit attributable to Grandfathered Amounts for which no time of payment election is in effect, payment of such amount shall be made or commence as soon as administratively practicable after the last day of the calendar year coincident with or next following the date the Participant or former Participant incurs a Termination of Employment.
9.03      Time of Payment of Amounts Other Than Grandfathered Amounts and Amounts in Bonus Deferral Plan Accounts. Payment of a Participant’s or former Participant’s benefit under Section 9.01 that is not attributable to Grandfathered Amounts, amounts credited to his BJS Transfer Account or amounts credited to his or her Bonus Deferral Plan Account shall be made or shall commence, with respect to such Participant’s or former Participant’s Accounts, or with respect to such Participant’s or former Participant’s subaccounts established pursuant to Section 3.06 and/or Section 4.05 separately and respectively, as follows. To the extent that the Participant or former Participant elected to have such Accounts or subaccounts paid upon his Separation From Service, the Participant’s or former Participant’s benefit shall be paid or commence to be paid on the later of (1) the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date that is six months after the date of the Separation From Service or (2) the first day of the Plan Year next following the date of the Participant’s or former Participant’s Separation From Service. To the extent that the Participant or former Participant elected to have such Accounts or subaccounts paid after a specified term, the Participant's or former Participant’s benefit shall be paid or commence to be paid upon the expiration of such specified term. With respect to any portion of a Participant’s or former Participant’s benefit (that is not attributable to Grandfathered Amounts or amounts credited to his BJS Transfer Account) for which an election was not made in accordance with Section 3.06 or Section 4.05, payment of such amount shall be made or commence on the later of (1) the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date that is six months after the date of the Participant’s or former Participant’s Separation From Service or (2) the first day of the Plan Year next following the date of the Participant’s or former Participant’s Separation From Service.
9.04      Alternative Forms of Benefit Payments for Grandfathered Amounts. A Participant’s or former Participant’s benefit under Section 9.01 shall be paid, with respect to such Participant’s or former Participant’s Grandfathered Amounts, or with respect to such Participant’s or former Participant’s subaccounts established pursuant to Section 3.06 and/or Section 4.05 that are attributable to his Grandfathered Amounts separately and respectively, in one of the following forms irrevocably elected by such Participant or former Participant pursuant to Section 3.06 and/or Section 4.05:
(a)      A single lump sum payment; or
(b)      Any number (from two to 20 as designated by such Participant or former Participant) of annual installment payments and, in the event of such Participant’s or former Participant’s death prior to the receipt of all of the elected installment payments, the remaining installments shall be paid to such Participant’s or former Participant’s designated beneficiary as provided in Section 9.09. The amount of each annual installment shall be computed by dividing the Vested Interest in the unpaid balance in the Participant’s or former

 
17

 



Participant’s Accounts as of the date of payment of such annual installment by the number of annual installments remaining.
With respect to any portion of a Participant’s or former Participant’s benefit attributable to the Participant’s or former Participant’s Pre-2009 Accounts for which an election was not made in accordance with Section 3.06 or Section 4.05, such amount shall be paid in the form of 15 annual installment payments to such Participant or former Participant or, in the event of such Participant’s or former Participant’s death prior to his receipt of all such installments, to his designated beneficiary as provided in Section 9.09; provided, however , that with respect to Grandfathered Amounts, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, elect to make such benefit payment in any other available form. If a Participant or former Participant dies prior to the date the payment of his benefit begins and if no form of payment election is in effect for any portion of such Participant’s or former Participant’s benefit, such amount shall be paid to the Participant’s or former Participant’s designated beneficiary in the form described in the preceding sentence. If a Participant or former Participant dies prior to the date the payment of his benefit begins with a form of payment election in effect, then benefit payments shall be made to the Participant’s or former Participant’s designated beneficiary in the form elected by the Participant or former Participant.
9.05      Alternative Forms of Benefit Payments for Amounts Other Than Grandfathered Amounts and Amounts in Bonus Deferral Plan Accounts. A Participant’s or former Participant’s benefit under Section 9.01 shall be paid, with respect to such Participant’s or former Participant’s Accounts other than his Grandfathered Amounts, BJS Transfer Account or Bonus Deferral Plan Account, or with respect to such Participant’s or former Participant’s subaccounts established pursuant to Section 3.06 and/or Section 4.05 that are not attributable to his Grandfathered Amounts, BJS Transfer Account or Bonus Deferral Plan Account separately and respectively, in one of the following forms irrevocably elected by such Participant or former Participant pursuant to Section 3.06 and/or Section 4.05:
(a)      A single lump sum payment; or
(b)      Any number (from two to 20 as designated by such Participant or former Participant) of annual installment payments and, in the event of such Participant’s or former Participant’s death prior to the receipt of all of the elected installment payments, the remaining installments shall be paid to such Participant’s or former Participant’s designated beneficiary as provided in Section 9.09. The amount of each annual installment shall be computed by dividing the Vested Interest in the unpaid balance in the Participant’s or former Participant’s Accounts as of the date of payment of such annual installment by the number of annual installments remaining.
With respect to any portion of a Participant’s or former Participant’s benefit (that is not attributable to his Grandfathered Amounts, BJS Transfer Account or Bonus Deferral Plan Account) for which an election was not made in accordance with Section 3.06 or Section 4.05, other than amounts attributable to the Participant’s or former Participant’s Pre-2009 Accounts, such amount shall be paid in the form of single sum payment to such Participant or former Participant. If no

 
18

 



form of payment election is in effect for any portion of such Participant’s or former Participant’s benefit (that is not attributable to his Grandfathered Amounts, BJS Transfer Account or Bonus Deferral Plan Account), and the Participant or former Participant dies prior to the date such amount is paid, such amount shall be paid to the Participant’s or former Participant’s designated beneficiary in the form described in the preceding sentence. If a Participant or former Participant dies prior to the date the payment of such portion of his benefit begins with a form of payment election in effect, then benefit payments shall be made to the Participant’s or former Participant’s designated beneficiary in the form elected by the Participant or former Participant.
9.06      Time and Form of Payment of Bonus Deferral Plan Accounts . A Participant’s Bonus Deferral Plan Account shall be paid to the Participant or former Participant in one of the following forms irrevocably elected by such Participant or former Participant under the Bonus Deferral Plan:
(a)      A single lump sum payment; or
(b)      Annual installments over a period of 10, 15 or 20 years. The amount of each annual installment shall be computed by dividing the Vested Interest in the unpaid balance in the Participant’s or former Participant’s Accounts as of the date of payment of such annual installment by the number of annual installments remaining.
If a Participant or former Participant elected to have his or her Bonus Deferral Plan Account paid in the form of a lump sum, such amount shall be paid in April of the year immediately following such Participant’s Separation From Service. If a Participant or former Participant elected to have his or her Bonus Deferral Plan Account paid in the form of annual installments, the first installment shall be paid in April of the year immediately following such Participant’s Separation From Service and each subsequent installment payment shall be paid in April of each subsequent year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant or former Participant is a Specified Employee at the time of his or her Separation From Service, the lump sum distribution or first annual installment shall be paid on the later of (i) the April following such Participant’s or former Participant’s Separation From Service or (ii) the first payroll date that is at least six months after such Separation from Service. If a Participant or former Participant dies prior to the date that all or a portion of the amount credited to the Participant’s or former Participant’s Bonus Deferral Plan Account has been paid, benefit payments shall be made, or in the case of installment payments continue to be made, to the Participant’s or former Participant’s designated beneficiary in the form elected by the Participant or former Participant.
9.07      Accelerated Pay-Out of Certain Grandfathered Amounts. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant’s or former Participant’s benefit payments respecting Grandfathered Amounts credited to any one subaccount established pursuant to Section 3.06 or Section 4.05 are to be paid in a form other than a single lump sum payment and the aggregate Grandfathered Amounts credited to such subaccount at the time of commencement of such payments is less than $50,000, then the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, elect to cause such Grandfathered Amounts credited to such subaccount to be paid in a single lump sum payment.

 
19

 



9.08      Accelerated Pay-Out of Certain Amounts, Including Grandfathered Amounts. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the aggregate amount of the Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s Account balances under the Plan (including Grandfathered Amounts and amounts credited to a BJS Grandfathered Subaccount) does not exceed the Cashout Amount (as defined below), the amounts credited to the Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s Account shall be distributed to him immediately in the form of a single lump sum payment; provided, however , that no such payment shall be made to a Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant prior to the later of (1) the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date that is six months after the date of the Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s Separation From Service and (2) the first day of the Plan Year next following the date of the Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s Separation From Service; and provided further that the payment results in the termination and liquidation of the entirety of the Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s interest under the Plan and all arrangements that are treated as having been deferred under a single nonqualified deferred compensation plan under Department of Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(2). For purposes of this Section 9.08, the term “Cashout Amount” means the applicable dollar amount under section 402(g)(1)(B) of the Code in effect during the Plan Year.
9.09      Designation of Beneficiaries.
(a)      Each Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant shall have the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive payment of his benefit in the event of his death. Each such designation shall be made by executing the beneficiary designation form prescribed by the Plan Administrator and filing same with the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that any beneficiary designation made under the BJS Plan as of December 31, 2011 shall remain effective with respect to any BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant. Any such designation may be changed at any time by execution of a new designation in accordance with this Section.
(b)      If no such designation is on file with the Plan Administrator at the time of the death of the Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant or such designation is not effective for any reason as determined by the Plan Administrator, then the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive such benefit shall be as follows:
(i)      If a Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant leaves a surviving spouse, his benefit shall be paid to such surviving spouse;
(ii)      If a Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant leaves no surviving spouse, his benefit shall be paid to such Participant’s, former Participant’s, or Former BJS Participant’s executor or administrator, or to his heirs at law if there is no administration of such Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s estate.
9.10      Payment of Benefits. To the extent the Trust Fund has sufficient assets, the Trustee shall pay benefits to Participants, former Participants or Former BJS Participants, or their respective beneficiaries, except to the extent the Company pays the benefits directly and provides adequate

 
20

 



evidence of such payment to the Trustee. To the extent the Trustee does not or cannot pay benefits out of the Trust Fund, the benefits shall be paid by the Company. Any benefit payments made to a Participant, former Participant, or Former BJS Participant, or for his benefit pursuant to any provision of the Plan shall be debited to such Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s Accounts. All benefit payments shall be made in cash to the fullest extent practicable.
9.11      Unclaimed Benefits. In the case of a benefit payable on behalf of a Participant, former Participant, or Former BJS Participant, if the Plan Administrator is unable, after reasonable efforts, to locate the Participant, the former Participant, the Former BJS Participant or the beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable, upon the Plan Administrator’s determination thereof, such benefit shall be forfeited to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if subsequent to any such forfeiture the Participant, the former Participant, the Former BJS Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable makes a valid claim for such benefit, such forfeited benefit (without any adjustment for earnings or loss) shall be restored to the Plan by the Company and paid in accordance with the Plan.
9.12      Plan Administrator Determination of Pay-Out of Certain Benefits. Notwithstanding any provision in Section 3.06 to the contrary, the form of payment of a Participant’s or former Participant’s benefits with respect to the portion of his Account attributable to the Grandfathered Amount, if any, credited to his Account on December 31, 1994, under the Plan as in effect immediately prior to the January 1, 1995 restatement of the Plan, and the earnings and losses allocated with respect thereto may, in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, be changed from the form elected by such Participant or former Participant pursuant to the provisions of the Plan as in effect immediately prior to the January 1, 1995 restatement of the Plan to one or more other forms provided in Section 9.04. In making its determination as to the form(s) of payment, the Plan Administrator may consider the age, family status, health, financial status, or such other facts as it deems relevant respecting the Participant or former Participant. The Participant or former Participant may, but shall not be required to, express his preference to the Plan Administrator as to such form(s) of payment, but the Plan Administrator shall be under no obligation to follow such preference. Any such change shall be prior to the time such portion becomes payable to such Participant or former Participant.
9.13      Statutory Benefits. If any benefit obligations are required to be paid under the Plan to a Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant in conjunction with severance of employment under the laws of the country where the Participant, former Participant or or Former BJS Participant is employed or under federal, state or local law, the benefits paid to a Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be deemed to be in satisfaction of any statutorily required benefit obligations.
9.14      Payment to Alternate Payee Under Domestic Relations Order. Plan benefits that are awarded to an Alternate Payee in a Domestic Relations Order shall be paid to the Alternate Payee at the time and in the form directed in the Domestic Relations Order. The Domestic Relations Order may provide for an immediate lump sum payment to an Alternate Payee. A Domestic Relations Order may not otherwise provide for a time or form of payment that is not permitted under the Plan.

 
21

 



A Domestic Relations Order will be disregarded to the extent it awards an Alternate Payee benefits in excess of the applicable Participant’s or former Participant’s Vested Interest.
ARTICLE X
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
10.01      Plan Administrator. Baker Hughes shall be the “Plan Administrator” and the “named fiduciary” for purposes of ERISA and shall be subject to service of process on behalf of the Plan.
10.02      Resignation and Removal. The members of a Committee serving as Plan Administrator shall serve at the pleasure of the Board; they may be officers, directors, or Employees of the Company or any other individuals. At any time during his term of office, any member of a Committee or any individual serving as Plan Administrator may resign by giving written notice to the Board, such resignation to become effective upon the appointment of a substitute or, if earlier, the lapse of thirty days after such notice is given as herein provided. At any time during its term of office, and for any reason, any member of a Committee or any individual serving as Plan Administrator may be removed by the Board.
10.03      Records and Procedures. The Plan Administrator shall keep appropriate records of its proceedings and the administration of the Plan and shall make available for examination during business hours to any Participant, former Participant, Former BJS Participant or the beneficiary of any Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant such records as pertain to that individual’s interest in the Plan. If a Committee is performing duties as the Plan Administrator, the Committee shall designate the individual or individuals who shall be authorized to sign for the Plan Administrator and, upon such designation, the signature of such individual or individuals shall bind the Plan Administrator.
10.04      Self-Interest of Plan Administrator. Neither the members of a Committee nor any individual Plan Administrator shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself under the Plan or to vote in any case in which his individual right to claim any benefit under the Plan is particularly involved. In any case in which any Committee member or individual Plan Administrator is so disqualified to act, the other members of the Committee shall decide the matter in which the Committee member or individual Plan Administrator is disqualified.
10.05      Compensation and Bonding. Neither the members of a Committee nor any individual Plan Administrator shall receive compensation with respect to their services on the Committee or as Plan Administrator. To the extent required by applicable law, or required by the Company, neither the members of a Committee nor any individual Plan Administrator shall furnish bond or security for the performance of their duties hereunder.
10.06      Plan Administrator Powers and Duties. The Plan Administrator shall supervise the administration and enforcement of the Plan according to the terms and provisions hereof and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the right, power, and authority:

 
22

 



(a)      to make rules, regulations, and bylaws for the administration of the Plan that are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof, and to enforce the terms of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Plan Administrator;
(b)      to construe in its discretion all terms, provisions, conditions, and limitations of the Plan;
(c)      to correct any defect or to supply any omission or to reconcile any inconsistency that may appear in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem in its discretion expedient to effectuate the purposes of the Plan;
(d)      to employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys, investment advisors, and other agents, employees, and independent contractors as the Plan Administrator may deem necessary or advisable for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan;
(e)      to determine in its discretion all questions relating to eligibility;
(f)      to determine whether and when a Participant has incurred a Separation From Service or Termination of Employment, and the reason for such termination;
(g)      to make a determination in its discretion as to the right of any individual to a benefit under the Plan and to prescribe procedures to be followed by distributees in obtaining benefits hereunder;
(h)      to receive and review reports from the Trustee as to the financial condition of the Trust Fund, including its receipts and disbursements; and
(i)      to establish or designate Funds as deemed investment options as provided in Article VI.
10.07      Reliance on Documents, Instruments, etc. The Plan Administrator may rely on any certificate statement or other representation made on behalf of the Company, any Employee or any Participant, which the Plan Administrator in good faith believes to be genuine, and on any certificate, statement, report or other representation made to it by any agent or any attorney, accountant or other expert retained by it or the Company in connection with the operation and administration of the Plan.
10.08      Claims Review Procedures; Claims Appeals Procedures.
(a)     Claims Review Procedures . When a benefit is due, the Participant, or the person entitled to Benefits under Section 9.09, should submit a claim to the office designated by the Plan Administrator to receive claims. Under normal circumstances, the Plan Administrator will make a final decision as to a claim within 90 days after receipt of the claim. If the Plan Administrator notifies the claimant in writing during the initial 90‑day period, it may extend the period up to 180 days after the initial receipt of the claim. The written notice must contain the circumstances necessitating the extension and the anticipated date for the final decision. If a claim is denied during the claims period, the Plan Administrator

 
23

 



must notify the claimant in writing, and the written notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:
(1)    the specific reason or reasons for the denial;
(2)    specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
(3)    a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
(4)    an explanation of the Plan claims review procedures and time limits, including a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of ERISA.
If a decision is not given to the Participant within the claims review period, the claim is treated as if it were denied on the last day of the claims review period.
(b)     Claims Appeals Procedures . For purposes of this section the Participant or the person entitled to Benefits under Section 9.09 is referred to as the “claimant.” If a claimant’s claim made pursuant to Section 10.08(a) is denied and he wants a review, he must apply to the Plan Administrator in writing. That application can include any arguments, written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits. In addition, the claimant is entitled to receive on request and free of charge reasonable access to and copies of all information relevant to the claim. For this purpose, “relevant” means information that was relied on in making the benefit determination or that was submitted, considered or generated in the course of making the determination, without regard to whether it was relied on, and information that demonstrates compliance with the Plan’s administrative procedures and safeguards for assuring and verifying that Plan provisions are applied consistently in making benefit determinations. The Plan Administrator must take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The claimant may either represent himself or appoint a representative, either of whom has the right to inspect all documents pertaining to the claim and its denial. The Plan Administrator can schedule any meeting with the claimant or his representative that it finds necessary or appropriate to complete its review.
The request for review must be filed within 90 days after the denial. If it is not, the denial becomes final. If a timely request is made, the Plan Administrator must make its decision, under normal circumstances, within 60 days of the receipt of the request for review. However, if the Plan Administrator notifies the claimant prior to the expiration of the initial review period, it may extend the period of review up to 120 days following the initial receipt of the request for a review. All decisions of the Plan Administrator must be in writing and must include the specific reasons for its action, the Plan provisions on which its decision is based, and a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge,

 
24

 



reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under section 502(a) of ERISA If a decision is not given to the claimant within the review period, the claim is treated as if it were denied on the last day of the review period.
Within 60 days of receipt by a claimant of a notice denying a claim under the preceding paragraph, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may request in writing a full and fair review of the claim by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may extend the 60-day period where the nature of the benefit involved or other attendant circumstances make such extension appropriate. In connection with such review, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments in writing. The Plan Administrator shall make a decision promptly, and not later than 60 days after the Plan’s receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing) require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of a request for review. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.
10.09      Company to Supply Information . The Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator, including, but not limited to, information relating to each Participant’s Base Compensation, Bonus, Discretionary Bonus, Ineligible Thrift Plan Compensation, Ineligible Pension Plan Compensation, age, Retirement, death, or other cause of Termination of Employment and such other pertinent facts as the Plan Administrator may require. The Company shall advise the Trustee of such of the foregoing facts as are deemed necessary for the Trustee to carry out the Trustee’s duties under the Plan and the Trust Agreement. When making a determination in connection with the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon the aforesaid information furnished by the Company.
10.10      Indemnity. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify and save harmless the Managing Member, each member of the Committee, each delegate of the Committee or the Managing Member and the Plan Administrator against any and all expenses, liabilities and claims (including legal fees incurred to investigate or defend against such liabilities and claims) arising out of their discharge in good faith of responsibilities under or incident to the Plan. Expenses and liabilities arising out of willful misconduct shall not be covered under this indemnity. This indemnity shall not preclude such further indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased by the Company or provided by the Company under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, as such indemnities are permitted under applicable law. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that any payment made pursuant to this Section 10.10 is not exempt from Section 409A pursuant to the application of Department of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(10) or other applicable exemption (a 409A Payment ) the following provisions of this Section 10.10 shall apply with respect to such 409A Payment. The Company shall make a 409A Payment due under this Section 10.10 by the last day of the taxable year of the indemnitee following the taxable year in which the

 
25

 



applicable legal fees and expenses were incurred. The legal fees or expenses that are subject to reimbursement pursuant to this Section 10.10 shall not be limited as a result of when the fees or expenses are incurred. The amounts of legal fees or expenses that are eligible for reimbursement pursuant to this Section 10.10 during a given taxable year of the indemnitee shall not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year. The right to reimbursement pursuant to this Section 10.10 is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
ARTICLE XI
ADMINISTRATION OF FUNDS
11.01      Payment of Expenses. All expenses incident to the administration of the Plan and Trust, including but not limited to, legal, accounting, Trustee fees, and expenses of the Plan Administrator, may be paid by the Company and, if not paid by the Company, shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund, if any.
11.02      Trust Fund Property. All income, profits, recoveries, contributions, forfeitures and any and all moneys, securities and properties of any kind at any time received or held by the Trustee, if any, shall be held for investment purposes as a commingled Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement. The Plan Administrator shall maintain one or more Accounts in the name of each Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant, but the maintenance of an Account designated as the Account of a Participant or former Participant shall not mean that such Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant shall have a greater or lesser interest than that due him by operation of the Plan and shall not be considered as segregating any funds or property from any other funds or property contained in the commingled fund. No Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant shall have any title to any specific asset in the Trust Fund, if any.
ARTICLE XII
ADOPTION OF PLAN BY OTHER EMPLOYERS
12.01      Adoption Procedure.
(a)    With the written approval of the Plan Administrator, any entity that is an Affiliate may adopt the Plan by appropriate action of its board of directors or noncorporate counterpart, as evidenced by a written instrument executed by an authorized officer of such entity or an executed adoption agreement (approved by the board of directors or noncorporate counterpart of the Affiliate), agreeing to be bound by all the terms, conditions and limitations of the Plan except those, if any, specifically described in the adoption instrument, and providing all information required by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator and the adopting Affiliate may agree to incorporate specific provisions relating to the operation of the Plan that apply to the adopting Affiliate only and shall become, as to such adopting Affiliate and its employees, a part of the Plan.

(b)    The provisions of the Plan may be modified so as to increase the obligations of an adopting Affiliate only with the consent of such Affiliate, which consent shall be

 
26

 



conclusively presumed to have been given by such Affiliate unless the Affiliate gives the Company written notice of its rejection of the amendment within 30 days after the adoption of the amendment.

(c)    The provisions of the Plan shall apply separately and equally to each adopting Affiliate and its employees in the same manner as is expressly provided for the Company and its employees, except that the power to appoint or otherwise affect the Plan Administrator and the power to amend or terminate the Plan shall be exercised by the Company. The Plan Administrator shall act as the agent for each Affiliate that adopts the Plan for all purposes of administration thereof.

(d)    Any adopting Affiliate may, by appropriate action of its board of directors or noncorporate counterpart, terminate its participation in the Plan. Moreover, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, terminate an Affiliate’s participation in the Plan at any time.

(e)    The Plan will terminate with respect to any Affiliate that has adopted the Plan pursuant to this Section if the Affiliate ceases to be an Affiliate or revokes its adoption of the Plan by resolution of its board of directors or noncorporate counterpart evidenced by a written instrument executed by an authorized officer of the Affiliate. If the Plan terminates with respect to any Affiliate, the employees of that Affiliate will no longer be eligible to be Participants in the Plan.

(f)    For purposes of the Code and ERISA, the Plan as adopted by the Affiliates shall constitute a single plan rather than a separate plan of each Affiliate.
12.02      No Joint Venture Implied . The document which evidences the adoption of the Plan by an Affiliate shall become a part of the Plan. However, neither the adoption of the Plan by an Affiliate nor any act performed by it in relation to the Plan shall ever create a joint venture or partnership relation between it and any other Affiliate.
ARTICLE XIII
NATURE OF THE PLAN
AND ESTABLISHMENT OF THE TRUST
13.01      Nature of the Plan. The Company intends and desires by the adoption of the Plan to recognize the value to the Company of the past and present services of employees covered by the Plan and to encourage and assure their continued service with the Company by making more adequate provision for their future retirement security. The establishment of the Plan is, in part, made necessary by certain benefit limitations which are imposed on the Thrift Plan and the Pension Plan by the Code. The Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded, unsecured plan of deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Company. Plan benefits herein provided are a contractual obligation of the Company which shall be paid out of the Company’s general assets. Nevertheless, subject to the terms hereof and of the Trust

 
27

 



Agreement, the Company may transfer money or other property to the Trustee to provide Plan benefits hereunder, and the Trustee shall pay Plan benefits to Participants, former Participants, Former BJS Participants and their beneficiaries out of the Trust Fund. To the extent the Company transfers assets to the Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Plan Administrator may, but need not, establish procedures for the Trustee to invest the Trust Fund in accordance with each Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s designated deemed investments pursuant to Article VI respecting the portion of the Trust Fund assets equal to such Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s Accounts.
13.02      Establishment of the Trust. The Managing Member, in its sole discretion, may establish the Trust and direct Baker Hughes, for and on behalf of each Company, to enter into the Trust Agreement. In such event, the Company shall remain the owner of all assets in the Trust Fund and the assets shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors if the Company ever becomes insolvent. For purposes hereof, the Company shall be considered “insolvent” if (a) the Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due or (b) the Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code (or any successor federal statute). The chief executive officer of the Company and its board of directors shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing if the Company becomes insolvent. Such notice given under the preceding sentence by any party shall satisfy all of the parties’ duty to give notice. When so informed, the Trustee shall suspend payments to the Participants, former Participants or Former BJS Participants and hold the assets for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors. If the Company subsequently alleges that it is no longer insolvent or if the Trustee receives a written allegation from a third party that the Company is insolvent, the Trustee shall suspend payments to the Participants, former Participants and Former BJS Participants and hold the Trust Fund for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors, and shall determine in accordance with the Trust Agreement whether the Company is insolvent. If the Trustee determines that the Company is not insolvent, the Trustee shall resume payments to the Participants, former Participants and Former BJS Participants. No Participant, former Participant, Former BJS Participant or beneficiary shall have any preferred claim to, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust Fund, and, upon commencement of participation in the Plan, each Participant, former Participant and Former BJS Participant shall have agreed to waive his priority credit position, if any, under applicable state law with respect to the assets of the Trust Fund.
ARTICLE XIV
MISCELLANEOUS
14.01      Plan Not Contract of Employment. The adoption and maintenance of the Plan shall not be deemed to be a contract between the Company and any individual or to be consideration for the employment of any individual. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (0) give any individual the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, (0) restrict the right of the Company to discharge any individual at any time, (0) give the Company the right to require any individual to remain in the employ of the Company, or (0) restrict any individual’s right to terminate his employment at any time.

 
28

 



14.02      Alienation of Interest Forbidden. The interest of a Participant, former Participant, or Former BJS Participant, or his beneficiary or beneficiaries hereunder may not be sold, transferred, assigned, or encumbered in any manner, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be null and void; neither shall the benefits hereunder be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any individual to whom such benefits or funds are payable, nor shall they be an asset in bankruptcy or subject to garnishment, attachment or other legal or equitable proceedings. The provisions of this Section 14.02 shall not apply to a Domestic Relations Order.
14.03      Withholding. All credits to a Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s Accounts and payments provided for hereunder shall be subject to applicable withholding and other deductions as shall be required of the Company under any applicable local, state or federal law.
14.04      Amendment and Termination. With the approval of the Managing Member, Baker Hughes may from time to time, in its discretion, amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan on behalf of any Company; provided, however , that no amendment may be made that would impair the rights of a Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant with respect to amounts already credited to his Accounts. With the approval of the Managing Member, Baker Hughes may terminate the Plan at any time. If the Plan is terminated, (a)  the Grandfathered Amounts credited to a Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s Account and (b) amounts credited to a Participant’s, former Participant’s or Former BJ Participant’s BJS Grandfathered Account shall be paid to such Participant, former Participant, Former BJS Participant or his designated beneficiary in the manner specified by the Plan Administrator, which may include the payment of a single lump sum payment in full satisfaction of all of such Participant’s, former Participant’s, Former BJS Participant’s or beneficiary’s benefits hereunder that are attributable to Grandfathered Amounts and amounts credited to BJS Grandfathered Subaccounts. If the Plan is terminated, amounts credited to the Participant’s, former Participant’s, or Former BJS Participant’s Account other than amounts that are attributable to Grandfathered Amounts and amounts credited to BJS Grandfathered Subaccounts shall be paid to such Participant, former Participant, or Former BJS Participant, or his designated beneficiary at the time(s) and in the form(s) elected by the Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant under Sections 3.06, 4.05 or Appendix A (as such elections may have been changed pursuant to Section 3.07, 3.08 or Appendix A).
14.05      Severability. If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof; instead, each provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.
14.06      Arbitration. A controversy arising out of or relating to the Plan, including without limitation, any and all disputes, claims (whether in contract, statutory or otherwise) or disagreements concerning the interpretation or application of the provisions of the Plan, (a “Covered Claim”) shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with the Employee Benefit Plan Claims Arbitration Rules (“Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) in effect at the initiation of the

 
29

 



arbitration. All Covered Claims shall be arbitrated on an individual basis and the Participant shall not have any right or authority to assert or pursue any Covered Claims as a class action or derivative action of any sort. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Rules (including Rule 12 entitled “Grouping of Claims for Hearing” or this rule’s successor), a Covered Claim by one Participant shall not be grouped or consolidated with a Covered Claim by another Participant in a single proceeding. No arbitration proceeding relating to the Plan may be initiated by either the Company or the Participant or former Participant, unless the claims review and appeals procedures specified in Section 10.08 have been exhausted. The arbitration shall be administered by the AAA. Three arbitrators shall hear and determine the controversy. Within twenty (20) business days of the initiation of an arbitration hereunder, the Company and the Participant, or former Participant, will each separately designate an arbitrator, and within twenty (20) business days of such selection, the appointed arbitrators will appoint a neutral arbitrator from the panel of AAA National Panel of Employee Benefit Plan Claims Arbitrators. All arbitrators shall be impartial and independent. The award (including a statement of finding of facts) shall be made promptly and no later than forty-five (45) days from the date of closing the hearings or, if the hearing has been on documents only, from the date of transmittal of the final statements and proofs to the arbitrator. The arbitrators shall have the power to rule on their own jurisdiction, including any objections with respect to the existence, scope, or validity of the arbitration agreement or to the arbitrability of any claim or counterclaim, including a Covered Claim. The decision of the arbitrators selected hereunder will be final and binding upon both parties, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. This arbitration provision is expressly made pursuant to, and shall be governed by, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16 (or replacement or successor statute). Nothing in this Section 14.06 shall be construed to, in any way, limit the scope and effect of Article X. In any arbitration proceeding full effect shall be given to the rights, powers, and authorities of the Plan Administrator under Article X.
14.07      Compliance With Section 409A. Except with respect to Grandfathered Amounts and amounts credited to BJS Grandfathered Subaccounts, the Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A and the Plan shall be interpreted and operated in a manner consistent with this intention.
14.08      Governing Law. All provisions of the Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas, except to the extent preempted by federal law and except to the extent that the conflicts of laws provisions of the State of Texas would require the application of the relevant law of another jurisdiction, in which event the relevant law of the State of Texas will nonetheless apply, with venue for litigation being in Houston, Texas.


 
30

 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 19th day of December, 2018.

BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY, LLC

By: / s/ Lee Whitley    
Lee Whitley, Corporate Secretary          

 
31

 



APPENDIX A
Special Provisions with Respect to Amounts Deferred Under the
BJ Services Deferred Compensation Plan
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the special provisions included in this Appendix A shall apply with respect to amounts deferred under the BJS Plan.
PART A.1 - BJS Transfer Account
The Plan Administrator or Plan recordkeeper shall maintain a BJS Transfer Account for each BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant that reflects the credits made under the BJS Plan on behalf of an individual who had an account under the BJS Plan on December 31, 2011 that was transferred to the Plan effective January 1, 2012. The term “ BJS Transfer Account ” means all ledger accounts pertaining to a Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant which are maintained by the Plan Administrator or Plan recordkeeper to reflect the Company’s obligation to the Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant under the BJS Plan. The Plan Administrator or Plan recordkeeper shall establish the following subaccounts and any additional subaccounts that the Plan Administrator considers necessary to reflect the entire interest of the Participant, former Participant or Former BJS Participant under the BJS Plan. Each of the subaccounts listed below and any additional subaccounts established by the Plan Administrator shall reflect credits and debits made to such subaccounts for earnings, losses and forfeitures.
(a)     BJS Deferral Subaccount – A separate subaccount which includes amounts other than amounts credited to a BJS Grandfathered Subaccount, that were credited to a BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s account under the BJS Plan and were transferred to the Plan effective January 1, 2012. Each BJS Deferral Subaccount shall be further divided as necessary to reflect the BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s elections as to the time and form of payment.
(b)     BJS Grandfathered Subaccount – A separate subaccount which reflects amounts that were earned and vested (within the meaning of Section 409A) under the BJS Plan as of December 31, 2004 (and earnings and losses thereon) that were credited to a BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s account under the BJS Plan and were transferred to the Plan effective January 1, 2012. Each BJS Grandfathered Subaccount shall be further divided as necessary to reflect the BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s elections as to the time and form of payment.
(c)     OSCA Subaccount – A separate subaccount established under a BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s BJS Grandfathered Subaccount, which includes amounts credited to a BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s account under the OSCA, Inc. Amended and Restated Supplemental Deferred Compensation Plan, as in effect on March 3, 2003 and were transferred to the Plan effective January 1, 2012.

 
1

 



PART A.2 - Vesting     
Each BJS Participant and Former BJS Participant shall have a 100 percent (100%) Vested Interest in amounts credited to his BJS Transfer Account.
PART A.3 - Amount of Benefit    
The BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant, or in the event of the death of the BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant, the BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s designated beneficiary, shall be entitled to a benefit equal in value to the Vested Interest in the amount credited to his BJS Transfer Account.
PART A.4    Time and Form of Payment    
A.4.1 Election of Time and Form of Payment. Each BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant previously elected the time and form of payment of amounts credited to his BJS Transfer Account. Such elections were made in accordance with the requirements of the BJS Plan.
A.4.2 Time of Payment. Amounts credited to a BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s BJS Transfer Account shall be distributed at the time specified in the BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s timely executed and filed deferral election. A BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant was permitted to elect to receive payment or to commence to receive payment of all or a portion of the amounts credited to his BJS Transfer Account as of any date that was no earlier than the second Plan Year following the Plan Year during which such amount was credited to a BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s account under the BJS Plan. However, in the event of the occurrence of the BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s Separation From Service prior to the selected payment date, payment of all amounts credited to a BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s BJS Transfer Account shall be made or commence upon a BJS Participant’s Separation from Service. In the event a BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant failed to elect the time when payment of his benefit is to be made or commenced, such payment shall be made or commence upon his Separation from Service.
(a)     BJS Grandfathered Subaccounts. Payment of all or a portion of the amounts credited to a BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s BJS Grandfathered Subaccount shall be made or commence as of the date elected by the Participant or former Participant.
(b)     BJS Deferral Subaccounts. Payment of all or a portion of the nonforfeitable amounts credited to a BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s BJS Deferral Subaccount shall be made or commence as follows, in accordance with the BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s elections: (i) for amounts scheduled to be paid on a specified date elected by the BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant for payment of his Deferral Subaccount, on the first business day following the specified date, (ii) for amounts scheduled to be paid upon the Separation from Service of a BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant who is a non-employee director, on the first business day following the date of the non-employee director’s Separation from Service; or (3) for amounts scheduled to be paid upon the Separation from Service of a BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant who is an Eligible

 
2

 



Employee, on the date that is six months following the date of the Eligible Employee’s Separation From Service.
A.4.3      Form of Payment. Payment of all or a portion of the nonforfeitable amounts credited to a BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s BJS Transfer Account shall be made in one of the following forms as previously elected by the BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant:
(a)    A lump sum, cash payment; or
(b)    Annual installment payments for a term certain of either 5, 10, or 15 years, payable to the BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant or, in the event of such BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s death prior to the end of such term certain, to his designated beneficiary.
In the event a BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant failed to elect the form in which his benefit payments are to be made, such benefit payments shall be in the form of a lump sum, cash payment to such BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant or, in the event of such BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s death, to his designated beneficiary. If a BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant dies and if the BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant did elect the form in which his benefit payments are to be made, then benefit payments shall be made to the BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s designated beneficiary in the form elected by the BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant.
A.4.4    Change of Time or Form of Payment.     
(a)     Change of Time or Form of Payment of Amounts Credited to BJS Grandfathered Subaccounts. Any BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant may revise his election regarding the time or form of payment of all or a portion of the amounts credited to his BJS Grandfathered Subaccount under the Plan; provided, however, that such election shall not be effective until the date that is twelve months after the date of such election.
(b)     Change of Time or Form of Payment of Amounts Credited to BJS Deferral Subaccounts. A BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant may revise any election regarding the time or form of payment of all or a portion of the amounts credited to his BJS Deferral Subaccount pursuant to Section 3.08 of the Plan.
A.4.5    Cashouts of Small BJS Grandfathered Subaccounts.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if a BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant incurs a Separation From Service and the total amount credited to his BJS Grandfathered Subaccount does not exceed $25,000, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, pay such amount credited to the BJS Grandfathered Subaccount in a lump sum cash payment to such BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant, or, in the event of such BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s death, to his designated beneficiary.


 
3

 



PART A.5 - Permitted Accelerated Payments
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Committee may, in its discretion, direct the accelerated payment of amounts credited to a BJS Transfer Account under the following circumstances; provided, however, that no BJS Participant or Former BJS Participant may be provided a direct or indirect election as to whether the Committee’s discretion to accelerate a payment will be exercised:
(a)    To the extent necessary to fulfill a Domestic Relations Order relating to a BJS Participant, (1) an individual shall be entitled to receive distribution of all or such portion of such BJS Participant’s BJS Grandfathered Subaccount, and (2) an individual other than the BJS Participant shall be entitled to receive distribution of all or such portion of the Vested Interest in such Participant’s BJS Deferral Subaccount.
(b)    A BJS Participant may receive distribution of all or such portion of the Vested Interest in his BJS Deferral Subaccount, in a single lump sum payment, to the extent necessary for any Federal officer or employee in the executive branch to comply with an ethics agreement with the Federal government.
(c)    A BJS Participant may receive distribution of all or such portion of the Vested Interest in his BJS Deferral Subaccount, in a single lump sum payment, to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid the violation of an applicable Federal, state, local, or foreign ethics law or conflicts of interest law.
(d)    A BJS Participant may receive a distribution of such portion of the Vested Interest in his BJS Deferral Subaccount, in a single lump sum payment, as is necessary to pay (1) the Federal Insurance Contributions Act tax imposed under sections 3101, 3121(a), and 3121(v)(2) of the Code, where applicable, on amounts deferred under the Plan that are not credited to a BJS Participant’s or Former BJS Participant’s BJS Grandfathered Subaccount (the “ FICA Amount ”), (2) the income tax at source on wages imposed under section 3401 of the Code or the corresponding withholding provisions of applicable state, local, or foreign tax laws as a result of the payment of the FICA Amount, or (3) the additional income tax at source on wages attributable to the pyramiding Code section 3401 wages and taxes; provided, however, that the total payment under this paragraph (d) shall not exceed the aggregate of the FICA Amount and the income tax withholding related to such FICA Amount.
(e)    A BJS Participant may receive distribution of such portion of the Vested Interest in his BJS Deferral Subaccount, in a single lump sum payment, as is required to be included in the BJS Participant’s income as a result of the failure of the Plan to comply with Section 409A; provided, however, that such distribution shall not exceed the amount required to be included in the BJS Participant’s income as a result of such failure.

 
4

 



(f)    A BJS Participant may receive distribution of all or such portion of the Vested Interest in his BJS Deferral Subaccount, in a single lump sum payment, to reflect payment of state, local, or foreign tax obligations arising from participation in the Plan that apply to an amount deferred under the Plan before the amount is paid or made available to the BJS Participant. Any such payment may not exceed (1) the amount of such taxes as are due as a result of participation in the Plan (the “ Other Taxes ”) (which amount may be made in the form of withholding pursuant to the provisions of the applicable law or by distribution directly to the Participant), (2) the income tax at source on wages imposed under section 3401 of the Code as a result of the distribution of the Other Taxes, and (3) the additional income tax at source on wages imposed under section 3401 of the Code attributable to the payment of such additional Code section 3401 wages and Other Taxes.
(g)    A BJS Participant may receive distribution of all or such portion of the Vested Interest in his BJS Deferral Account, in a single lump sum payment, in connection with the settlement of an arms’ length bona fide dispute between the Company and the BJS Participant as to the BJS Participant’s right to benefits under the Plan to the extent contemplated under section 409A of the Code.
(h)    A BJS Participant may receive distribution of all or such portion of the Vested Interest in his BJS Deferral Subaccounts, in a single lump sum payment, under any other circumstance permitted under Department of Treasury regulation section 1.409A-3(j)(4) (except in connection with a Domestic Relations Order) or any successor regulation thereto or prescribed by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.
Clauses (a) through (h) under this Part A.5 of Appendix A are intended to comply with the applicable exemptions and requirements of section 409A(a)(3) of the Code and Department of Treasury regulation section 1.409A-3(j)(4) that correspond to the provisions described above and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. Any distribution to be made pursuant to this Part A.5 of Appendix A shall be made on the next business day following the determination that such distribution should be made, and such payment will be deemed made on such date if it is made as soon as administratively practicable following such date.

 
5

 
Exhibit 10.53
EXECUTION VERSION


EMPLOYEE BENEFITS MATTERS AGREEMENT
This EMPLOYEE BENEFITS MATTERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of November 13, 2018 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among General Electric Company, a New York corporation (“ GE ”), Baker Hughes, a GE company, a Delaware corporation (“ BHGE ”), and Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ BHGELLC ”). GE, BHGE and BHGELLC may be individually referred to herein as a “Party” or collectively as the “Parties”.
WHEREAS, the Transaction Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of October 30, 2016, was entered into among GE, Baker Hughes Incorporated, Bear MergerSub, Inc., and Bear Newco, Inc. (the “ Transaction Agreement ”);
WHEREAS, the Parties have simultaneously entered into the Master Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2018 (the “ Master Agreement ”); and
WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated in the Master Agreement the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein as well as certain other agreements being entered into substantially contemporaneously herewith.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the Parties, the Parties hereto agree as follows effective as of the Effective Date:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.1      Capitalized Terms Not Defined in This Agreement . Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Transaction Agreement.
1.2      Terms Defined in this Agreement . The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
(a)      Actuary ” means (i) in the US, an enrolled actuary; or (ii) in the UK, a fellow of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries.
(b)      Alstom Pension Plan ” means the registered pension scheme known as the Alstom Pension Scheme established by a Definitive Trust Deed dated July 22, 1998 and currently governed by a consolidated trust deed and rules dated May 5, 2010.
(c)      BHGE Employee ” means a current or former employee of any of the BHGE Entities.
(d)      BHGE Entities ” means BHGE, BHGELLC and their Subsidiaries.
(e)      BHGE O&G Entities ” means, GE Oil and Gas (UK) Ltd (Gold ID IF1222), Druck Limited (IS0093), DI UK Limited (DRS431), PII Limited (PS0077), Sondex Wireline Limited

- 1 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


(IF1353), GE Oil& Gas Pressure Control Ltd (IF1833) and Nuovo Pignone International S.r.l.(IF1029).
(f)      BHGE Indemnitees ” means, collectively, the BHGE Entities and their respective directors, officers, shareholders, trustees and employees and their heirs, successors and permitted assigns (but for the avoidance of doubt, not in their capacity as a plan participant, including under any GE Benefit Plan).
(g)      BHGE UK Plan ” means the Baker Hughes UK Pension Plan, a registered pension scheme for the purposes of Chapter 2 of Part 4 of the United Kingdom Finance Act 2004, which is governed by a Third Definitive Trust Deed dated July 6, 2012 and the rules attached thereto or such other registered pension scheme as may be newly established by BHGE or its Affiliate which is nominated by BHGE in writing to GE on or before December 31, 2018 as the BHGE UK Plan for the purposes of this Agreement.
(h)      Closing ” means closing of the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Agreement.
(i)      Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(j)      Contribution Notice means a contribution notice issued by the Pensions Regulator under section 38 or section 47 of the Pensions Act 2004.
(k)      Dutch Pension Plan ” means the 2017 execution agreement ( uitvoeringsovereenkomst ) made with Stichting Pensioenfonds General Electric Nederland.
(l)      ERISA ” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
(m)      Exit Date ” means the date on which the BHGE Entities cease to participate in the GE UK Pension Plan, or if later the date on which the BHGE Entities trigger a debt payable by the BHGE Entities to the trustees of the GE UK Pension Plan under section 75 of the Pensions Act 1995 (currently estimated to be April 30, 2019), or such other date as the Parties to this Agreement may mutually agree.
(n)      Financial Support Direction ” means a financial support direction issued by the Pensions Regulator under section 43 of the Pensions Act 2004.
(o)      Former O&G Entities ” means GE Inspection Technologies Limited (I10356), Pignone Engineering (I00T30), Sondex Wireline Aberdeen Limited (IF1354), Druck Holdings (IS0084) and GE Thermometrics (UK) Limited (IS0014).
(p)      GE Benefit Plans ” means the Alstom Pension Plan, the Dutch Pension Plan, the GE Long-Term Incentive Plans, the GE Post-Termination H&W Benefits Programs, the GE Retirement Savings Plan, the GE Supplementary Pension Plan, the GE UK Pension Plan, and the GE US Pension Plan.

- 2 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


(q)      GE Entities ” means GE and its Affiliates other than the BHGE Entities.
(r)      GE Indemnitees ” means, collectively, the GE Entities and their respective directors, officers, shareholders, trustees and employees and their heirs, successors and permitted assigns (but for the avoidance of doubt, not in their capacity as a plan participant, including under any GE Benefit Plan).
(s)      GE Long-Term Incentive Plans ” means the GE 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan and any other long-term incentive compensation plans of any of the GE Entities under which long-term incentive compensation awards, such as stock options, restricted stock awards, performance unit awards and stock appreciation rights awards, have been granted to BHGE Employees.
(t)      GE Post-Termination H&W Benefits Programs ” has the meaning specified in Article V.
(u)      GE Retirement Savings Plan ” means the defined contribution pension plan by such name that is subject to ERISA, funded in part by the GE Retirement Savings Trust and sponsored by GE for the benefit of GE employees and employees of its participating Affiliates.
(v)      GE Supplementary Pension Plan ” means the unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan by such name that is maintained for the benefit of certain current and former executives of GE and its Affiliates. The GE Supplementary Pension Plan includes two components, known as “Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits” and “Executive Retirement Installment Benefits”.
(w)      GE UK Pension Plan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.
(x)      GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Payment ” means an amount equal to (1) the GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Value Amount, as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.3, as adjusted in line with the Timing Adjustment from the Exit Date until the day before payment is made in accordance with Section 2.3, minus (2) the amount of the initial transfer paid under Section 2.2 adjusted in line with the Timing Adjustment from the respective date each element of the initial transfer was paid in accordance with Section 2.2 until the day before payment of the GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Payment is made in accordance with Section 2.3.
(y)      GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Value Amount ” means either (1) the amount determined in accordance with Appendix 1, using member data and market conditions at the Exit Date or (2) the present value of the Transferred Liabilities, as determined using the same underlying methodology for deriving the assumptions used in the actuarial valuation of the GE UK Pension Plan carried out by the Actuary to the GE UK Pension Plan as of March 31, 2018 as set out in the Statement of Funding Principles for the GE UK Pension Plan for the purposes of the Pensions Act 2004 but with the mortality base table assumption using multipliers of 92% rather than the multipliers used in the March 31, 2018 actuarial valuation and including the GMP equalization adjustment (being amount C in Appendix 1), using member data and market conditions at the Exit Date, whichever of (1) or (2) is a larger liability figure.

- 3 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


(z)      GE US Pension Plan ” means the GE Pension Plan, the defined benefit pension plan by such name that is subject to ERISA, funded in part by the General Electric Pension Trust (Plan Number 001) and sponsored by GE for the benefit of GE employees and employees of its participating Affiliates.
(aa)      Liabilities ” of any Person means, as of any given time, any and all indebtedness, liabilities, commitments and obligations of any kind of such Person, whether fixed, contingent or absolute, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, accrued or not accrued, asserted or not asserted, known or unknown, determined, determinable or otherwise, whenever or however arising (including whether arising out of any contract or tort based on negligence or strict liability).
(bb)      Losses ” means, with respect to any BHGE Indemnitee or GE Indemnitee, any and all losses, Liabilities, Taxes, claims, obligations, judgments, fines, settlement payments, awards or damages of any kind actually suffered or incurred by such BHGE Indemnitee or GE Indemnitee (together with all reasonably incurred cash disbursements, costs and expenses, costs of investigation, defense and appeal and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), whether or not involving a third-party claim. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, covered Losses include (without limitation) all fees incurred by the indemnified party to defend, resolve, and/or settle claims, litigation and other proceedings, and all associated taxes, interest, and penalties.
(cc)      Pensions Act 1995 ” means the United Kingdom Pensions Act of 1995.
(dd)      Pensions Act 2004” means the United Kingdom Pensions Act 2004.
(ee)      Pensions Regulator ” means the corporate body established under Part 1 of the Pensions Act 2004.
(ff)      Termination Date ” means the first date on which the GE Entities cease to beneficially own equity interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of BHGE.
(gg)      Timing Adjustment ” means the adjustment mechanism over a period of time as set out in Appendix 1.
(hh)      Transaction Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the recitals.
(ii)      Transferred Liabilities ” means all retirement, death and lump sum benefits as described in the Benefit Rules of the GE UK Pension Plan to or in respect of GE UK Pension Plan participants who are employees of BHGE O&G Entities as at the Exit Date, or whose employer at the time they ceased to be a participant in the GE UK Pension Plan was a BHGE O&G Entity or a Former O&G Entity.
ARTICLE II     
GE UK PENSION PLAN, ALSTOM PENSION PLAN AND NETHERLANDS PENSION SCHEME
2.1      General .

- 4 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


(a)      This Article II sets forth the agreements of the Parties with respect to the GE Pension Plan, which is governed by the Constitutional Rules and Benefit Rules dated December 8, 2016 between GE Pension Trustees Limited and GEH Holdings (the “ GE UK Pension Plan ”).
(b)      BHGE and GE shall ensure that the steps to be taken in accordance with this Article II and the events contemplated by this Article II shall take place at the same time in relation to each of the BHGE Entities.
2.2      Initial Transfer .
(a)      On or as soon as practicable after the Exit Date, GE shall transfer or cause to be transferred to the BHGE Plan an amount in money or money’s worth equal to such amount as the GE Actuary reasonably estimates to be 80% of the GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Value Amount, as determined using the assumptions set out in Appendix 1 and using member data that is at least as recent as March 31, 2017 and market conditions at least as recent as December 31, 2017.
(b)      In the event that the GE UK Pension Plan holds illiquid investments or investments which require third party consents such that GE is unable to transfer those assets in accordance with Section 2.2(a) above on the Exit Date (the “ Excluded Assets ”), GE shall transfer those assets which are available to transfer on or as soon as practicable after the Exit Date and shall transfer the Excluded Assets as soon as such assets become available for transfer together with any dividends, interest or other return on such Excluded Asset between the Exit Date and the date the relevant Excluded Asset is transferred to the BHGE Plan in accordance with this Section. GE shall provide BHGE with a list of Excluded Assets no later than two days prior to the Exit Date.
(c)      At the same time as or prior to making the transfer under Section 2.2(a), GE shall procure that the trustee of the GE UK Pension Plan shall enter into a contractual commitment to the trustee of the BHGE Plan under which the trustee of the GE UK Pension Plan agrees to pay the GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Payment in accordance with Section 2.4(a) below.
2.3      Determination of GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Value Amount .
(a)      GE shall take such actions as are necessary to ensure that, as soon as practicable after the Exit Date, the GE Actuary makes its determination concerning the amount of the GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Value Amount (the “ GE Determination ”).
(b)      No later than six months after the Exit Date, GE shall notify BHGE of the GE Determination and, subject to compliance with data protection or other legislation, provide, or cause to be provided, to BHGE such data as BHGE shall reasonably require in order for the BHGE Actuary to carry out its own determination of the amount of the GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Value Amount.
(c)      In the event that BHGE disputes the GE Determination, BHGE must notify GE of its objection within 60 calendar days following GE’s delivery of the GE Determination. Any notice of objection from BHGE must be in writing and specify in reasonable detail the nature of any objection.

- 5 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


(d)      In the event that BHGE does not notify GE of any objection within the period referred to in Section 2.3(c) above, the GE Determination shall become final and binding on the Parties.
(e)      In the event that BHGE serves a notice of objection in accordance with Section 2.3(c) above, the GE Actuary and the BHGE Actuary will discuss any objection specified in the notice in good faith and seek to reach an agreement during the 20 calendar day period following GE’s receipt of such notice of objection. If the GE Actuary and the BHGE Actuary reach agreement within such 20 calendar day period, such agreed upon determination of the GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Value Amount shall be final and binding on the Parties. If the GE Actuary and the BHGE Actuary are unable to reach an agreement within such 20 calendar day period, the Parties shall jointly select and appoint a third Actuary (the “ Independent Actuary ”) within 14 calendar days following such 20 calendar day period.
(f)      In the event that an Independent Actuary is appointed pursuant to Section 2.3(e) above, the Independent Actuary shall be instructed to determine the amount of the GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Value Amount within 20 calendar days after the appointment of the Independent Actuary. The Independent Actuary shall act as an expert and not an arbitrator and its determination of the GE UK Pension Plan Transferred Liabilities shall be final and binding on the Parties. The costs of the Independent Actuary will be borne by GE and BHGE in equal amounts.
2.4      Final Transfer .
(a)      GE shall take such actions as are necessary to ensure that, no later than seven calendar days after the amount of the GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Value Amount has been finally determined pursuant to Section 2.3 above (or such later date as the Parties may agree, provided that such date shall not be later than twelve months after the Exit Date), an amount equal to the GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Payment shall be transferred to a BHGE Entity or the BHGE Plan (such BHGE Entity as directed by BHGE) in money or money’s worth.
(b)      To the extent that the payment under Section 2.4(a) is made by the GE UK Pension Plan trustee, it shall be made to the BHGE UK Plan and BHGE shall ensure that the trustee of the BHGE UK Plan accepts that payment.
(c)      To the extent that the payment under Section 2.4(a) is made by GE to a BHGE Entity, BHGE shall ensure that the receiving BHGE Entity pays the amount received as a contribution into the BHGE UK Plan and the amount payable by GE shall be reduced to reflect the tax relief to be obtained by that BHGE Entity with respect to that contribution.
2.5      Provision of Benefits .     BHGE shall take such actions as are necessary to ensure that, upon the transfer referred to in Section 2.2(a) above, the trustees of the BHGE UK Plan shall assume responsibility for the provision of the Transferred Liabilities and, other than the liability to pay the GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Payment or as otherwise may be agreed, the trustees of the GE UK Pension Plan shall be discharged from liability for the Transferred Liabilities.
2.6      Co-operation .

- 6 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


(a)      The Parties agree to do, and to use their best endeavors to ensure that all relevant third parties (including, without limitation, the trustees of the relevant plans) do, all such things, including, without limitation, the execution of such documentation and the provision of all notifications, communications and filings as may be required to effect the transfers contemplated by this Article II.
(b)      Without prejudice to Section 2.6(a) above and in order to give effect to Section 2.5 above, the Parties may put in place arrangements for the payment of Transferred Liabilities to or in respect of relevant participants between the Exit Date and the date the GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Payment is paid under Section 2.4.
2.7      Relevant Transfer Deduction . The BHGE Entities agree to use their best endeavors to ensure that a relevant transfer deduction (as defined in the UK Occupational Pension Schemes (Employer Debt) Regulations 2005, SI 2005/678) is secured in respect of the Transferred Liabilities and GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Value Amount, including but not limited to giving such notice to the trustees of the GE UK Pension Plan for the purposes of those Regulations as GE may request.
2.8      GE Indemnity . GE will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the BHGE Indemnitees from any and all claims, demands, suits, Losses, Liabilities, penalties, actions and damages suffered, paid or incurred by such BHGE Indemnitees:
(a)      for a BHGE Entity to pay a debt arising under section 75 or section 75A of the Pensions Act 1995 in relation to the GE UK Pension Plan or the Alstom Pension Plan, net of any corporation or other tax relief obtained by the relevant BHGE Indemnitee in relation to the Liability giving rise to the indemnity, if and to the extent that such debt did not arise as a result of either (i) any BHGE Entity causing its participation in the GE UK Pension Plan or the Alstom Pension Plan, as applicable, to cease prior to other entities which are participating in that plan, except where such cessation of participation is in accordance with this Agreement, or (ii) a breach by BHGE of its obligations under this Article II;
(b)      for a BHGE Entity to pay any exit fee in accordance with Article 2.4 of the Dutch Pension Plan or any other Liability in respect of such arrangement, net of any corporation or other tax relief obtained by the relevant BHGE Indemnitee in relation to the Liability giving rise to the indemnity, if and to the extent that such exit fee did not arise as a result of either any BHGE Entity causing its participation in the Dutch Pension Plan to cease prior to other entities which are participating in that plan, except where such cessation of participation is in accordance with this Agreement;
(c)      relating to any investigation by the Pensions Regulator (whether formal or informal) in relation to the GE UK Pension Plan or the Alstom Pension Plan, or any Contribution Notice or Financial Support Direction that may be issued (or proposed to be issued) to any BHGE Indemnitee in relation to the GE UK Pension Plan or the Alstom Pension Plan;
(d)      that may arise from any action taken by any BHGE Indemnitee or the trustees of the BHGE UK Plan to equalize any of the Transferred Liabilities between the sexes in order to comply

- 7 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


with applicable law, but excluding any such equalization arising from the calculation of guaranteed minimum pensions;
(e)      relating to the Alstom Pension Plan not specifically addressed in Section 2.8(a) or (c) above other than any liability of a BHGE Entity to pay contributions to that plan with respect to the period prior to the date the BHGE Entity ceases to participate in that plan; and
(f)      relating to the GE UK Pension Plan not specifically addressed in Section 2.8(a), (c) or (d) above, other than:
(i)      if and to the extent that GE complies with its covenants in Section 2.4, the     Transferred Liabilities; and
(ii)      any such claims, demands, suits, Losses, Liabilities, penalties, actions and damages suffered, paid or incurred if and to the extent that they arose as a result of a breach by BHGE of its obligations under this Article II; and
(iii)      any liability of a BHGE Entity to pay contributions to the GE UK Pension Plan with respect to the period prior to the Exit Date.
2.9      BHGELLC Indemnity . BHGELLC will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the GE Indemnitees from any and all claims, demands, suits, Losses, Liabilities, penalties, actions and damages suffered, paid or incurred by the GE Indemnitees as a result of acts or omissions of BHGE or the trustees of the BHGE UK Plan in relation to the Transferred Liabilities following the transfer referred to in Section 2.4 above.
2.10      Cessation of Participation
(a)      The participation of the BHGE Entities in the GE UK Pension Plan shall cease with effect from the Exit Date in accordance with the governing rules of the GE UK Pension Plan.
(b)      The participation of the BHGE Entities in the Dutch Pension Plan shall cease with effect from the exit date as prescribed under the governing provisions of that arrangement and the Parties shall ensure that any notice required to give effect to that exit is given so as to ensure the BHGE Entities cease participation as soon as reasonably practicable after December 31, 2018.
ARTICLE III     
GE US PENSION PLAN AND GE RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
3.1      GE US Pension Plan .
(a)      With respect to the GE US Pension Plan, effective as of the close of December 31, 2018, (i) the BHGE Entities shall cease to be participating companies in the GE US Pension Plan (to the extent that any such BHGE Entity was a participating company theretofore) and (ii) no employee of any of the BHGE Entities shall accrue any further benefits under the GE US Pension Plan in connection with his or her employment with any BHGE Entity. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 3.1 shall be construed as eliminating any benefits or rights that are vested

- 8 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


as of December 31, 2018 and protected under Section 411(d)(6) of the Code. Except to the extent that the GE US Pension Plan provides otherwise, effective January 1, 2019, no employee of a BHGE Entity (regardless of whether such employee has accrued a benefit in the GE US Pension Plan) shall be eligible for any benefits under the GE US Pension Plan available solely to active participants employed by a participating company, including, but not limited to: disability pension, disposition benefits, regular and special supplements and benefits applicable upon layoff, including, without limitation, SERO, PCPO and SSBO (each as described or defined in the GE US Pension Plan).
(b)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Termination Date occurs prior to December 31, 2018, (i) the BHGE Entities shall cease to be participating companies in the GE US Pension Plan effective as of the Termination Date and (ii) current employees of BHGE Entities who, as of the Termination Date, are eligible for disposition treatment thereunder, will be treated as if such employees’ service had been terminated on account of a transfer to a successor employer.
(c)      After December 31, 2018, the BHGE Entities shall have no Liability with respect to the GE US Pension Plan, whether for periods arising before or after such date (other than the obligation to reimburse GE for service charges, determined consistent with past practices and assessed no later than January 31, 2019, with respect to accruals under the GE US Pension Plan for service of the BHGE Employees). For the avoidance of doubt, the BHGE Entities will have no obligation to reimburse GE for any service charges with respect to the GE US Pension Plan that are not assessed by January 31, 2019.
(d)      GE will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the BHGE Indemnitees from any and all claims, demands, suits, Losses, Liabilities, penalties, actions and damages suffered, paid or incurred by such BHGE Indemnitees and arising out of or relating to the GE US Pension Plan (other than the obligation of the BHGE Entities to reimburse GE for service charges, determined consistent with past practices and assessed no later than January 31, 2019, with respect to accruals under the GE US Pension Plan for service of the BHGE Employees).
(e)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, BHGELLC will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the GE Indemnitees from any and all claims, demands, suits, Losses, Liabilities, penalties, actions and damages suffered, paid or incurred by such GE Indemnitees and arising out of or relating to the GE US Pension Plan with respect to (i) claims by BHGE Employees for loss of benefits under such plan for the period of time from January 1, 2019 through the Termination Date that are as a result of the BHGE Entities’ cessation of participation in such plan prior to the Termination Date (and, for the avoidance of doubt, are not as a result of GE’s non-compliance with the terms of the GE US Pension Plan or applicable Law), subject to GE’s compliance with its obligations under Section 8.9, and (ii) any service charges due by BHGE Entities with respect to participation of BHGE Employees in the GE US Pension Plan for service on or prior to December 31, 2018 that are assessed no later than January 31, 2019.
3.2      GE Retirement Savings Plan .
(a)      Effective as of the close of December 31, 2018, (i) the BHGE Entities shall cease to be participating companies in the GE Retirement Savings Plan (to the extent that any such BHGE Entity was a participating company theretofore) and (ii) no employee of any of the BHGE Entities

- 9 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


shall be entitled to defer or receive allocations of contributions under the GE Retirement Savings Plan in respect of periods following December 31, 2018.
(b)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Termination Date occurs prior to December 31, 2018, (i) the BHGE Entities shall cease to be participating companies in the GE Retirement Savings Plan effective as of the Termination Date and (ii) current employees of BHGE Entities who, as of the Termination Date, are eligible for disposition treatment thereunder, will be treated as if such employees’ service had been terminated on account of a transfer to a successor employer.
(c)      After December 31, 2018, the BHGE Entities shall have no Liability with respect to the GE Retirement Savings Plan (other than the obligation to reimburse GE for contributions under the GE Retirement Savings Plan, determined consistent with past practices and assessed no later than January 31, 2019, for service of the BHGE Employees). For the avoidance of doubt, the BHGE Entities will have no obligation to reimburse GE for any charges for contributions with respect to the GE Retirement Savings Plan that are not assessed by January 31, 2019.
(d)      GE will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the BHGE Indemnitees from any and all claims, demands, suits, Losses, Liabilities, penalties, actions and damages suffered, paid or incurred by such BHGE Indemnitees and arising out of or relating to the GE Retirement Savings Plan (other than the obligation to reimburse GE for contributions under the GE Retirement Savings Plan for service of the BHGE Employees).
(e)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, BHGELLC will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the GE Indemnitees from any and all claims, demands, suits, Losses, Liabilities, penalties, actions and damages suffered, paid or incurred by such GE Indemnitees and arising out of or relating to the GE Retirement Savings Plan with respect to (i) claims by BHGE Employees for loss of benefits under such plan for the period of time from January 1, 2019 through the Termination Date that are as a result of the BHGE Entities’ cessation of participation in such plan prior to the Termination Date (and, for the avoidance of doubt, are not as a result of GE’s non-compliance with the terms of the GE Retirement Savings Plan or applicable Law), subject to GE’s compliance with its obligations under Section 8.9, and (ii) any contributions due by BHGE Entities with respect to participation of BHGE Employees in the GE Retirement Savings Plan for service on or prior to December 31, 2018 that is assessed no later than January 31, 2019.
ARTICLE IV     
GE SUPPLEMENTARY PENSION PLAN
(a)      Effective as of the close of December 31, 2018, the BHGE Entities shall cease to be participating companies in the GE Supplementary Pension Plan (to the extent that any such BHGE Entity was a participating company theretofore). No BHGE Employee shall be eligible to receive a benefit under the GE Supplementary Pension Plan unless such employee has satisfied all of the vesting requirements to receive a benefit under the GE Supplementary Pension Plan prior to the close of December 31, 2018.
(b)      Other than with respect to BHGE Employees who are, as of December 31, 2018, both (i) either (x) under the age of 60 or (y) over the age of 60 but do not have 5 years of service

- 10 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


credit, and (ii) current employees of the BHGE Entities, GE shall take such actions as are necessary to assume, retain, and satisfy the Liabilities attributable to BHGE Employees relating to the GE Supplementary Pension Plan, and all such Liabilities shall be exclusively Liabilities of GE.
(c)      GE shall pay to BHGELLC an amount representing the amount that BHGELLC paid to GE for the period of July 1, 2017 through December 31, 2018 for costs related to the GE Supplementary Pension Plan, less actual service costs for employees of BHGE Entities who were participating in the GE Supplementary Pension Plan during that same time period. The net payment amount shall be $26 million, which GE shall pay to BHGELLC in a single lump-sum cash payment no later than January 2, 2019.
(d)      GE will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the BHGE Indemnitees from any and all claims, demands, suits, Losses, Liabilities, penalties, actions and damages suffered, paid or incurred by such BHGE Indemnitees and arising out of or relating to the GE Supplementary Pension Plan other than Losses for which BHGELLC is obligated to indemnify GE Indemnitees pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Article IV.
(e)      BHGELLC will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the GE Indemnitees from any and all claims, demands, suits, Losses, Liabilities, penalties, actions and damages suffered, paid or incurred by such GE Indemnitees and arising out of or relating to claims for GE Supplementary Pension Plan benefits made by persons who are, as of December 31, 2018, both (i) either (x) under the age of 60 or (y) over the age of 60 but do not have 5 years of service credit and (ii) current employees of the BHGE Entities (except to the extent that such Losses resulted from the delivery by a GE Entity to a BHGE Entity of incorrect information or a failure by a GE Entity to timely deliver correct information to a BHGE Entity).
ARTICLE V     
GE POST-TERMINATION HEALTH AND WELFARE BENEFITS
(a)      The BHGE Entities shall have no Liability with respect to post-termination of employment or service health or other welfare benefits arising under a plan maintained or sponsored by a GE Entity (“ GE Post-Termination H&W Benefits Programs ”) after December 31, 2018 and such Liabilities shall be exclusively GE Liabilities. GE shall have no Liability to provide post-termination of employment or service health or other welfare benefits for any BHGE Employee (or any of their dependents or beneficiaries), unless he or she has retired directly from GE or a participating company in the applicable GE Post-Termination H&W Benefits Programs, and satisfied all of the other requirements to receive a benefit under the applicable GE Post-Termination H&W Benefits Programs, in each case prior to the close of December 31, 2018.
(b)      If the Termination Date occurs prior to December 31, 2018, (i) the BHGE Entities shall cease to be participating companies in the GE Post-Termination H&W Benefits Programs effective as of the Termination Date (other than medical benefits under the GE Post-Termination H&W Benefits Programs, with respect to which BHGE Entities shall cease to be participating companies as of December 31, 2018) and (ii) current employees of BHGE Entities who, as of the Termination Date, are eligible for disposition treatment thereunder, will be treated as if such employees’ service had been terminated on account of a transfer to a successor employer.

- 11 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


(c)      GE will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the BHGE Indemnitees from any and all claims, demands, suits, Losses, Liabilities, penalties, actions and damages suffered, paid or incurred by such BHGE Indemnitees and arising out of or relating to the post-termination of employment or service health or other welfare benefit Liabilities retained by GE under paragraph (a) of this Article V.
(d)      BHGELLC will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the GE Indemnitees from any and all claims, demands, suits, Losses, Liabilities, penalties, actions and damages suffered, paid or incurred by such GE Indemnitees and arising out of or relating to claims against GE Indemnitees by BHGE Employees relating to differences in post-termination of employment or service health or other welfare benefits provided by a GE Entity under a GE Post-Termination H&W Benefits Program on December 31, 2018 and post-termination of employment or service health or other welfare benefits provided by a BHGE Entity (except to the extent that such Losses substantially resulted from the delivery by a GE Entity to a BHGE Entity of incorrect information or a failure by a GE Entity to timely deliver correct information to a BHGE Entity).
ARTICLE VI     
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION
Effective immediately prior to the Termination Date, GE shall take such actions as are necessary so that (i) all time-based vesting restrictions applicable to any then outstanding long-term incentive compensation awards ( i . e ., stock options, RSUs and PSUs) granted under the GE Long-Term Incentive Plans and held by BHGE Employees (and not previously forfeited as of the Termination Date) shall lapse and be deemed satisfied in full on the Termination Date and (ii) any time-based outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rights awards granted under the GE Long-Term Incentive Plans and held by BHGE Employees as of the Termination Date shall have an exercisability period that ends on the earlier of (x) five (5) years from the Termination Date and (y) the original award period under the applicable award agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, any performance-based vesting conditions shall continue to operate in accordance with the GE Long-Term Incentive Plans and the award agreements thereunder. Effective immediately prior to the Termination Date, GE shall take such actions as are necessary, if any, so that any provision of any then outstanding long-term incentive compensation awards granted under the GE Long-Term Incentive Plans and held by persons who are then employees of BHGE Entities (and not previously forfeited as of the Termination Date) requiring that a person be employed with GE or its Affiliates on a payment date will be waived.
ARTICLE VII     
NOTICES AND DEMANDS
All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and, in the case of delivery in person or by overnight mail, shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person or overnight mail to the respective parties, delivery by facsimile transmission (providing confirmation of transmission) to the respective parties or delivery by electronic mail transmission (providing confirmation of transmission) to the respective parties. Any notice sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail transmission shall be deemed to have been given and received at the time of confirmation of

- 12 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


transmission. Any notice sent by electronic mail transmission shall be followed reasonably promptly with a copy delivered by overnight mail. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be addressed as follows, or to such other address, facsimile number or email address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Article VII :
(a)      if to GE to:
General Electric Company
33-41 Farnsworth Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02210
Attention:    James M. Waterbury
Telephone:    (617) 443-3030
Attention:    Mark Landis
Telephone:    (617) 443-2902
Facsimile:    (203) 286-2181
Email:
with a further copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Shearman & Sterling LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022-6069
Attention:
Doreen E. Lilienfeld
Gillian Emmett Moldowan
Telephone:    (212) 848-4000
Facsimile:    (646) 848-7171
Email:
(b)      if to BHGE or BHGELLC, to:

Baker Hughes, a GE Company
17021 Aldine Westfield Road
Houston, Texas 77073
Attention:      William D. Marsh
Telephone:      (713) 879-1257
Facsimile:     (713) 439-8472
Email:      
will.marsh@bhge.com

with a further copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

- 13 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
        450 Lexington Avenue
        New York, NY 10017
        Attention:        Arthur F. Golden
                                    George R. Bason, Jr.
                                Michael Davis

        Telephone:       (212) 450-4000
        Facsimile:        (212) 450-5800
        Email:              arthur.golden@davispolk.com
                                
george.bason@davispolk.com
                                
michael.davis@davispolk.com
ARTICLE VIII     
GENERAL PROVISIONS
8.1      Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries .
(a)      This Agreement and all of the provisions hereto shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, but neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations set forth herein shall be assigned by any Party hereto without the prior written consent of the other Parties hereto and any purported assignment without such consent shall be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Party hereto may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to an Affiliate of such Party upon notice to the non-assigning Parties hereto; provided , however , that no such assignment shall release the assigning Party from any of its obligations or liabilities under this Agreement.
(b)      Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving any Person, other than the Parties hereto and their heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof, except that each BHGE Indemnitee and each GE Indemnitee is intended to be a third-party beneficiary with respect to Sections 2.8, 2.9, 3.1(d), 3.1(e), 3.2(d), 3.2(e), and Articles 4(d), 4(e), 5(c), and 5(d) of this Agreement, may specifically enforce its terms.
(c)      Further, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no provision of this Agreement is intended to, or does, constitute the establishment or adoption of, or an amendment to, any GE Benefit Plan.
8.2      Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any applicable Law, then such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Such provision shall be deemed to be modified to the extent necessary to render it legal, valid and enforceable, and if no such modification shall render it legal, valid and enforceable, then this Agreement shall be construed as if not containing the provision held to be invalid, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be construed and enforced accordingly.

- 14 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


8.3      Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Specific Performance .
(a)      This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York irrespective of the choice of laws principles of the State of New York other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York. Each of the Parties hereto consents specifically to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of any state or federal court having subject matter jurisdiction in the County of New York, State of New York with respect to any dispute arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement or any transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any action for injunctive relief, and irrevocably waive their right to contest venue in any such courts. Each of the Parties hereto agrees that a judgment in any such action may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Each of the Parties hereto hereby agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to the respective addresses set forth in Article VII shall be effective service of process for any suit or proceeding in connection with this Agreement or any transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(b)      The Parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. Each Party agrees that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach by any other Party of any covenant or obligation contained in this Agreement, the non-breaching Party shall be entitled (in addition to any other remedy that may be available to it whether in law or equity, including monetary damages) to (i) a decree or order of specific performance to enforce the observance and performance of such covenant or obligation, and (ii) an injunction restraining such breach or threatened breach. In circumstances where the Parties are obligated to consummate or any transactions contemplated by this Agreement and or any transactions contemplated by this Agreement have not been consummated (other than as a result of the other Party’s refusal to close in violation of this Agreement) each of the Parties expressly acknowledges and agrees that the other Party shall have suffered irreparable harm, that monetary damages will be inadequate to compensate such other Party, and that such other Party shall be entitled to enforce specifically the breaching Party’s obligation to consummate any transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
8.4      Section 409A . While the tax treatment of any compensatory payments and benefits contemplated under this Agreement is not warranted or guaranteed, it is intended that such payments and benefits shall be exempt from or comply with the application of the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement shall be construed, administered, and governed in a manner that affects such intent.
8.5      Equity Ownership . The status of any GE Indemnitee as an equity owner of BHGELLC shall be disregarded for purposes of determining whether any of the GE Indemnitees or BHGE Indemnitees have incurred Losses, Liabilities or damages under this Agreement.
8.6      Counterparts; Electronic Transmission of Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, and delivered by means of electronic mail transmission or otherwise, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

- 15 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


8.7      Interpretations . When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Schedule or Appendix, such reference shall be to an Article, Section, Schedule or Appendix to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.” Any references in this Agreement to “the date hereof” refers to the date of execution of this Agreement. References to “this Agreement,” “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement and include any exhibits or other attachments to this Agreement. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term. Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. The Parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement with the assistance of counsel and other advisors and, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the Parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement or interim drafts of this Agreement.
8.8      Entire Agreement . This Agreement, constitutes the entire Agreement between the Parties with respect to each matter that is specifically addressed hereunder, and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements, representations, statements, negotiations, understandings, proposals and undertakings with respect to each matter that is specifically addressed hereunder. For the avoidance of doubt, the Transaction Agreement shall survive to the extent that the Transaction Agreement is not expressly superseded by this Agreement or another agreement.
8.9      Legally Required Notices, Reports and Disclosures . GE shall be exclusively responsible for preparing and timely delivering, and shall prepare and timely deliver, all notifications, reports and disclosures required by Law in connection with the GE Benefit Plans, including with respect to the transactions described in this Agreement. All Liabilities relating to failure to timely provide such notifications, reports and disclosures that are fully compliant with Law shall be exclusively GE Liabilities. Prior to sending notifications, reports, or disclosures required by this Section 8.9, GE may provide such notifications, reports, or disclosures to BHGE for approval by BHGE, such approval to not be unnecessary withheld or delayed. Any such approval shall be deemed an acknowledgement by BHGE that such notification, report, or disclosure is in compliance with GE’s obligation under this Section 8.9.
8.10      Amendments . This Agreement may be amended by the Parties hereto by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the Parties hereto.

- 16 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


8.11      Waiver . Any failure of any of the Parties to comply with any obligation, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement herein may be waived at any time by any of the Parties entitled to the benefit thereof only by a written instrument signed by each such Party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.
8.12      Expenses . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each Party hereto shall bear its own expenses in connection with this Agreement and any transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
8.13      Authorization and Binding Obligations . Each Party hereto represents to the other Party that (i) it has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary entity action, (iii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the signatory so authorized, and (iv) this Agreement including the obligations contained herein constitute the valid and binding obligations of such Party.
[Signature Page Follows]




- 17 -
    

EXECUTION VERSION


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Employee Benefit Matters Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the Effective Date.
GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
By:
/s/ James M. Waterbury    
Name: James M. Waterbury
Title: Vice President
BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
By:
/s/ Lee Whitley    
Name: Lee Whitley
Title: Corporate Secretary
BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY, LLC
By:
/s/ Lee Whitley    
Name: Lee Whitley
Title: Corporate Secretary



Appendix 1
GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Value Amount
The amount determined for the purposes of item (1) in the definition of GE UK Pension Plan Transfer Value Amount shall be the sum of (A) and (B) below:
(A)
Liability Amount
The present value of the Transferred Liabilities calculated using the assumptions set out in the table below using member data and market conditions as at the Exit Date:
Assumption
Derivation
Pre-retirement discount rate
Based on the return seeking strategic asset allocation endorsed at the March 2018 Funding & Investment Committee meeting for the GE UK Pension Plan and the projected returns under the Yield Reversion Willis Towers Watson Investment Model (“WTWIM”) relative to RPI inflation over a 10-year period at a confidence level of 70%. The discount rate is rounded to the nearest 0.05%.
The strategic asset allocation is as follows:
Total return-seeking (66%):
Equities = 29%
Alternatives = 28%
Property = 9%
Total Matching (34%).
Post-retirement discount rate (current pensioners)
A single equivalent gilt yield plus a margin of 0.5% pa, where the single equivalent yield is derived based on the projected cashflows of the current pensioner population and the full gilt yield curve. The discount rate is rounded to the nearest 0.05%.
For this purpose, the gilt curve used is the Willis Towers Watson index-linked gilt yield plus RPI (as defined below).
Post-retirement discount rate (future pensioners)
A single equivalent gilt yield plus a margin of 0.5% pa, where the single equivalent yield is derived based on the projected cashflows of the future pensioner population and the full gilt yield curve. The discount rate is rounded to the nearest 0.05%.
For this purpose, the gilt curve used is the Willis Towers Watson index-linked gilt yield plus RPI (as defined below).
Retail Price Inflation (RPI)
Market implied inflation at a duration consistent with that of the duration of the GE UK Pension Plan population, rounded to the nearest 0.05% pa
Consumer Price Inflation (CPI)
Set equal to RPI less 1% pa
Salary increases
Set equal to RPI
Pension increases
Derived in line with the relevant inflation definition and allowing for the relevant caps and floors using the Black model with an underlying RPI volatility assumption of 2.3% pa and an underlying CPI volatility assumption of 1.9% pa, all rounded to the nearest 0.05% pa
Mortality assumption – base table
92% of SAPS S2 Normal Health base tables for both males and females with CMI 2017 projections from 2007 to 2018 with a long term trend of 1.50% pa
Mortality assumption – future improvements
CMI 2017 projections from 2018, with a 1.50% pa long term trend rate
Cash commutation
20% of pension is assumed to be commuted using GE UK Pension Plan cash commutation factors in force at the Exit Date.
Other assumptions
Derived in line with the GE UK Pension Plan Technical Provision assumptions for the March 31, 2015 actuarial valuation.

(B)
GMP equalization reserve

An amount equal to the higher of:

(i)
a proportionate share of the reserve prescribed under the Statement of Funding Principles (in respect of the March 31, 2018 valuation), relating to the potential requirement to equalize some of the Transferred Liabilities for the effect of guaranteed minimum pensions; and

(ii) 1% of the Liability Amount calculated under (A) above.

(C)
GMP equalization adjustment


A proportionate share of the reserve prescribed under the Statement of Funding Principles (in respect of the March 31, 2018 valuation), relating to the potential requirement to equalize some of the Transferred Liabilities for the effect of guaranteed minimum pensions.



Timing Adjustment

Any amount which is to be adjusted between two dates by the Timing Adjustment is to be adjusted in line with the total return achieved on the GE UK Pension Plan assets between those two dates (as calculated by the GE Actuary and verified by the BHGE Actuary having been provided by GE with such data as the BHGE Actuary may reasonably require in order to carry out that verification) or adjusted in such other manner as the Parties may agree.


    
    
Exhibit 10.54


Baker Hughes, a GE company Stock Option Award Agreement For [●] (“Participant”)

1. Capitalized Terms . Each capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Baker Hughes, a GE company 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

2. Grant of Option . The Committee of Baker Hughes, a GE company (the “ Company ”) has granted this Option (the “ Option ”) to the individual named in this Award Agreement (the “ Participant ”) on [●] (the “ Grant Date ”). The Option entitles the Participant to purchase from the Company [●] shares of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Share ”) for a price per Share of $[●] (the “ Exercise Price ”) in accordance with the terms of this Award, the Plan, country specific addendums and any rules and procedures adopted by the Committee. The Option is a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

3. Exercisability and Expiration Date . Except as set forth below, one-third of the number of Shares subject to the Option, as reflected in the Participant’s Plan account maintained by Fidelity Stock Plan Services will become exercisable on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Grant Date (each, an “ Exercisable Date ”) (such that on the third anniversary of the Grant Date, the Option will be exercisable in full) but (except as specified below) only if the Participant has been continuously employed by the Company or one of its Affiliates to through such applicable Exercisable Date. The Option is exercisable in installments in accordance with the foregoing vesting schedule with the Exercise Price payable at the time of exercise. To the extent not exercised, exercisable installments will be cumulative and may be exercised in whole or in part until the Option terminates. The Option shall expire on [●] (the “ Expiration Date ”). The Option shall be immediately cancelled upon termination of employment, except as follows:

a.      Employment Termination Due to Death . If the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, then the Option shall become immediately exercisable, and the Option shall expire on the Expiration Date.

b.      Employment Termination Due to Transfer of Business to Successor Employer . If the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates as a result of employment by a successor employer to which the Company has transferred a business operation, then the Option shall become immediately exercisable, and the Option shall expire five years after termination of employment or on the Expiration Date, whichever date occurs first.

c.      Termination Following a Change in Control . If the Participant’s employment with the Company of any of its Affiliates terminates without Cause during the 12-month period following a Change in Control, the Option shall become immediately exercisable, and the Option shall expire on the Expiration Date. For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Change in Control” means (A) a Change in Control as defined in the Plan or (B) the date a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12-month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of the appointment or election.


 


Exhibit 10.54

d.      Employment Termination Less Than One Year After Grant Date . If the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates for any reason other than death or due to transfer to a successor employer before the first anniversary of the Grant Date, then the Option, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire upon such termination.

e.      Employment Termination More Than One Year After Grant Date . If, on or after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates as a result of any of the reasons set forth below, or the Participant becomes eligible to retire, or meets the age and service requirements, each as specified in e(i) below, then the Exercisable Dates and Expiration Date shall be automatically adjusted as provided below (subject to any rules adopted by the Committee):

(i)      Termination/Eligibility for Retirement, or Termination for Total Disability . If (A) the Participant attains at least age 60 while still employed by the Company or an Affiliate and completes 5 or more years of continuous service with the Company and any of its Affiliates, or (B) the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates as a result of a total disability, i.e., the inability to perform any job for which the Participant is reasonably suited by means of education, training or experience, then any the Option shall become immediately exercisable in full and the Option shall remain exercisable until the Expiration Date.

(ii)      Voluntary Termination or Termination for Cause . If the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates as a result of voluntary termination or termination for Cause, then the Option, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire.

(iii)      Termination for Job Elimination or Plant Closing . If the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates as a result of a layoff, plant closing, redundancy, reduction in force, or job elimination (without regard to any period of protected service), then the Pro-Rata Portion (as defined below) of the Shares subject to the Option shall become immediately exercisable and the Option shall remain exercisable for 12 months following the date of termination. The Option, to the extent not exercisable, shall immediately expire. For purposes of this Award, the “Pro- Rata Portion” shall mean the total number of Shares subject to the Option multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of complete months which have elapsed between the Grant Date and the date of termination and the denominator of which is the total number of months between the Grant Date and the last Exercisable Date, less the number of Shares with respect to which the Option previously became exercisable.

(iv)      Termination Due to Other Reasons . If the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates for any other reason, and the Participant and the Company have not entered into a written separation agreement explicitly providing otherwise in accordance with rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, then then the Option, whether or not exercisable on the date of termination, shall immediately expire.

f.      Transfer to Affiliates . For the avoidance of doubt, transfer of employment among the Company and any of its Affiliates shall not constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Award.

 


Exhibit 10.54



4.
Method of Exercise .

a.      Notice and Manner of Exercise . The Participant may exercise some or all of the Option, to the extent then exercisable, by giving the Company notice of the number of Shares with respect the Option is to be exercised either in writing or by such other means as shall be acceptable to the Company. At or before issuance by the Company of the Shares to the Participant pursuant to the Option exercise, the Participant shall, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, make payment of the Exercise Price in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Company, including, without limitation, (i) in cash or by certified or bank check at the time the Option is exercised; (ii) by delivery of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Exercise Price at the time of exercise; (iii) through a “cashless exercise program” established with a broker; (iv) by reduction in the number of Shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the Option with a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Exercise Price at the time of exercise; or (v) by any combination of the foregoing methods.

b.      Withholding Tax . As a condition to exercise of the Option, the Participant shall pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding payment of any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required or permitted to be withheld with respect to the amount that becomes includable in the gross income of the Participant as a result of the exercise.

c.      Delivery . Upon the receipt of all required payments from the Participant, the Company thereupon shall, without additional expense to the Participant (other than any transfer or issue taxes if the Company so elects), deliver to the Participant by mail or otherwise at such place as the Participant may request a certificate or certificates for such Shares, provided however, that the date of issuance or delivery may be postponed by the Company for such period as may be required for it with reasonable diligence to comply with any applicable listing requirements of any national securities exchange and requirements under any law or regulation applicable to the issuance or transfer of such Shares.

5. Alteration/Termination . The Company shall have the right at any time in its sole discretion to amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Option without the consent of the Participant. Also, the Option shall be null and void to the extent the grant of Option or exercise thereof is prohibited under the laws of the country of residence of the Participant.

6. Recoupment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award to the contrary, the Option, any Shares received on exercise of the Option, and any amount received with respect to any sale of any such Shares, shall be subject to potential cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback or other action in accordance with any recoupment policy that the Company may adopt from time to time.

7. Plan Terms . All terms used in this Award have the same meaning as given such terms in the Plan, a copy of which will be furnished upon request.

8. Data Privacy . The Company’s Human Resources Department in Houston, Texas (U.S.A.) administers and maintains the data regarding the Plan, the awardees and the stock options granted

 


Exhibit 10.54

to awardees for all employees in the group consisting of the Company and its Affiliates (the “ Company Group ”) worldwide. The data administered and maintained by the Company includes information that may be considered personal data, including the name of the awardee, the award granted and the number of shares of stock subject to any stock option award (“Employee Personal Data”). From time to time during the course of your employment in the Company Group, the Company may transfer certain of your Employee Personal Data to Affiliates as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of your participation in the Plan (the “Purposes”), and the Company and its Affiliates may each further transfer your Employee Personal Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan (collectively, “ Data Recipients ”). The countries to which your Employee Personal Data may be transferred may have data protection standards that are different than those in your home country and that offer a level of data protection that is less than that in your home country. In accepting the award of the stock option set forth in the Agreement, you hereby expressly acknowledge that you understand that from time to time during the course of your employment in the Company Group the Company may transfer your Employee Personal Data to Data Recipients for the Purposes. You further acknowledge that you understand that the countries to which your Employee Personal Data may be transferred may have data protection standards that are different than those in your home country and that offer a level of data protection that is less than that in your home country. Further, in accepting the award of the stock option set forth in the Agreement, you hereby expressly affirm that you do not object, and you hereby expressly consent, to the transfer of your Employee Personal Data by the Company to Data Recipients for the Purposes from time to time during the course of your employment in the Company Group.

9. Nontransferability . Except as specified in this Stock Option Award Agreement, the Option and the Agreement are not transferable or assignable by you other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and will be exercisable during your lifetime only by you.

10. Entire Agreement . This Award, the Plan, country specific addendums, and the rules and procedures adopted by the Committee, contain all of the provisions applicable to the Option and no other statements, documents or practices may modify, waive or alter such provisions unless expressly set forth in writing, signed by an authorized Officer of the Company and delivered to the Participant.


By your acceptance of the Option, you agree that the Option is granted under, governed by and
subject to the terms of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement.

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. A Prospectus describing the Plan can be found on the Fidelity www.netbenefits.com website. You may obtain a copy of the Plan Prospectus by requesting it from the Company.


 

Exhibit 10.55

BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTARY PENSION PLAN


( As Established Effective December 31, 2018)





 





BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY
SUPPLEMENTARY PENSION PLAN
(As Established Effective December 31, 2018)
WITNESSETH :
WHEREAS , Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC (the “Company”) has determined to establish the Baker Hughes, a GE company Supplementary Pension Plan (the “Plan”);
WHEREAS , General Electric Company maintains the GE Supplementary Pension Plan;
WHEREAS , effective as of the close of December 31, 2018, will replicate under the Plan a portion of the benefits accrued under the GE Supplementary Pension Plan;
WHEREAS , effective as of the close of December 31, 2018, the Company shall cause the participants under the Plan to have fully nonforfeitable interests in their applicable Plan benefits;
WHEREAS , it is anticipated that there shall be no further accruals of benefits under the Plan for periods following December 31, 2018;
WHEREAS , the Plan is unfunded within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and is maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Company and certain of its affiliates;
WHEREAS , the Company desires to adopt the Plan;
WHEREAS , the liabilities of the GE Supplementary Pension Plan that are transferred to the Plan shall be the sole liabilities with respect to the Plan; and
NOW THEREFORE, effective as of the close of December 31, 2018, the Company hereby adopts the Plan as a separate plan, the terms of which are as follows:


 
i
 




ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION
1.01      Definitions. The words and phrases defined in this Article shall have the meaning set out in the definition unless the context in which the word or phrase appears reasonably requires a broader, narrower or different meaning.
“Actuarial Equivalent” means equality in value of the aggregate amounts expected to be received under different forms of payment based upon the applicable mortality and interest rate assumptions, and cost of living assumptions under the terms of the GE Pension Plan as in effect on December 31, 2008.
“Affiliate” means any entity that (1) is a member of the same controlled group of corporations within the meaning of section 414(b) of the Code that includes the Company or Baker Hughes, a GE company, (2) is a member of a group of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control (within the meaning of section 414(c) of the Code) that includes the Company or Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC, or (3) that is a member of an affiliated service group (within the meaning of section 414(m) of the Code) that includes the Company or Baker Hughes, a GE company.
“Annual Estimated Social Security Benefit” has the meaning specified in the GE Supplementary Pension Plan terms in effect on December 31, 2018.
“Annual Pension Payable under the GE Pension Plan” has the meaning specified in the GE Supplementary Pension Plan terms in effect on December 31, 2018.
“Average Annual Compensation” has the meaning specified in the GE Supplementary Pension Plan terms in effect on December 31, 2018.
“Board” means the Board of Directors of Baker Hughes, a GE company.
“Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Committee” means the committee that may be appointed by the Board as a Plan Administrator.
“Company” means Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC or its successor.
“Disability Pension” has the meaning specified in the GE Supplementary Pension Plan terms in effect on December 31, 2018.
“Eligibility Service” has the meaning specified in the GE Supplementary Pension Plan terms in effect on December 31, 2018.
Employee means an employee of the Employer.
“Employer” means the Company and each Affiliate.

1



Executive Retirement Installment Benefit means the Participant’s benefit accrued under Part II of the GE SPP as of December 31, 2018, based upon the terms of the GE SPP and the GE Pension Plan in effect on December 31, 2018.
GE Pension Plan ” means the GE Pension Plan.
“GE SPP” means the GE Supplementary Pension Plan.
“Incentive Compensation” has the meaning specified in the GE Supplementary Pension Plan terms in effect on December 31, 2018.
“New Plan Participant” has the meaning specified in the GE Supplementary Pension Plan terms in effect on December 31, 2018.
Normal Commencement Date” means the first day of the month following the later of (1) three completed calendar months after the Participant’s Separation From Service (or six completed calendar months after the Participant’s Separation From Service if the Participant is a Specified Employee), or (2) the Participant’s 60th birthday.
“Normal Retirement Date” means the first day of the month following a Participant’s attainment of age 65.
“Participant” means each Employee who has met the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan specified in Article II.
“Pension Benefit Service” has the meaning specified in the GE Supplementary Pension Plan terms in effect on December 31, 2018.
“Plan” means the Baker Hughes, a GE company Supplementary Pension Plan, as amended from time to time.
“Plan Administrator means the Company, acting through its delegates. Such delegates shall include the Administrative Committee and any individual Plan Administrator appointed by the Company with respect to the employee benefit plans of the Company and its Affiliates, each of which shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned to it from time to time by the Company. As used in the Plan, the term “Plan Administrator” shall refer to the applicable delegate of the Company.
“Plan Year” means the twelve-consecutive month period commencing January 1 of each year.
“Pension Qualification Service” has the meaning specified in the GE Supplementary Pension Plan terms in effect on December 31, 2018.
“Section 409A” means section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury rules and regulations issued thereunder.

2



“Service” has the meaning specified in the GE Supplementary Pension Plan terms in effect on December 31, 2018.
“Separation from Service” has the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 409A.
“Specified Employee” has the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 409A.
“Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit” means the Participant’s benefit accrued under Part I of the GE SPP as of December 31, 2018, based upon the terms of the GE SPP and the GE Pension Plan in effect on December 31, 2018.
“Trust” means the trust, if any, established under the Trust Agreement.
“Trust Agreement means the agreement, if any, entered into between the Company and the Trustee pursuant to Article XIII, as amended from time to time.
“Trust Fund” means the funds and properties, if any, held pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Agreement, together with all income, profits, and increments thereto.
“Trustee” means the trustee or trustees qualified and acting under the Trust Agreement at any time.
“Vested Interest” means the portion of the Participant’s applicable benefit under the Plan that is nonforfeitable.
1.02      Number and Gender. Wherever appropriate herein, words used in the singular shall be considered to include the plural and words used in the plural shall be considered to include the singular. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.
1.03      Headings. The headings of Articles and Sections herein are included solely for convenience, and if there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.
ARTICLE II     
PARTICIPATION
A person who (1) is an Employee on December 31, 2018, (2) is under the age of 60 as of December 31, 2018 and (3) was a participant in the GE SPP shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. No other person shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. A Participant in the Plan shall cease to participate in and accrue benefits under the GE SPP effective as of the close of December 31, 2018.
ARTICLE III     
SUPPLEMENTARY PENSION ANNUITY BENEFITS

3



3.01      Amount of Supplementary Pension at or After Normal Retirement Date. If a Participant retires on or after his or her Normal Retirement Date, the amount of his or her Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit will be determined under Section III of the GE SPP, based on the terms of the GE SPP and the terms of the GE Pension Plan in each case as in effect on December 31, 2018, based upon the Participant’s relevant compensation and service earned as of the close of December 31, 2018. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such a Participant shall have a fully nonforfeitable and vested interest in his or her Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit as so computed irrespective of his or her age or years of service or any other factor. A Participant shall not accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2018. For the avoidance of doubt, a Participant’s Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit shall be computed taking into account the Participant’s Incentive Compensation earned from the Employer for the 2018 performance period even though it may be paid after December 31, 2018. Such Supplementary Pension shall be subject to the limitations specified in Section 3.04.
3.02      Amount of Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits at Optional Retirement. If, pursuant to Section 6.03, a Participant’s Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit commences prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date, and he or she is not a New Plan Participant on the date of his or her termination of Service, his or her Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit shall be as computed under Section 3.01. If, pursuant to Section 6.03, a Participant’s Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit commences prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date, and he or she is New Plan Participant on the date of his or her termination of Service, his or her Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit as computed under Section 3.01 shall be reduced by 5/12% for each month from his or her benefit commencement date to the Normal Retirement Date. (However, the foregoing reduction will not apply, if the Participant terminates from Service after (1) the attainment of at least age 62 and (2) the completion of at least 25 years of pension qualification service under the GE Pension Plan.) Such Supplementary Pension shall be subject to the limitations specified in Section 3.04.
3.03      Amount of Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits at Disability Retirement.
(a)    The annual Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit payable to a Participant who, following attainment of age 60, retires hereunder on an optional retirement date within the meaning of Section V.1. of the GE Pension Plan shall be computed in the manner provided by Section 3.01(for a Participant retiring on his or her Normal Retirement Date) but taking into account only Pension Benefit Service and Average Annual Compensation to the actual date of optional retirement. Such Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit shall be subject to the limitations specified in Section 3.04. In the event such Participant is a New Plan Participant on the date of his or her termination of Service, such Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit, as so limited, shall be reduced to reflect commencement before his or her Normal Retirement Date by applying the methodology provided under Section V.3. of the GE Pension Plan. Consistent with the foregoing, such reduction shall equal 5/12% for each month from such Participant’s optional retirement date to his Normal Retirement Date. Said reduction shall not be imposed, however, in the event such Participant terminates from the Service of the Company on or after (1) attainment of at least age 62 and (2) completion of at least 25 years of Pension Qualification Service under the GE Pension Plan.

4



(b)    The annual Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit payable to a Participant who retires on a Disability Pension under Section VII of the GE Pension Plan and who qualifies as disabled by receiving income replacement benefits under a company plan (within the meaning of the GE SPP) for a period of not less than three months and otherwise meeting the requirements under Treasury regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(4) and regulations and other guidance issued thereunder shall first be computed in the manner provided by Section 3.01(for a Participant retiring on his or her Normal Retirement Date) taking into account only Pension Benefit Service and Average Annual Compensation to the actual date of disability retirement. Such Supplementary Pension shall be subject to the limitations specified in Section 3.04. In the event the Participant is a New Plan Participant, such Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit, as so limited, shall be reduced by 25% consistent with the methodology provided under Section VII.3. of the GE Pension Plan to reflect commencement before the Participant’s earliest optional retirement age.
If the Disability Pension payable to the Employee under the GE Pension Plan is discontinued thereunder as a result of the cessation of the Employee’s disability prior to the attainment of age 60, the Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit provided under this Section 3.03 shall be forfeited and the Participant shall only be eligible for a Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit to the extent he or she separately qualifies under another provision set forth herein.
3.04     Limitation on Benefits
(a)     Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if the sum of:
(1)     the Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit otherwise payable to a Participant hereunder;
(2)     the Participant’s Annual Pension Payable under the GE Pension Plan;
(3)     100% of the Annual Estimated Social Security Benefit but before any adjustment for less than 35 years of Pension Benefit Service;
(4)     the Participant’s annual excess benefit, if any, payable under the GE Excess Benefit Plan; and
(5)     the Participant’s annual benefit, if any, payable under the GE Executive Special Early Retirement Option and Plant Closing Retirement Option Plan;
exceeds 60% of his Average Annual Compensation (with such Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit and the amounts set forth in (2), (4) and (5) above determined before imposition of any applicable reduction factor or adjustment for optional or disability retirement, a survivor benefit or otherwise), such Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit (as so determined) shall be reduced by the amount of the excess. Any further reductions or adjustments prescribed herein, including those applicable to Participants who are New Plan Participants on the date of their termination of Service, shall be applied against such reduced Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit.

5



(b)    Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan (other than as set forth in the immediately following sentence) to the contrary, the amount of Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit and any death or survivor benefit payable to or on behalf of any Participant who is or was an Officer shall be determined in accordance with such general rules and regulations as may be adopted by a committee appointed by the Board for such purpose, subject to the limitation that any such Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit or death benefit may not exceed the amount which would be payable hereunder in the absence of such rules and regulations. The rights under this Plan of a Participant who leaves the Service at any time and the rights of anyone entitled to receive any payments under the Plan by reason of the death of such Participant, shall be governed by the provisions of the Plan in effect on the date such Participant leaves the Service, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan.

ARTICLE IV     
RETIREMENT INSTALLMENT BENEFITS
4.01      Amount of Executive Retirement Installment Benefit at or After Participant’s Separation From Service on or After Participant’s 65 th Birthday . If a Participant incurs a Separation From Service after his or her 65 th birthday, the amount of his or her Executive Retirement Installment Benefit will be determined under Section XVI of the GE SPP, based on the terms of the GE SPP and, to the extent applicable, the terms of the GE Pension Plan, in each case as in effect on December 31, 2018, based upon the Participant’s relevant compensation and service earned as of the close of December 31, 2018. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such a Participant shall have a fully nonforfeitable and vested interest in his or her Executive Retirement Installment Benefit as so computed irrespective of his or her age or years of service or any other factor. A Participant shall not accrue any additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2018. For the avoidance of doubt, a Participant’s Executive Retirement Installment Benefit shall take be computed taking into account the Participant’s Incentive Compensation earned from the Employer for the 2018 performance period even though it may be paid after December 31, 2018.
4.02      Executive Retirement Installment Benefit if a Participant Commences Distribution Before or After Normal Retirement Date . If a Participant incurs a Separation From Service prior to his or her 65 th birthday but on or after his 60 th birthday, his or her Executive Retirement Installment Benefit shall be computed under Section 4.01 but reduced by 5/12% for each month that payments commence prior to his or her Normal Commencement Date. If a Participant incurs a Separation From Service on or before his or her 60 th birthday, his or her Executive Retirement Installment Benefit shall be reduced to 75% of the Participant’s Executive Retirement Installment Benefit as computed under Section 4.01.
4.03      Executive Retirement Installment Benefit Disability Retirement .
(a)      An Executive Retirement Installment Benefit shall be payable to a Participant who prior to his or her 60th birthday:

6



(i)      either retires on a Disability Pension under Section VII of the GE Pension Plan or, if he has not accrued a benefit under the GE Pension Plan, would qualify to so retire if he had accrued such a benefit, but in such a case using Eligibility Service when applying the 15 years of service requirement in Section VII of the GE Pension Plan; and
(ii)      qualifies as disabled by receiving income replacement benefits under a plan maintained by the Company or one of its Affiliates for a period of not less than three months and otherwise meeting the requirements under Treasury regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(4) and other guidance issued thereunder.
(b)      The amount of a Participant’s Executive Retirement Installment Benefit under Section 4.03(a) shall equal 75% of the Participant’s Executive Retirement Installment Benefit.
ARTICLE V     
VESTING
Commencing December 31, 2018, Participants will have fully vested interests in their applicable benefits under the Plan (Section 3.01, Section 3.02, Section 4.01, Section 4.02 or Section 4.03.) No years of service shall be required as a condition for receipt of any such benefits.
ARTICLE VI     
PAYMENT OF SUPPLEMENTARY PENSION ANNUITY BENEFITS
6.01      Time and Form of Payment of Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits . This Article VI governs the time and form of payment of the Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits on and after the retirement of a Participant.
6.02      General Provisions . Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits shall be payable in monthly installments, each equal to 1/12th of the annual amount determined under the applicable Section.
6.03      Time of Payment .
(a)      Except as provided in paragraph (b) below (relating to disability pensions), all payments of Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits shall commence on the first day of the month after the Participant’s Separation from Service or the Participant’s attainment of age 60, if later; provided , however , that if a Participant is a Specified Employee, payment of any Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits shall not be made within the first six months following the Participant’s Separation from Service. In the event distribution to a Specified Employee is so delayed, payment of the Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits shall begin on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service and the first such payment shall be increased to reflect the missed payments (with interest accumulated in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator).

7



(b)      Payment of Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits attributable to disability as provided for in Section 3.03 shall commence on the first day of the month after the Participant’s Separation from Service; provided , however , that the Participant shall forfeit any payments attributable to months prior to the first date on which a disability pension is actually paid under Section VII of the GE Pension Plan. For this purpose, any retroactive payments that may be made under the GE Pension Plan shall be disregarded and no corresponding retroactive payments shall be made hereunder.
6.04      Form of Payment. Unless a Participant makes an effective election pursuant to paragraph 6.04(a) below, such benefits shall be paid as a 50% Survivor Benefit in accordance with the principles of the GE Pension Plan applicable thereto (for Participants who are married at the time payment of their Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit begins) or as a single life annuity in accordance with the principles of the GE Pension Plan applicable thereto (for Participants who are not married at the time payment of their Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit begins); provided, however, that:
(a)      As an alternative to the normal distribution forms set forth in this paragraph, a married Participant may elect to receive all payments of Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits in one of the following forms, which shall be determined by converting the applicable normal form of benefit using the assumptions applicable in the definition of Actuarial Equivalent: (a) a single life annuity as described above, (b) a 100% Alternative Survivor Benefit in accordance with the principles of Section IX.3 and other provisions of the GE Pension Plan applicable thereto, or (c) a 75% Alternative Survivor Benefit in accordance with the principles of Section IX.10 and other provisions of the GE Pension Plan applicable thereto. In the case of a disability pension payable under Section 3.03, however, the 100% Alternative Survivor Benefit shall not be available. An election under this paragraph may not be made more than 60 days following the date as of which payment is otherwise to commence in accordance with the terms of the Plan. For purposes of clarity, if a Participant is a Specified Employee for whom the Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit is delayed, an election under this paragraph may be made anytime within the first six months following the Participant’s Separation from Service. If such Specified Employee dies during the six-month delay, the Specified Employee will be treated as if he retired before death, without regard to such delay, and commenced receiving his benefit either in accordance with his actual election under this paragraph as to the form of distribution, or in accordance the rules in Section 6.04 above if no such election was made before death.
(b)      Regardless of the initial form of payment for Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits, the revocation feature provided in Section IX.8 of the GE Pension Plan shall not apply to Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits.
(c)      In no event will the accelerated payment option of Section XI.4.b (iii) of the GE Pension Plan apply with respect to the Plan.
(d)    Any provision of the Plan that refers to the time or form of benefits under the GE Pension Plan shall be deemed to be a reference to the terms of the GE Pension Plan in effect on December 31, 2008.

8



6.05      Payments of Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits Death Benefits . If a Participant dies while he or she is an Employee or following retirement on a Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit, (1) the principles of Section X of the GE Pension Plan (disregarding any references therein to Employee contributions) shall apply to determine whether a death benefit is payable to the beneficiary or the surviving spouse of such Participant, and (2) any such death benefit shall be computed and paid in accordance with such principles, based on the Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefit payable under the Plan; provided, however , that:
(a)      with respect to any pre-retirement death benefit attributable to Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits where a surviving spouse otherwise would have a choice to receive such benefit as an annuity in accordance with the principles of Section X.9 of the GE Pension Plan (Preretirement Spouse Benefit) or as a lump sum in accordance with the principles of either Section X.2 (Five Year Certain (Death After Optional Retirement Age)) or Section X.3 (Five Year Certain (Death After 15 Years Pension Qualification Service)) of the GE Pension Plan, the lump sum value of such benefit under each applicable paragraph shall be determined (in the case of the Preretirement Spouse Benefit, based on the actuarial assumptions described in paragraph 3 of Section XV of the GE Pension Plan), and then the surviving spouse shall receive whichever resulting lump sum value is larger as of the first day of the month following the Participant’s death. For purposes of clarity, such surviving spouse shall not be eligible to receive an annuity in the form of the Preretirement Spouse Benefit under the principles of Section X.9 of the GE Pension Plan; and
(b)      with respect to any post-retirement death benefit attributable to Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits under the principles of Section X.11 of the GE Pension Plan (Five Year Certain (No Survivor Benefit)), the calculation of the lump sum shall be determined without making any discount to present value and, consistent with the foregoing, such lump sum shall equal the excess of (1) five times the Participant’s Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits pension payable as a single life annuity over (2) the total payments under the Plan to the Participant; and
(c)      the amount of any death benefit paid pursuant to this Section 6.05 shall be reduced in the same manner as the pension payable under the GE Pension Plan is reduced under such circumstances in accordance with the principals of Section IX of the GE Pension Plan.
(d)      Any provision of this Section 6.05 that refers to the time or form of benefits under the GE Pension Plan shall be deemed to be a reference to the terms of the GE Pension Plan in effect on December 31, 2008.
(e)      For purposes of the Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits, a Participant’s beneficiary will be the beneficiary designated by him or her under the GE Pension Plan, except in those instances where there is a separate beneficiary designation in effect under the Plan with respect to Supplementary Pension Annuity Benefits in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator. A Participant’s beneficiary designation under the GE SPP, if any, shall have no application with respect to the Plan.
ARTICLE VII     

9



PAYMENT OF EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT INSTALLMENT BENEFITS
7.01      Form of Payment of Executive Retirement Installment Benefits. Executive Retirement Installment Benefits shall be paid in 10 equal annual installments, each of which shall be equal to the amount calculated under Section 4.01, 4.02 or 4.03, as applicable, divided by 10.
7.02      Time of First Payment of Executive Retirement Installment Benefits. Except as specified in Section 7.03, the first annual installment of an Executive Retirement Installment Benefit described in Section 7.01 shall be paid on the first day of the month following the later of (1) three completed calendar months after a Participant’s Separation from Service (or six completed calendar months after the Participant’s Separation from Service if the Participant is a Specified Employee), or (2) the Participant’s 60th birthday.
7.03      Special Time of First Payment of Executive Retirement Installment Benefits in the Event of Disability Retirement . Notwithstanding Section 7.02, in the case of payments made as a result of a Disability Retirement under Section 4.03, the first annual installment shall be paid on the first day of the month following six completed calendar months after the Participant’s Separation from Service.
7.04      Time of Remaining Installment Payments . The remaining nine annual installments shall be paid as of the anniversary of the applicable first payment date under Section 7.02 or Section 7.03.
7.05      No Interest . No interest shall be earned or paid with respect to any Executive Retirement Installment Benefits (including any payments upon death under Section 7.06.)
7.06      Executive Retirement Installment Death Benefits .
(a)      Death After Installments Have Commenced . If a Participant dies after installments of an Executive Retirement Installment Benefit have commenced to be paid to the Participant under Section 7.02 or 7.03 but before all 10 annual installments have been paid, the remaining installments shall continue to be paid to the Participant’s designated beneficiary as of the applicable yearly anniversary specified in Section 7.04.
(b)      Death Before Installments Have Commenced . If a Participant dies while he is an Employee and before installments of an Executive Retirement Installment Benefit have commenced to be paid to the Participant, a death benefit shall be paid to his or her designated beneficiary under Section 7.06(d) equal to:
(i)      if death occurs on or after the Participant’s 65th birthday, the amount calculated under Section 4.01;
(ii)      if death occurs after the Participant’s 60th birthday but before his or her 65th birthday, the amount calculated under Section 4.01, reduced by 5/12% for each month from the day payments commence (as described below) to what would have been the Employee's Normal Commencement Date; or

10



(iii)      if death occurs on or before the Participant’s 60th birthday, 75% of the amount calculated under Section 4.01.
(c)      Times of Death Benefit Payments Under Section 7.06(b). Death benefits described in Section 7.06(b) will be paid in 10 equal annual installments (the amount determined under paragraph (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 7.06(b) as applicable, divided by 10). The first annual installment shall be paid as of the first day of the month following three completed calendar months after the death of the Participant. The remaining nine annual installments shall be paid as of the anniversary of the date in the preceding sentence.
(i)      If a Participant who is no longer an Employee dies after satisfying all requirements hereunder to become entitled to receive an Executive Retirement Installment Benefit, but before payment of such benefit begins to be paid, a death benefit shall be paid to his or her designated beneficiary at the same time, in the same form (10 annual installments) and in the same amount as if the Participant had survived and his benefit had commenced as scheduled.
(d)      The Participant’s designated beneficiary for Executive Retirement Installment Benefits is the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Participant on a beneficiary designation form properly filed by the Participant in accordance with established administrative procedures under the Plan, or if there is no such designated beneficiary, the Participant’s estate. Participants may name and change beneficiaries without the consent of any person. A Participant’s beneficiary designation under the GE SPP, if any, shall have no application with respect to the Plan.
ARTICLE VIII     
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
8.01      Plan Administrator. The Company shall be the “Plan Administrator” and the “named fiduciary” for purposes of ERISA and shall be subject to service of process on behalf of the Plan.
8.02      Resignation and Removal. The members of a Committee serving as Plan Administrator shall serve at the pleasure of the Board; they may be officers, directors, or Employees of the Company or any other individuals. At any time during his term of office, any member of a Committee or any individual serving as Plan Administrator may resign by giving written notice to the Board, such resignation to become effective upon the appointment of a substitute or, if earlier, the lapse of thirty days after such notice is given as herein provided. At any time during its term of office, and for any reason, any member of a Committee or any individual serving as Plan Administrator may be removed by the Board.
8.03      Records and Procedures. The Plan Administrator shall keep appropriate records of its proceedings and the administration of the Plan and shall make available for examination during business hours to any Participant or the beneficiary of any Participant such records as pertain to that individual’s interest in the Plan. If a Committee is performing duties as the Plan Administrator, the Committee shall designate the individual or individuals who shall be authorized to sign for the Plan Administrator and, upon such designation, the signature of such individual or individuals shall bind the Plan Administrator.

11



8.04      Self-Interest of Plan Administrator. Neither the members of a Committee nor any individual Plan Administrator shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself under the Plan or to vote in any case in which his individual right to claim any benefit under the Plan is particularly involved. In any case in which any Committee member or individual Plan Administrator is so disqualified to act, the other members of the Committee shall decide the matter in which the Committee member or individual Plan Administrator is disqualified.
8.05      Compensation and Bonding. Neither the members of a Committee nor any individual Plan Administrator shall receive compensation with respect to their services on the Committee or as Plan Administrator. To the extent required by applicable law, or required by the Company, neither the members of a Committee nor any individual Plan Administrator shall furnish bond or security for the performance of their duties hereunder.
8.06      Plan Administrator Powers and Duties. The Plan Administrator shall supervise the administration and enforcement of the Plan according to the terms and provisions hereof and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish these purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the right, power, and authority:
(a)      to make rules, regulations, and bylaws for the administration of the Plan that are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof, and to enforce the terms of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Plan Administrator;
(b)      to construe in its discretion all terms, provisions, conditions, and limitations of the Plan;
(c)      to correct any defect or to supply any omission or to reconcile any inconsistency that may appear in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem in its discretion expedient to effectuate the purposes of the Plan;
(d)      to employ and compensate such accountants, attorneys, investment advisors, and other agents, employees, and independent contractors as the Plan Administrator may deem necessary or advisable for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan;
(e)      to determine in its discretion all questions relating to eligibility;
(f)      to determine whether and when a Participant has incurred a Separation From Service or Termination of Employment, and the reason for such termination;
(g)      to make a determination in its discretion as to the right of any individual to a benefit under the Plan and to prescribe procedures to be followed by distributees in obtaining benefits hereunder; and
(h)      to receive and review reports from the Trustee as to the financial condition of the Trust Fund, including its receipts and disbursements.
8.07      Reliance on Documents, Instruments, etc. The Plan Administrator may rely on any certificate statement or other representation made on behalf of the Company, any Employee or

12



any Participant, which the Plan Administrator in good faith believes to be genuine, and on any certificate, statement, report or other representation made to it by any agent or any attorney, accountant or other expert retained by it or the Company in connection with the operation and administration of the Plan.
8.08      Claims Review Procedures; Claims Appeals Procedures.
(a)     Claims Review Procedures . When a benefit is due, the Participant, or the person entitled to Benefits, should submit a claim to the office designated by the Plan Administrator to receive claims. Under normal circumstances, the Plan Administrator will make a final decision as to a claim within 90 days after receipt of the claim. If the Plan Administrator notifies the claimant in writing during the initial 90‑day period, it may extend the period up to 180 days after the initial receipt of the claim. The written notice must contain the circumstances necessitating the extension and the anticipated date for the final decision. If a claim is denied during the claims period, the Plan Administrator must notify the claimant in writing, and the written notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:
(1)    the specific reason or reasons for the denial;
(2)    specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
(3)    a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
(4)    an explanation of the Plan claims review procedures and time limits, including a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under section 502(a) of ERISA.
If a decision is not given to the Participant within the claims review period, the claim is treated as if it were denied on the last day of the claims review period.
(b)     Claims Appeals Procedures . For purposes of this section the Participant or the person entitled to Benefits is referred to as the “claimant.” If a claimant’s claim made pursuant to Section 6.08(a) is denied and he wants a review, he must apply to the Plan Administrator in writing. That application can include any arguments, written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits. In addition, the claimant is entitled to receive on request and free of charge reasonable access to and copies of all information relevant to the claim. For this purpose, “relevant” means information that was relied on in making the benefit determination or that was submitted, considered or generated in the course of making the determination, without regard to whether it was relied on, and information that demonstrates compliance with the Plan’s administrative procedures and safeguards for assuring and verifying that Plan provisions are applied consistently in making benefit determinations. The Plan Administrator must take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the claimant

13



relating to the claim, without regard to whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The claimant may either represent himself or appoint a representative, either of whom has the right to inspect all documents pertaining to the claim and its denial. The Plan Administrator can schedule any meeting with the claimant or his representative that it finds necessary or appropriate to complete its review.
The request for review must be filed within 90 days after the denial. If it is not, the denial becomes final. If a timely request is made, the Plan Administrator must make its decision, under normal circumstances, within 60 days of the receipt of the request for review. However, if the Plan Administrator notifies the claimant prior to the expiration of the initial review period, it may extend the period of review up to 120 days following the initial receipt of the request for a review. All decisions of the Plan Administrator must be in writing and must include the specific reasons for its action, the Plan provisions on which its decision is based, and a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under section 502(a) of ERISA If a decision is not given to the claimant within the review period, the claim is treated as if it were denied on the last day of the review period.
Within 60 days of receipt by a claimant of a notice denying a claim under the preceding paragraph, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may request in writing a full and fair review of the claim by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may extend the 60-day period where the nature of the benefit involved or other attendant circumstances make such extension appropriate. In connection with such review, the claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may review pertinent documents and may submit issues and comments in writing. The Plan Administrator shall make a decision promptly, and not later than 60 days after the Plan’s receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing) require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of a request for review. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.
ARTICLE IX     
ADMINISTRATION OF FUNDS
9.01      Payment of Expenses. All expenses incident to the administration of the Plan and Trust, including but not limited to, legal, accounting, Trustee fees, and expenses of the Plan Administrator, may be paid by the Company and, if not paid by the Company, shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund, if any.
9.02      Trust Fund Property. All income, profits, recoveries, contributions, forfeitures and any and all moneys, securities and properties of any kind at any time received or held by the Trustee, if any, shall be held for investment purposes as a commingled Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of

14



the Trust Agreement. No Participant shall have any title to any specific asset in the Trust Fund, if any.

ARTICLE X     
NATURE OF THE PLAN
AND ESTABLISHMENT OF THE TRUST
10.01      Nature of the Plan. The Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded, unsecured plan of deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Company. Plan benefits herein provided are a contractual obligation of the Company which shall be paid out of the Company’s general assets. Nevertheless, subject to the terms hereof and of the Trust Agreement, the Company may transfer money or other property to the Trustee to provide Plan benefits hereunder, and the Trustee shall pay Plan benefits to Participants and their beneficiaries out of the Trust Fund.
10.02      Establishment of the Trust. The Company, in its sole discretion, may establish the Trust and enter into the Trust Agreement. In such event, the Company shall remain the owner of all assets in the Trust Fund and the assets shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors if the Company ever becomes insolvent. For purposes hereof, the Company shall be considered “insolvent” if (a) the Company is unable to pay its debts as they become due or (b) the Company is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code (or any successor federal statute). The chief executive officer of the Company and its board of directors shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing if the Company becomes insolvent. Such notice given under the preceding sentence by any party shall satisfy all of the parties’ duty to give notice. When so informed, the Trustee shall suspend payments to the Participants and hold the assets for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors. If the Company subsequently alleges that it is no longer insolvent or if the Trustee receives a written allegation from a third party that the Company is insolvent, the Trustee shall suspend payments to the Participants and hold the Trust Fund for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors, and shall determine in accordance with the Trust Agreement whether the Company is insolvent. If the Trustee determines that the Company is not insolvent, the Trustee shall resume payments to the Participants. No Participant or beneficiary shall have any preferred claim to, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust Fund, and, upon commencement of participation in the Plan, each Participant shall have agreed to waive his priority credit position, if any, under applicable state law with respect to the assets of the Trust Fund.
ARTICLE XI     
MISCELLANEOUS
11.01      Plan Not Contract of Employment. The adoption and maintenance of the Plan shall not be deemed to be a contract between the Company and any individual or to be consideration for the employment of any individual. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to (0) give any individual the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, (0) restrict the right of the Company to discharge any individual at any time, (0) give the Company the right to require any individual to

15



remain in the employ of the Company, or (0) restrict any individual’s right to terminate his employment at any time.
11.02      Alienation of Interest Forbidden. The interest of a Participant or his or her beneficiary or beneficiaries hereunder may not be sold, transferred, assigned, or encumbered in any manner, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be null and void; neither shall the benefits hereunder be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any individual to whom such benefits or funds are payable, nor shall they be an asset in bankruptcy or subject to garnishment, attachment or other legal or equitable proceedings.
11.03      Withholding. All payments provided for hereunder shall be subject to applicable withholding and other deductions as shall be required of the Company under any applicable local, state or federal law.
11.04      Amendment and Termination. The Company may from time to time, in its discretion, amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan on behalf of any Company; provided, however , that no amendment may be made that would impair the rights of a Participant with respect to his or her benefits. The Company may terminate the Plan at any time.
11.05      Severability. If any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof; instead, each provision shall be fully severable and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been included herein.
11.06      Arbitration. A controversy arising out of or relating to the Plan, including without limitation, any and all disputes, claims (whether in contract, statutory or otherwise) or disagreements concerning the interpretation or application of the provisions of the Plan, (a “Covered Claim”) shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with the Employee Benefit Plan Claims Arbitration Rules (“Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) in effect at the initiation of the arbitration. All Covered Claims shall be arbitrated on an individual basis and the Participant shall not have any right or authority to assert or pursue any Covered Claims as a class action or derivative action of any sort. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Rules (including Rule 12 entitled “Grouping of Claims for Hearing” or this rule’s successor), a Covered Claim by one Participant shall not be grouped or consolidated with a Covered Claim by another Participant in a single proceeding. No arbitration proceeding relating to the Plan may be initiated by either the Employer or the Participant, unless the claims review and appeals procedures specified in Section 8.08 have been exhausted. The arbitration shall be administered by the AAA. Three arbitrators shall hear and determine the controversy. Within twenty (20) business days of the initiation of an arbitration hereunder, the Employer and the Participant will each separately designate an arbitrator, and within twenty (20) business days of such selection, the appointed arbitrators will appoint a neutral arbitrator from the panel of AAA National Panel of Employee Benefit Plan Claims Arbitrators. All arbitrators shall be impartial and independent. The award (including a statement of finding of facts) shall be made promptly and no later than forty-five (45) days from the date of closing the hearings or, if the hearing has been on documents only, from the date of transmittal of the final statements and proofs to the arbitrator. The arbitrators shall have the power to rule on their

16



own jurisdiction, including any objections with respect to the existence, scope, or validity of the arbitration agreement or to the arbitrability of any claim or counterclaim, including a Covered Claim. The decision of the arbitrators selected hereunder will be final and binding upon both parties, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. This arbitration provision is expressly made pursuant to, and shall be governed by, the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Sections 1-16 (or replacement or successor statute). Nothing in this Section 11.06 shall be construed to, in any way, limit the scope and effect of Article VIII. In any arbitration proceeding full effect shall be given to the rights, powers, and authorities of the Committee under Article VIII.
11.07      Compliance With Section 409A . The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A and the Plan shall be interpreted and operated in a manner consistent with this intention.
11.08      Unclaimed Benefits . In the case of a benefit payable under the Plan on behalf of a Participant if the Plan Administrator is unable, after reasonable efforts, to locate the Participant or the beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable, upon the Plan Administrator’s determination thereof, such benefit shall be forfeited to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if subsequent to any such forfeiture the Participant or beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable makes a valid claim for such benefit, such forfeited benefit (without any adjustment for earnings or loss) shall be restored to the Plan by the Company and paid in accordance with the Plan.
11.09      Governing Law . All provisions of the Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas, except to the extent preempted by federal law and except to the extent that the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Texas would require the application of the relevant law of another jurisdiction, in which event the relevant law of the State of Texas will nonetheless apply, with venue for litigation being in Houston, Texas.

17




IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 19th day of December, 2018 effective as of the close of December 31, 2018.

BAKER HUGHES, A GE COMPANY, LLC

By: / s/ Lee Whitley    
Lee Whitley, Corporate Secretary 

18


Exhibit 21.1

BAKER HUGHES, a GE company
SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES
December 31, 2018
Subsidiary
Jurisdiction
Percentage Ownership
EHHC NewCo LLC
Delaware
100%
  CFC Holdings LLC
Delaware
100%
  Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC
Delaware
Note (1) *
    US SCS Partner LLC
Delaware
100%
    Baker Hughes International Partners Holdings SCS
Luxembourg
Note (2)
      Baker Hughes International Partners S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
100%
        Baker Hughes International Holdings, S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
Note (3)
          BJS Holdings 2 S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
100%
          Baker Hughes Holdings 4 S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
100%
            Baker Hughes Holdings II B.V.
Netherlands
100%
          Baker Hughes Holdings 3 S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
100%
            Baker Hughes Holdings 5 S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
100%
              Baker Hughes International Coöperatief U.A.
Netherlands
100%
                Baker Hughes Holdings I B.V.
Netherlands
100%
                  Baker Hughes Luxembourg Holdings S.C.A.
Luxembourg
Note (4)
                    Baker Hughes Nederland Holdings B.V.
Netherlands
100%
(1)
Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC
 
 
 
   *EHHC NewCo LLC - the Managing Partner
 
36.075425%
 
    CFC Holdings
 
3.752596%
 
    Baker Hughes, a GE company
 
9.778357%
 
    Other subsidiaries of General Electric Company
 
50.393622%
(2)
Baker Hughes International Partners Holdings SCS    
 
 
 
   Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC
 
98.998755%
 
   US SCS Partner LLC
 
1.001245%
(3)
Baker Hughes International Holdings S.à r.l.
 
 
 
  Baker Hughes International Partners S.à r.l.                              
 
99.9500%
 
  Other subsidiaries of Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC    
 
0.0500%
(4)
Baker Hughes Luxembourg Holdings S.C.A.
 
 
 
  Baker Hughes Holdings I B.V.
 
37.6972%
 
  Other subsidiaries of Baker Hughes, a GE company, LLC
 
62.3008%


Exhibit 23.1



Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors
Baker Hughes, a GE company:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-227165 and 333-219141) on Form S-8, (No. 333-228341) on Form S-3 and (No. 333-216991) on Form S-4 of Baker Hughes, a GE company of our reports dated February 19, 2019, with respect to the consolidated and combined statement of financial position of Baker Hughes, a GE company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated and combined statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidated and combined financial statements”), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, which reports appears in the December 31, 2018 annual report of Baker Hughes, a GE company.
Our report on the consolidated and combined financial statements refers to a change in the method of accounting for revenue recognition in 2018 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.


/s/ KPMG LLP
Houston, Texas
February 19, 2019




Exhibit 23.2


Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Baker Hughes, a GE company:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-227165 and 333-219141) on Form S-8, (No. 333-228341) on Form S-3 and (No. 333-216991) on Form S-4 of Baker Hughes, a GE company of our report dated March 16, 2017, except as to Note 17 which is as of December 4, 2017, and Note 1 which is as of November 13, 2018, with respect to the combined statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity, and cash flows of GE Oil and Gas (the “Company”, a business within General Electric Company) for the year ended December 31, 2016, which report appears in the December 31, 2018 annual report Form 10-K of Baker Hughes, a GE company, filed on February 19, 2019.
Our report refers to a change in the method of accounting for revenue recognition in 2018 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

/s/ KPMG S.p.A.
Florence, Italy
February 19, 2019





Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Lorenzo Simonelli, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Baker Hughes, a GE company;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date:
February 19, 2019
By:
 
/s/ Lorenzo Simonelli
 
 
 
 
Lorenzo Simonelli
President and Chief Executive Officer 





Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Brian Worrell, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Baker Hughes, a GE company;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date:
February 19, 2019
By:
 
/s/ Brian Worrell
 
 
 
 
Brian Worrell
Chief Financial Officer




Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Baker Hughes, a GE company (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2018, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), the undersigned, Lorenzo Simonelli, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Brian Worrell, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each of the undersigned hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(i)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(ii)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods expressed in the Report.
The certification is given to the knowledge of the undersigned.
 
 
 
/s/ Lorenzo Simonelli
Name:
 
Lorenzo Simonelli
Title:
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date:
 
February 19, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Brian Worrell
Name:
 
Brian Worrell
Title:
 
Chief Financial Officer
Date:
 
February 19, 2019


Exhibit 95

Mine Safety Disclosure
The following disclosures are provided pursuant to Section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and Item 104 of Regulation S-K, which require certain disclosures by companies required to file periodic reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that operate mines regulated under the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977.
The table that follows reflects citations, orders, violations and proposed assessments issued by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (the “MSHA”) for each mine of which Baker Hughes, a GE company and/or its subsidiaries is an operator. The disclosure is with respect to the full year 2018. Due to timing and other factors, the data may not agree with the mine data retrieval system maintained by the MSHA at www.MSHA.gov.

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Mine or Operating Name/MSHA
Identification Number
Section
104 S&S
Citations
Section
104(b)
Orders
Section
104(d)
Citations
and
Orders
Section
110(b)(2)
Violations
Section
107(a)
Orders
Proposed
MSHA
Assessments
(1)
Mining
Related
Fatalities
Received
Notice of
Pattern of
Violations
Under
Section
104(e)
(yes/no)
Received
Notice of
Potential to Have
Pattern
Under
Section
104(e)
(yes/no)
Legal
Actions
Pending
as of Last
Day of
Period
Legal
Actions
Initiated
During
Period
Legal
Actions
Resolved
During
Period
Morgan City Grinding Plant/1601357
0
0
0
0
0
$

0
N
N
0
0
0
Argenta Mine and Mill/2601152
2
0
0
0
0
$
513

0
N
N
0
0
0
Corpus Christi Grinding Plant/4103112
0
0
0
0
0
$

0
N
N
0
0
0

(1)  
Amounts included are the total dollar value of proposed assessments received from MSHA on or before December 31, 2018 for citations and orders occurring during the year ended December 31, 2018, regardless of whether the assessment has been challenged or appealed. Citations and orders can be contested and appealed, and as part of that process, are sometimes reduced in severity and amount, and sometimes dismissed. The number of citations, orders, and proposed assessments vary by inspector and also vary depending on the size and type of the operation.